Td corrigé OMB Approval 2700-0042 - NASA pdf

OMB Approval 2700-0042 - NASA

Litige au sujet de chapelles dont le revenu est contesté au séminaire, VI, 421, 454. ...... Souhaits de bonne année, I, 417 ; V, 494 ; VI, 153, 157 ; VII, 39, 43 ; VIII, 215, 217, 220, 222. ..... Examen des règles, XIII, 329, 356. ...... I, 106. Chateau-l'é vêque (Village de), près Périgueux. ? Saint Vincent y est ordonné prêtre, XIII, 7.




part of the document



01010. SUBMIT INVOICESITEM(4 copies unless other-
wise specified) TO THEG.2CODE OYVJV4 (ref. SA 47)FACILITY CODE ADDRESS SHOWN IN:11. SHIP TO/MARK FOR CODE12. PAYMENT WILL BE MADE BY CODETransportation Officer, Building 421
2101 NASA Road 1
Houston, TX 77058 -3696NASA Johnson Space Center
LF2/ Commercial Accounts Group
Houston, TX 7705813. AUTHORITY FOR USING OTHER FULL AND OPEN COMPETITION:
 FORMCHECKBOX  10 U.S.C. 2304(c)( 1 )  FORMCHECKBOX  41 U.S.C. 253(c)( )14. ACCOUNTING AND APPROPRIATION DATA
Page 1A15A. ITEM NO.15B. SUPPLIES/SERVICES15C. QUANTITY15D. UNIT15E. UNIT PRICE15F. AMOUNT
0001
0002
0003
0004
EMU Program Basic Period
Option 1 - FY01 - FY02
Option 2 - FY02 - FY03
Option 3 - FY03 - FY04
1 Lot
1 Lot
1 Lot
1 Lot
$88,469,132
$12,202,451
$12,653,255
$12,537,656
15G. TOTAL AMOUNT OF CONTRACT$88,469,13216. TABLE OF CONTENTS(()SEC.DESCRIPTIONPAGE(S)(()SEC.DESCRIPTIONPAGE(S)PART I - THE SCHEDULEPART II - CONTRACT CLAUSESxASOLICITATION/CONTRACT FORMxICONTRACT CLAUSESxBSUPPLIES OR SERVICES AND PRICE/COSTPART III - LIST OF DOCUMENTS, EXHIBITS AND OTHER ATTACH.xCDESCRIPTION/SPECS./WORK STATEMENTxJLIST OF ATTACHMENTSxDPACKAGING AND MARKINGPART IV - REPRESENTATIONS AND INSTRUCTIONSxEINSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCEKREPRESENTATIONS, CERTIFICATIONS xFDELIVERIES OR PERFORMANCEAND OTHER STATEMENTS OF OFFERORSxGCONTRACT ADMINISTRATION DATALINSTRS., CONDS., AND NOTICES TO OFFERORSxHSPECIAL CONTRACT REQUIREMENTSMEVALUATION FACTORS FOR AWARDCONTRACTING OFFICER WILL COMPLETE ITEM 17 OR 18 AS APPLICABLE17.  FORMCHECKBOX  CONTRACTOR’S NEGOTIATED AGREEMENT (Contractor is required to sign this document and return __3___ copies to issuing office.) Contractor agrees to furnish and deliver all items or perform all the services set forth or otherwise identified above and on any continuation sheets for the consideration stated herein. The rights and obligations of the parties to this contract shall be subject to and governed by the following documents: (a) this award/contract, (b) the solicitation, if any, and (c) such provisions, representations, certifications, and specifications, as are attached or incorporated by reference herein. (Attachments are listed herein.)18.  FORMCHECKBOX  AWARD (Contractor is not required to sign this document.) Your offer on Solicitation Number _________________________________________, including the additions or changes made by you which additions or changes are set forth in full above, is hereby accepted as to the items listed above and on any continuation sheets. This award consummates the contract which consists of the following documents: (a) the Government’s solicitation and your offer, and (b) this award/contract. No further contractual document is necessary.19A. NAME AND TITLE OF SIGNER (Type or print)20A. NAME OF CONTRACTING OFFICERRobin P. Chapman19B. NAME OF CONTRACTOR19C. DATE SIGNED20B. UNITED STATES OF AMERICA20C. DATE SIGNED________________________________________________
(Signature of person authorized to sign)BY _____________________________________________
(Signature of Contracting Officer)NSN 7540-01-152-8069 26-107 STANDARD FORM 26 (REV. 4-5)
PREVIOUS EDITION UNUSABLE Computer Generated Prescribed by GSA
FAR (48 CFR) 53.214(a)

Contract NAS 9-97150 Page 1A




Purchase Request Accounting And Appropriation Data Amount

97085XA2 260-11-01-25-6A-XA6171-XA11 807/80111 $3,000,000
97085XA1 250-11-01-24-6A-XA6171-XA11 807/80111 $300,000
97220EC1 477-72-EV-05-5A-EC2550-EC51 807/80111 $40,000


Section A - Solicitation/Contract Standard Form 33

A.1 - Detailed Table Of Contents

Section B - Supplies Or Services And Prices/Costs

B. 1 - Listing Of Clauses Incorporated By Reference
B. 2 - Scope Of Work
B. 3 - Estimated Cost And Fee Arrangement
B. 4 - Contract Funding (NASA 18-52.232-81) (Jun 1990)
B. 5 - Fee Structure

Section C - Statement Of Work

Section D - Packaging And Marking

D. 1 - Listing Of Clauses Incorporated By Reference
D. 2 - Packaging And Marking

Section E - Inspection And Acceptance

E.1 - Listing Of Clauses Incorporated By Reference
E.2 - Preliminary Inspection At Source And Final Inspection And Acceptance At Destination
E.3 - Evaluation And Acceptance
E.4 - Quality Assurance Surveillance Plan (JSC 52.246-93) (July 1996)

Section F - Deliveries Or Performance

F.1 - Listing Of Clauses Incorporated By Reference
F.2 - Option To Extend Competion Date (JSC 52.217-90) (Oct 1996)
F.3 - Stop-Work Order (JSC 52.24215) (Aug 1989)Alternate I (Apr 1984)
F.4 - Delivery Schedule
F.5 - Shipment by Government Bills of Lading (NASA 18-52.247-73) (Mar 1997)
F.6 - Shipping Instructions (JSC 52.247-94) (Oct 1993)
F.7 - Flight Item (JSC 52.247-95) (Sep 1989)

Section G - Contract Administration Data

G.1 - Listing Of Clauses Incorporated By Reference
G.2 - Submission Of Invoices (JSC 52.232-90) (Oct 1993)
G.3 - Technical Direction (NASA 18-52.242-70) (Sep 1993)
G.4 - Limitation on Payment of Award Fee
G.5 - Award Fee For End Item Contracts (1852.216-77) Jan 1997)
G.6 - Small Business, Small Disadvantaged Business, And Women-Owned Small Business Concerns
G.7 - Use Of JSC Calibration Laboratory (JSC 52.204-92) (Jul 1996)
G.8 - JSC Hazardous Materials Use (JSC 52.223-92) (Nov 1994)
G.9 - Identification Of Employees (JSC 52.242-92) (May 1993)
G.10 - List Of Installation-Accountable Property And Services (NASA 18-52.245-77) (JUL 1997)
G.11 - List Of Government-Furnished Property (NASA 18-52.245-76) (Oct 1988)
G.12 - Contractor Requests for Government Owned Equipment (NASA 18-52.245-70) (JUL 1997)
G.13 - G.14 - Repair Of Government Property (JSC 52.245-91) (Jun 1986)
G.14 - Change In Government-Provided Services (JSC 52.245-98) (Feb 1991)

Section H - Special Contract Requirements

H.1 - Listing Of Clauses Incorporated By Reference
H.2 - Program Provisioning Procedures
H.3 - Hardware Provisioning
H.4 - Field Test Equipment
H.5 - Special Provision For Contract Changes
H.6 - Continuous Improvement/Partnering
H.7 - Potentially Hazardous Items
H.8 - Management And Protection Of Information
H.9 - Special Agreement Regarding Independent Research And Development (IR&D)
H.10 - Safety And Health Plan
H.11 - Government Insight
H.12 - Engineering Change Proposals
H.13 - Space Flight Motivation Awareness Program
H.14 - Human Space Flight Item (NASA 18-52-246-73) (Mar 1997)
H.15 - Requirement For Cost Tracking
H.16 - Key Personnel (NASA 18-52.235-71) (Mar 1989)
H.17 - Representations, Certifications, And Other Statements Of Offerors (JSC 52.209-90) (September 1988)

Section I - Contract Clauses

I.1 - Listing Of Clauses Incorporated By Reference
I.2 - Approval Of Contract (52.204-1)
I.3 - Limitation On Withholding Of Payments (52.2329) (Apr 1984
I.4 - Clauses Incorporated By Reference (52.2522) (Jun 1988)
I.5 - Alterations In Contract (52.252-4) (Apr 1984

Section J - Lists Of Attachments

J-1 - Data Requirements List (DRL) & Data Requirements Documents (DRD's)
J-2 - Program Management Plan
J-3 - Contract Metrics
J-4 - Performance (Fee) Plan
J-5 - Program Provisioning
J-6 - Hardware Quantities And Delivery Schedules
J-7 - Hardware Refurbishment Quantities And Schedules
J-8 - Hardware Provisioning List
J-9 - Safety And Health Plan
J-10 - Government Furnished Property
J-11 - Installation Provided Services
J-12 - Applicable Documents
J-13 - NAS 9-17873 Carry-Over Effort
J-14 - Quality Plan
J-15 - Subcontracting Plan


B.1 LISTING OF CLAUSES INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

NOTICE: The following solicitation provisions and/or contract clauses pertinent to this section are hereby incorporated by reference:

I. FEDERAL ACQUISITION REGULATION (48 CFR CHAPTER 1) -

No FAR By-reference clauses in Section B.

II. NASA FEDERAL ACQUISITION REGULATION SUPPLEMENT (48 CFR CHAPTER 18) -

No NASA By-reference clauses in Section B.

B-2 SCOPE OF WORK

The Contractor shall provide Extravehicular Mobility Unit (EMU) hardware, life extension, system enhancement, field activities, safety and mission assurance and
program management and engineering in accordance with the Statement of Work,
(Section C) during a 4-year base contract period beginning October 1, 1997 plus, if
exercised, 3, 1-year option periods (for a total potential period of performance of 7
years).

Engineering, design, and development, hardware production, life extension activities, safety and mission assurance, and program provisioning shall fall under the Cost-Plus- Award-Fee provision of this contract. All contract costs (excluding program provisioning and Firm-Fixed-Price provisions) shall fall under the Cost-Plus-Incentive-Fee provision of this contract. Hardware provisioning shall fall under the Firm-Fixed-Price or Cost- Plus-Incentive-Fee arrangement of the contract, as appropriate.

The contractor shall complete all work carried-over from contract NAS 9-17873
in accordance with the SOW, Section C, hereof and Section J-13

B.3 ESTIMATED COST AND FEE ARRANGEMENT:A. Contract Cost and Fee Summary:

(1) Estimated Target Cost $ 69,309,116

(2) Estimated Program Provisioning Cost $ 11,700,000

(3) Total Estimated Cost $ 81,009,116

(4) Target Incentive Fee $ 5,082,927

(5) Maximum Available Award Fee $ 2,377,089

(6) Maximum Fee at Target Cost $ 7,460,016

(7) Minimum Incentive Fee* $ 955,867

(8) Maximum Total Fee** $ 11,481,341

Total Contract Value: $ 88,469,132

* Subject to the award fee performance gate included under Section J-4,
Performance Evaluation (Fee) Plan
** Includes all fees payable under the contract which are not to exceed 15% of estimated
contract cost less cost of money.














Contract Cost and Fee Summary:
Ref. SA 41478 I. Baseline:

A. Cost ReimbursementRevised Contract ValueCost  Est. Target Cost$178,684,639  Est. Program Provisioning $11,700,000  Delivery Orders $49,302,473  Total Est. Cost$239,687,112 Fee Target Incentive Fee*$13,226,201  Maximum Award Fee$10,492,370  Maximum Fee @ Target Cost$23,718,571  Minimum Incentive Fee*$2,377,611 Maximum Total Fee**$34,129,641 Total Cost and Fee$263,405,683B. Firm-Fixed Price$970,030 C. Total Contract Value Baseline$264,375,713 Carryover: A. Cost Reimbursement Est. Cost (FP)$15,171,853  Est. Planar HUT Target Cost$8,007,386  Fixed Fee$1,046,849  Target Planar HUT Fee$549,355  Total Cost and Fee$24,775,443 B. Firm-Fixed Price$5,137,939 C. Total Contract Value Carryover$29,913,382 III. Total Contract Value$294,289,095 
* Subject to the award fee performance gate included under Section J-4, Performance Evaluation (Fee) Plan
** Includes all fees payable under the contract which are not to exceed 15% of estimated contract cost less cost of money.


Contract Cost and Fee Summary:
78 I. Option 2 (Ref. SA 365)


RevisedContract ValueOPTION 2
A. Cost Reimbursement Cost  Est. Target Cost$17,025,286  Est. Program Provisioning $0  Delivery Orders $0  Total Est. Cost$17,025,286  Fee Target Incentive Fee*$1,355,705  Maximum Award Fee$319,957  Maximum Fee @ Target Cost$1,675,662  Minimum Incentive Fee*$253,261  Maximum Total Fee (@ 15% less COM)**$2,432,352  Total Cost and Fee (Cost + Target Fee)$18,700,948  B. Firm-Fixed Price$0  C. Total Contract Value$18,700,948 * Subject to the award fee performance gate included under Section J-4, Performance Evaluation (Fee) Plan
** Includes all fees payable under the contract which are not to exceed 15% of estimated contract cost less cost of money.

Option 3 (Ref. SA 352)
Revised ContractValueOPTION PERIOD 3: Cost and Fees A. Cost Reimbursement  CostEst. Target Cost$12,844,074  Est. FY 98 Program Provisioning$0  Delivery Orders$0  Total Est. Cost$12,844,074  Fee Target Incentive Fee*$989,795  Maximum Available Award Fee$237,659  Maximum Fee @ Target Cost$1,227,454  Minimum Incentive Fee*$181,549 Maximum Total Fee(@15% less COM)**$1,820,975 Total Cost and Fee(Cost + Target Fee)$14,071,528 B. Firm-Fixed Price$0 C. Total Option Value$14,071,528 Plan.cost of money. * Subject to the award fee performance gate included under Section J-4, Performance Evaluation (Fee) Plan
** Includes all fees payable under the contract which are not to exceed 15% of estimated contract cost less cost of money.


(Ref. SA 398024)
B.4 CONTRACT FUNDING (NASA 18.52.232-81) (JUN 1990)

For purposes of payment of cost, exclusive of fee, in accordance with the Limitation of Funds Clause, the total amount allotted by the Government to this contract is
$232,822110.00$. 13324,415379,574211. This allotment is for the EMU Program Contract and covers the following period of performance: October 1, 1997 through September 15, 2002June 15, 2000.

An additional amount of $24.175,816.00 $132,342439,672035 is obligated under this contract for payment of fee.
Cumulative funding to date is summarized as follows:

Prior Cum Obligation This Obligation Revised Cum Obligation

$232,722,210.00 $99,900.00 $232,822,110.00
$ 24,164,716.00 $ 11,100.00 $ 24,175,816.00
$256,886,926.00 $111,000.00 $256,997,926.00

3. Purchase Request # Accounting Code & Appropriation Data Amount
02115EC1 721-30-40-CO-5A-EC2550-EC31 $111,000



Total: $111,000

$2,509,200
All other terms and conditions on the contract remain the same.

B.5 FEE STRUCTURE

See Performance Evaluation (Fee) Plan, Section J-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 TOC \o "1-5" LIST OF ACRONYMS  GOTOBUTTON _Toc383311470  PAGEREF _Toc383311470 14
1.0 Extravehicular Mobility Unit Program Contract  GOTOBUTTON _Toc383311471  PAGEREF _Toc383311471 20
1.1 Program and Business Management  GOTOBUTTON _Toc383311472  PAGEREF _Toc383311472 20

1.1.1 Planning  GOTOBUTTON _Toc383311473  PAGEREF _Toc383311473 20

1.1.2 Earned Value Performance Measurement System  GOTOBUTTON _Toc383311474  PAGEREF _Toc383311474 21

1.1.3 Metrics  GOTOBUTTON _Toc383311475  PAGEREF _Toc383311475 21

1.1.4 Configuration Management and Control  GOTOBUTTON _Toc383311476  PAGEREF _Toc383311476 21

1.1.5 Data Management 11

1.1.6 Program Reviews  GOTOBUTTON _Toc383311477  PAGEREF _Toc383311477 21

1.1.6.1 Program Management Reviews  GOTOBUTTON _Toc383311478  PAGEREF _Toc383311478 22
1.1.6.2 Technical and Business Meetings  GOTOBUTTON _Toc383311479  PAGEREF _Toc383311479 22

1.1.7 Financial and Resources Management  GOTOBUTTON _Toc383311480  PAGEREF _Toc383311480 23

1.1.7.1 Financial Management  GOTOBUTTON _Toc383311481  PAGEREF _Toc383311481 24

1.1.7.2. Resources Management  GOTOBUTTON _Toc383311482  PAGEREF _Toc383311482 24

1.1.7.3 Subcontract Management  GOTOBUTTON _Toc383311483  PAGEREF _Toc383311483 24
1.1.7.4 Property Management  GOTOBUTTON _Toc383311484  PAGEREF _Toc383311484 24

1.1.8 Partnering  GOTOBUTTON _Toc383311485  PAGEREF _Toc383311485 24
2.0 Engineering  GOTOBUTTON _Toc383311486  PAGEREF _Toc383311486 24
2.1 Systems Engineering and Integration  GOTOBUTTON _Toc383311487  PAGEREF _Toc383311487 25

2.1.1 Interfaces  GOTOBUTTON _Toc383311488  PAGEREF _Toc383311488 29
2.1.2 Hardware Development and Certification Testing  GOTOBUTTON _Toc383311489  PAGEREF _Toc383311489 29
2.2 Program Provisioning  GOTOBUTTON _Toc383311490  PAGEREF _Toc383311490 42

2.2.1. Field Activities  GOTOBUTTON _Toc383311491  PAGEREF _Toc383311491 74
2.2.2. EVA Preflight and Real-Time Mission Support  GOTOBUTTON _Toc383311492  PAGEREF _Toc383311492 81
2.2.3. Special Studies  GOTOBUTTON _Toc383311493  PAGEREF _Toc383311493 82
2.2.4. Special Testing  GOTOBUTTON _Toc383311494  PAGEREF _Toc383311494 82
2.2.5. Supplier Supportability / Obsolescence  GOTOBUTTON _Toc383311495  PAGEREF _Toc383311495 82
2.3 EMU Enhancements  GOTOBUTTON _Toc383311497  PAGEREF _Toc383311497 82
2.4. Anomaly Analysis  GOTOBUTTON _Toc383311496  PAGEREF _Toc383311496 82
3.0 Hardware  GOTOBUTTON _Toc383311498  PAGEREF _Toc383311498 83
3.1 Hardware Provisioning  GOTOBUTTON _Toc383311499  PAGEREF _Toc383311499 83
3.2 Hardware Refurbishment  GOTOBUTTON _Toc383311500  PAGEREF _Toc383311500 93
3.3 Hardware Rework and Repair  GOTOBUTTON _Toc383311501  PAGEREF _Toc383311501 104
3.4 Pre-delivery Acceptance (PDA) Testing  GOTOBUTTON _Toc383311502  PAGEREF _Toc383311502 107
3.5 Tooling, Special Test Equipment (STE) and Government-Furnished Property (GFP)  GOTOBUTTON _Toc383311503  PAGEREF _Toc383311503 107
3.6 Transportation, Shipping & Receiving, Warehousing, and Distribution  GOTOBUTTON _Toc383311504  PAGEREF _Toc383311504 107
4.0 Assured EMU Availability (AEA) Program  GOTOBUTTON _Toc383311505  PAGEREF _Toc383311505 107
4.1 Life Extension  GOTOBUTTON _Toc383311506  PAGEREF _Toc383311506 108
4.2 Supplier Supportability  GOTOBUTTON _Toc383311507  PAGEREF _Toc383311507 110
4.3 Technology Obsolescence  GOTOBUTTON _Toc383311508  PAGEREF _Toc383311508 110
4.4 Provisioning Planning System  GOTOBUTTON _Toc383311509  PAGEREF _Toc383311509 111
4.5 Environmental, Health, and Safety Compliance  GOTOBUTTON _Toc383311510  PAGEREF _Toc383311510 111

4.5.1 Hazardous Waste  GOTOBUTTON _Toc383311511  PAGEREF _Toc383311511 112
4.5.2 Ozone Depleting Substance (ODS) Phase-out  GOTOBUTTON _Toc383311512  PAGEREF _Toc383311512 112
5.0 Safety, Mission Assurance, and Product Assurance  GOTOBUTTON _Toc383311513  PAGEREF _Toc383311513 112
5.1 Safety  GOTOBUTTON _Toc383311514  PAGEREF _Toc383311514 113

5.1.1 Systems Safety  GOTOBUTTON _Toc383311515  PAGEREF _Toc383311515 113
5.1.2 Operations Safety  GOTOBUTTON _Toc383311516  PAGEREF _Toc383311516 113
5.2 Mission Assurance  GOTOBUTTON _Toc383311517  PAGEREF _Toc383311517 114
5.3 Product Assurance  GOTOBUTTON _Toc383311518  PAGEREF _Toc383311518 115

5.3.1 Quality Assurance  GOTOBUTTON _Toc383311519  PAGEREF _Toc383311519 115
5.3.2 Product and Service Quality  GOTOBUTTON _Toc383311520  PAGEREF _Toc383311520 115
5.3.3 Process Quality

5.4 Waivers or Deviations 25

 LIST OF ACRONYMS

A/L AIRLOCK INCORPORATED
AAP AIRLOCK ADAPTER PLATE
ACO AIRCRAFT CENTRAL OPERATIONS
ACR AUTHORIZED CHANGE RECORD
ADP ACCEPTANCE DATA PACKAGE
AFEB AWARD FEE EVALUATION BOARD
ALSS AIRLOCK SUPPORT SUBSYSTEM
ARC AMES RESEARCH CENTER
ASD AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS DEPARTMENT
ATP ACCEPTANCE TEST PLAN (OR PROCEDURE)
ATP AUTHORIZATION TO PROCEED
BAO/ BOEING AEROSPACE OPERATIONS/FLIGHT EQUIPMENT
B&P BUDGETARY & PLANNING (ESTIMATE)
BH/M BREATHER HOSE/MOUTHPIECE
BIS BIOINSTRUMENTATION SYSTEM
BITE BUILT IN TEST EQUIPMENT
BRA BENDS RECOVERY APPARATUS
BSC BODY SEAL CLOSURE
BTA BENDS TREATMENT ADAPTER
BTU BRITISH THERMAL UNIT
CCA COMMUNICATIONS CARRIER ASSEMBLY
CCB CONFIGURATION CONTROL BOARD
CCBD CONFIGURATION CONTROL BOARD DIRECTIVE
CCC CONTAMINANT CONTROL CARTRIDGE
CCO CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER
CDR CRITICAL DESIGN REVIEW
CEI CONTRACT END ITEM
CERT CERTIFICATION TEST
CET COMBINED ELECTRICAL TEST RIG
CFE CONTRACTOR FURNISHED EQUIPMENT
CIL CRITICAL ITEMS LIST
COL CONTRACTING OFFICER LETTER
CPFF/AF COST PLUS FIXED FEE/AWARD FEE
CPPHSS CLEANING, PRESERVATION, PACKAGING, HANDLING, SHIPPING, &
STORAGE PROCEDURES
CPV COMBINATION PURGE VALVE
CRM CUSTOMER RETURNED MATERIAL
CRT CATHODE RAY TUBE
CTSD CREW AND THERMAL SYSTEMS DIVISION (NASA JSC)
CWS CAUTION & WARNING SYSTEM
CY CALENDAR YEAR
DACT DISPOSABLE ABSORBENT CONTAINMENT TRUNK
DCAA DEFENSE CONTRACT AUDIT AGENCY
DCAS DEFENSE CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION SERVICE
DCM DISPLAY & CONTROLS MODULE
DCN DOCUMENT CHANGE NOTICE
DDT&E DESIGN, DEVELOPMENT, TEST & EVALUATION
DFT DESIGN FEASIBILITY TEST
DMRV DUAL MODE RELIEF VALVE
DOD DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE
DOT DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
DR DISCREPANCY REPORT
DRD DATA REQUIREMENT DESCRIPTION
DRL DATA REQUIREMENTS LIST
DST DESIGN SUPPORT TESTING
DTO DETAILED TEST OBJECTIVE
DVT DESIGN VERIFICATION TEST
EAC ESTIMATE AT COMPLETION
EB ELECTRON BEAM WELDING
EC ENGINEERING CHANGE
ECG ELECTROCARDIOGRAM
ECO ENGINEERING CHANGE ORDER
ECP ENGINEERING CHANGE PROPOSAL
ECRA ENGINEERING CHANGE REQUEST AND ANALYSIS
ECS ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM
EEE ELECTRONIC, ELECTRICAL, AND ELECTROMECHANICAL
EEH EMU ELECTRICAL HARNESS
EEPC FLIGHT EQUIPMENT PROCESSING CONTRACT
EES EJECTION ESCAPE SUIT
EM ENGINEERING MEMORANDUM
EMI ELECTROMAGNETIC INTERFERENCE
EMU EXTRAVEHICULAR MOBILITY UNIT
ESCU EXTENDED SERVICE & COOLING UMBILICAL
ESS ENVIRONEMENTAL & SPACE SYSTEMS DEPARTMENT
ESVS ESCAPE SUIT VENTILATION SYSTEM
ETC ESTIMATE TO COMPLETE
EV EXTRAVEHICULAR
EVA EXTRAVEHICULAR ACTIVITY
EVA ETHYLENEVINYLACETATE
EVC EXTRAVEHICULAR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM
EVCA EXTRAVEHICULAR COMMUNICATIONS ADAPTER
EVCS EXTRAVEHICULAR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (EVC PREFERRED)
EVCU EXTRAVEHICULAR COMMUNICATIONS UMBILICAL
EVOU EXTRAVEHICULAR OXYGEN UMBILICAL
EVVA EXTRAVEHICULAR VISOR ASSEMBLY
EWRS EMU WEIGHT RELEASE SYSTEM
F/P/S FAN/PUMP/SEPARATOR ASSEMBLY
FACI FIRST ARTICLE CONFIGURATION INSPECTION
FCCP FIRM CONTRACT CHANGE PROPOSAL
FDO FEE DETERMINATION OFFICER
FEPC PROCESSING CONTRACT

FIAR FAILURE INVESTIGATION AND ANALYSIS REPORT
FMEA FAILURE MODES & EFFECTS ANALYSIS
FMOF FIRST MANNED ORBITAL FLIGHT
FRR FLIGHT READINESS REVIEW
FTE FIELD TEST EQUIPMENT
FTS FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM
FW FEEDWATER
FY FISCAL YEAR
G&A GENERAL & ADMINISTRATIVE (EXPENSE)
GBL GOVERNMENT BILL OF LADING
GFE GOVERNMENT FURNISHED EQUIPMENT
GFM GOVERNMENT FURNISHED MATERIAL
GFP GOVERNMENT FURNISHED PROPERTY
GFY GOVERNMENT FISCAL YEAR
GHD GROUND HANDLING DEVICE
GSA GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION
GSE GROUND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT (EMU USES FTE AS DESIGNATION)
GSFC GODDARD SPACE FLIGHT CENTER
GSI GOVERNMENT SOURCE INSPECTION
HI-FI HIGH FIDELITY (MOCK-UP)
HS HAMILTON STANDARD DIVISION OF UNITED TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION
HSD HAMILTON STANDARD (HS IS PREFERRED)
HSMS HAMILTON STANDARD MANAGEMENT SERVICES, INC.
HSS HAMILTON SUPPORT SYSTEMS
HSSSI HAMILTON STANDARD SPACE SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL
HTS HARD TORSO SHELL
HUT HARD UPPER TORSO
HX HEAT EXCHANGER
ICD INTERFACE CONTROL DOCUMENT
IDB INSUIT DRINK BAG
IG INSPECTOR GENERAL
ILC ILC-DOVER, DIVISION OF ILC INDUSTRIES
IPAR IRREGULAR PARTS APPLICATION REQUEST
IPL ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST
IPT IN-PROCESS TEST
IR INFRARED
IR INSULATION RESISTANCE TEST
IR&D INDEPENDENT RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
IRN INTERFACE REVISION NOTICE
ITMG INTEGRATED THERMAL METEOROID GARMENT
IV INTRAVEHICULAR
JSC JOHNSON SPACE CENTER
KSC KENNEDY SPACE CENTER
L LARGE (SSA SIZE)
LCD LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY
LCG LIQUID COOLANT GARMENT (APPOLLO USAGE)
LCVG LIQUID COOLING & VENTILATION GARMENT
LED LIGHT EMITTING DIODE
LLL LIMITED LIFE LIST
LOC LIMITATION OF COST
LOGO LIMATION OF GOVERNMENT'S OBLIGATION
LSS LIFE SUPPORT SUBSYSTEM
LTA LOWER TORSO ASSEMBLY
LVD LEG VENT DUCT
LW LIGHT WEIGHT (MOCK-UP)
M/U MOCK-UP
MAC MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CONCENTRATION
MACR MASTER AUTHORIZED CHANGE RECORD
MATCO MATERIALS COMPATIBILITY (STANDARD MATERIALS WORKSHEETS)
MED MEDIUM (SSA SIZE)
MFR MANIPULATOR FOOT RESTRAINT
MH MAN-HOUR
MIP MANDATORY INSPECTION POINT
MM MAN-MONTH
MMA MARTIN MARIETTA AEROSPACE
MMU MANNED MANEUVERING UNIT
MODEM MODULATION/DEMODULATION
MR MATERIAL REVIEW
MRA MATERIAL REJECTION ANALYSIS
MSFC MARSHALL SPACE FLIGHT CENTER
MTBF MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURES
MWC MULTIPLE WATER CONNECTOR
MWS MINI-WORK STATION
N-R NONRECURRING
N/A NOT APPLICABLE
N/C NO CHANGE
N/R NOT REQUIRED
NASA NATIONAL AERONAUTICS & SPACE ADMINISTRATION
NB NEUTRAL BUOYANCY (MOCK-UP)
NPU NITROGEN PURGE UNIT
ODC OTHER DIRECT COST
OEH OXYGEN EXTENSION HOSE
OFT ORBITAL FLIGHT TEST
OH OVERHEAD (EXPENSE)
OPA OXYGEN PURGE ADAPTER
OPS OXYGEN PURGE SYSTEM (APOLLO USAGE)
ORI OPERATIONAL READINESS INSPECTION
ORU ON-ORBIT UNIT
OSB OBRITER STOWAGE BRACKET
P&W PRATT & WHITNEY AIRCRAFT
P/N PART NUMBER
PD PROGRAM DIRECTIVE
PDA PREDELIVERY ACCEPTANCE TEST
PDR PRELIMINARY DESIGN REVIEW
PEAP PAD EMERGENCY AIR PACK
PGA PRESSURE GARMENT ASSEMBLY
PIA PREINSTALLATION ACCEPTANCE TEST
PLSS PRIMARY LIFE SUPPORT SUBSYSTEM
PMO PROGRAM MANAGEMENT OFFICE
PO PURCHASE ORDER
POP PROGRAM OPERATING PLAN
POR PURCHASE ORDER REQUEST
POS PORTABLE OXYGEN SYSTEM
PPH POUNDS PER HOUR
PPM PARTS PER MILLION
PR PROCUREMENT REGULATION
PRACA PROBLEM REPORTING AND CORRECTIVE ACTION
PRE PERSONNEL RESCUE ENCLOSURE
PROM PROGRAMMABLE READ-ONLY MEMORY
PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH
PSIA POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH ABSOLUTE
PSID POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH DIFFERENTIAL
PTT PUSH-TO-TALK (SWITCH ON DCM)
PVC POLYVINYLCHLORIDE
PVU PATTERN VERIFICATION UNIT
QA QUALITY ASSURANCE
QD QUICK DISCONNECT
RAM RANDOM ACCESS MEMORY
RBA REBREATHER ASSEMBLY
RDR RELIABILITY DATA REPORT
RECP REQUEST FOR ENGINEERING CHANGE PROPOSAL
REV REVISION
RFP REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL
RI ROCKWELL INTERNATIONAL
RID REVIEW ITEM DISPOSITION
RK RECHARGE KIT
ROM READONLY MEMORY
ROM ROUGH ORDER OF MAGNITUDE (ESTIMATE)
RSPL RECOMMENDED SPARES PROVISIONING LIST
RTOP RESEARCH & TECHNOLOGY OPERATING PLAN
S SMALL (SSA SIZE)
S/AD SPECIFICATION/ASSEMBLY DRAWING
S/N SERIAL NUMBER
SCC STANDARD CUBIC CENTIMETERS
SCU SERVICE AND COOLING UMBILICAL
SEM SCANNING ELECTRON MICROSCOPE
SEMU SHORT EMU
SEMU SHUTTLE EXTRAVEHICULAR MOBILITY UNIT
SESL SPACE ENVIRONMENT SIMULATION LABORATORY
SEVA SKYLAB EXTRAVEHICULAR VISOR ASSEMBLY
SMP SPECIAL MAJOR PROCUREMENT (EXPENSE)
SOP SECONDARY OXYGEN PACK
SOW STATEMENT OF WORK
SPF SINGLE POINT FAILURE
SR&QA SAFETY, RELIABILITY, & QUALITY ASSURANCE
SSA SPACE SUIT ASSEMBLY
SSD SPACE SYSTEMS DEPARTMENT (CHANGED TO ESS)
SSF SPACE STATION FREEDOM
SSP SPACE SHUTTLE PROGRAM
STE SPECIAL TEST
SVU SIZING VERIFICATION UNIT
SWL SINGLE WALL LAMINATES
T/S TEST STAND
TBD TO BE DETERMINED
TCS THERMAL CONTROL SYSTEM
TD TECHNICAL DIRECTION
TIG TUNGSTEN INERT GAS (WELDING)
TM TECHNICAL MONITOR
TMG THERMAL METEOROID GARMENT
TPS TEST PREPARATION SHEET
TRR TEST READINESS REVIEW
UCD URINE COLLECTION DEVICE
UCS UNIT COST STUDY
UMP UNIQUE MAJOR PROCUREMENT (EXPENSE)
USAF UNITED STATES AIR FORCE
UTC UNITED TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION
UTMC UNITED TECHNOLOGIES MICROELECTRONICS CENTER
UTRC UNITED TECHNOLOGIES RESEARCH CENTER
UV ULTRAVIOLET
VAFB VANDENBERG AIR FORCE BASE
VAT VIBRATION ACCEPTANCE TEST
VDC VOLTS DIRECT CURRENT
VFS VENT FLOW SENSOR
WBS WORK BREAKDOWN STRUCTURE
WETF WEIGHTLESS ENVIRONMENT TEST FACILITY (JSC)
WIF WATER IMMERSION FACILITY (MSFC)
WPD WORK PACKAGE DESCRIPTION
WPI WORK PACKAGE INSTRUCTION
WSTF WHITE SANDS TEST FACILITY
XL EXTRA-LARGE (SSA SIZE)
XS EXTRA-SMALL (SSA SIZE)
ZPS ZERO PREBREATHE SYSTEM


1.0 Extravehicular Mobility Unit Program Contract

This statement of work defines the requirements that shall be met by the contractor in the accomplishment of the NASA EMU Program, as described herein. The contractor shall be responsible for the overall successful performance of the EMU Program, and unless otherwise stated, shall provide all necessary personnel, materials, equipment, and facilities, to meet contract requirements. Specific requirements include, but are not limited to: program and business management; engineering; design, develop, certification, production and enhancement of EMU and other EVA related hardware; assured EMU availability program, field activities, and safety, mission assurance, reliability, and quality assurance programs. The contractor shall support the Space Shuttle Program (SSP) and the International Space Station Program (ISS), including activities within those programs involving payloads and international partners.

The EMU was originally designed, developed, certified, and fabricated by United Technologies Corporation, Hamilton Standard Division, under NASA Contract Numbers NAS 915150 and NAS 9-17873. The intent of this contract is to provide for the continuation of the EMU Program and to provide for the evolution of the EMU design as mandated by NASA’s changing program requirements. The contractor shall be responsible for the design, development, fabrication and certification of the EMU and EVA related equipment, and therefore, is ultimately responsible for its flight worthiness, both as it was developed and certified under Contracts NAS 915150 and NAS 9-17873, and as it may be modified by tasks authorized under this contract.

The contractor shall provide the resources, including subcontractor and vendor participation, to fully complete all tasks previously authorized under Contract NAS 917873 which are identified in section J-13 - NAS 9-17873 Carry Over Effort. Section J-13 is attached to and is made a part of this statement of work.

EMU performance, workmanship and design shall reflect the applicable requirements of Volume X of NSTS 07700 Shuttle Flight and Ground Systems Specifications, and other applicable documents delineated in Section J-12 - Applicable Documents which is attached to and is made a part of this statement of work.

1.1 Program and Business Management
The contractor shall implement a program and business management system which provideinsures for the timely and successful implementation of corrective actions and provides for the reporting of technical data and financial management data in accordance with Data Requirement Description No. 1. This system shall provide for the development of complete and accurate planning data and insure the accomplishment of program technical and schedule requirements within contract cost objectives.

1.1.1 Planning
The contractor shall provide and maintain a Program Management Plan which integrates all related plans and systems, including those of major subcontractors. Major subcontractors are defined as those subcontractors with subcontracts equal to or exceeding 15% of the total prime contract value. The plan shall address the systems, functions, socio-economics subcontracting goals, and data requirements described herein.

The contractor shall provide and maintain a Work Breakdown Structure (WBS) in accordance with Data Requirements Description No. 2. This WBS shall serve as the framework for contract planning, budgeting, cost reporting and schedule status reporting to the Government. Major elements of subcontracted work shall be identified within the WBS.

1.1.2 Earned Value Performance Measurement System
The contractor shall develop and maintain an integrated performance measurement system which provides technical, cost, and schedule performance data in terms of earned value in accordance with Data Requirement Description No. 3. This earned value performance measurement system shall correlate work accomplished and actual costs, as compared to, baseline cost plans and schedules. Performance measurement reporting shall include data of all major subcontractors.

1.1.3 Metrics
The contractor shall develop, maintain and report cost, schedule, and technical performance metrics which effectively indicate the level of the contractor’s performance against the contract requirements. These metrics shall include definition and analysis as defined in Data Requirement Description No. 4.

1.1.4 Configuration Management and Control
The contractor shall establish and maintain a configuration management (CM) system in accordance with Data Requirement Description No. 5. This shall include the identification, control, and accounting for hardware and software for which the contractor is responsible for under the contract. The contractor shall provide configuration management products, including creation and maintenance of a Authorized EMU Configuration List (AECL), engineering drawings and associated parts lists; verification of “as-built” to “as-designed“ configuration of contract hardware; materials analysis; tracking and control (MATCO) information; batch control; and engineering change documentation such as, Engineering Change Orders, Certification Impact and Analysis Reports (CIAR) and Test Readiness Review packages (TRR). In addition, the contractor shall prepare and coordinate EVA Hardware Board and EVA Configuration Control Board directives, waivers, and deviations, and maintain accurate, complete, and current configuration management data to ensure the implementation and verification of program direction.

Ref. SA 30
1.1.4.1

A Class II Engineering Change is required revising the drawing to reflect the vendor's name and address change for the 02 Frame and Filter Assemblies P/N SV778902-1.

1.
1.1.5 Data Management
The contractor shall provide a data management plan in accordance with Data Requirement Description No. 6 This plan shall describe the management, preparation, control, and dissemination of data required under this contract. In addition this plan shall define an integrated approach for data management including management of documentation (in any media), automated databases, and related products.

The contractor shall describe the areas of the contractor’s internal data systems where the Government will be permitted on-line access (“look-in”) and shall define access and interface requirements and provide the Government with required training to be able to access and use these systems. In addition, the plan will describe an approach for maintaining an on-line, conformed copy of the contract which will be revised, by the contractor, as changes to the contract are implemented. Electronic data processing, transmission and record keeping shall be used to increase efficiency and cost effectiveness.

1.1.6 Program Reviews
1.1.6.1 Program Management Reviews
The contractor shall conduct Program Management Reviews (PMR’s) to provide the Government with current status of the contractor’s financial and technical activities under the contract. PMR’s shall be conducted 3 times per year. Content of PMR's will include: technical issues and accomplishments, analysis of cost and schedule performance data, and review of corrective actions plans as required. Additionally, all program metrics, as defined in 1.1.3, shall be reviewed, as well as other topics identified by NASA or contractor management.

Ref. SA 23
1.1.6.1.2
The remaining GFY '98 effort required to implement the new Program Review process is as follows: 1) Prepare presentations and conduct an additional third day of Program Review for the Executive Board Review for two (2) Program Reviews. 2) Prepare presentations, coordinate presentation concurrence and conduct up to seven (7) monthly telecons (telecons will not be held during months with Program Review). Each monthly telecon will be NASA directed via technical direction.

Ref. SA 218
1.1.6.1.3 EMU PROGRAM REVIEW PROCESS FOR GFY'00 AND GFY'01

The Contractor is directed to prepare presentations and conduct an additional third day of Program Review for the Executive Board Review for each of the six (6) Program Reviews (three (3) Program Reviews/GFY).




1.1.6.2 Technical and Business Meetings
The contractor shall participate in and support other program meetings and reviews. This shall include presentations covering the contractor’s areas of responsibility; identification of impacts due to proposed requirements changes; the planning and implementation of the program meetings and reviews; and the coordination and resolution of action items with NASA and other contractor representatives. These meetings shall comprise up to 3 technical and 3 budget reviews per year, configuration control boards, status meetings, anomaly resolution meetings, and Government and non-contractor design reviews that impact the contractor’s area of responsibility. The contractor shall provide for subcontractor participation where necessary.

Ref. SA 92
1.1.6.1.3

The GFY '99 effort required to implement the Program Review process is as follows: 1) Prepare presentations and conduct an additional third day of Program Review for the Executive Board Review for three (3) Program Reviews. 2) Prepare presentations, coordinate presentation concurrence, and conduct three technical reviews with NASA at JSC in between the Program Management Reviews.

Ref. SA 259
Section 1.1.6 Program Reviews

The contractor is hereby directed to conduct a 4th Program Review for GFY 2000. This program review shall take place at HSWL facilities during the week of August 28, 2000. Furthermore, the contractor is directed to perform the following activities:

Prepare presentations and associated materials.
Coordinate presentation concurrence with Field Activities.
Conduct Program Review with NASA/JSC.
Prepare and submit closeout of action items.

The topics to be addressed during this program review shall include, but not be limited to:

Technical Issues and Accomplishments
Analysis of Cost and Schedule Performance Data
Review of Corrective Action Plans (as required)

Ref. SA 323
4th Program Review in FY 01

The contractor is hereby directed to conduct a fourth Program Review for GFY 2001. This program review shall take place at HSWL facilities during the week of August 26, 2001. Furthermore, the contractor is directed to perform the following activities:

Prepare presentations and conduct dry runs.
Coordinate presentation concurrence with JSC personnel, USA, and ILC, Dover.
Conduct Program Review with NASA/JSC.
Prepare and submit closeout of Action items.


1.1.7 Financial and Resources Management
The contractor shall provide and maintain a financial and resource management system for the accumulation, documentation, and analysis of cost and work force data. The resources management system will be the basis for communication with the Government concerning financial planning and control, accounting of accrued expenditures and other liabilities, evaluation of cost performance, and forecasting of cost and work force requirements. The financial management system shall provide the baseline financial parameters to be input and assessed in the integrated performance measurement system (PMS) reference paragraph 1.1.2.

1.1.7.1 Financial Management
The contractor shall provide and maintain a financial management system for planning, tracking, accumulating, and reporting contract costs and providing other financial support required to meet the budgeting, cost reporting, billing, and disclosure requirements of the contract. The contractor’s financial reporting shall be provided in accordance with plan in accordance with Data Requirement Description No. 3.

1.1.7.2. Resources Management

The contractor shall provide financial planning as required to support the Government budget process (i.e., Program Operating Plan (POP) budget calls, monthly operating plan budget calls and geographical economic impacts), and to support special requests for budget impacts. The format and content of the contractor’s inputs and supporting rationale shall be in accordance with the budget or special request guidelines and reporting format specified by the NASA Contracting Officer.

1.1.7.3 Subcontract Management
The contractor shall accomplish the management and technical control of interdivisional, subcontractor, and major vendor activities required to fulfill the contract requirements in accordance with Data Requirement Description No. 1.

The financial and performance data provided by the contractor shall provide management visibility into aspects of interdivisional, subcontractor, and major vendor activities relevant to accomplishing the contract requirements and shall be integrated with other required management systems and reporting requirements set forth in the contract by Data requirements Description No. 3.

1.1.7.4 Property Management
The Contractor shall perform property management and administration of all property acquired by or in possession of the Contractor and subcontractors, including Government-furnished property (GFP). The contractor shall identify excess or obsolete assets and initiate excessing action. The contractor shall provide, implement, and maintain a Government Property Management Plan and reporting in accordance with Data Requirement Descriptions No. 7 and No. 8.

1.1.8 Partnering

Based upon the evolutionary nature of the EMU program, newly developed technologies, materials, and/or processes may be developed that may have commercial applications beneficial to the contractor. The contractor may identify such opportunities, as they become apparent, and submit a partnering proposal for the mutual development of these technologies. Such proposals, if any, will be evaluated by NASA and, based upon their merit, a separate joint development agreement may be negotiated. New technology reporting shall be accomplished in accordance with Data Requirement Description No. 9.

REF. SA 314

1.1.9 EMU Program Contract Transfer to the Space Flight Operations Contract

The contractor shall support the transition of the EMU program contract into the SFOC contract which will shall include the following activities: (1) transition schedule coordination; (2) identification of EMU technical requirements; (3) identification of cost requirements; (4) reconcile NASA budget marks with proposed technical baseline; (5) identification and negotiation of contractual requirements; (6) EMU property and facilities transfer; (7) transfer of all active EMU subcontracts and purchase orders; (8) submit, as appropriate, a cost proposal for EMU program close-out within 60 days of completion of this effort; and (9) complete appropriate travel to Houston, TX to support the transition. The period of performance for this effort is December 14, 2000 through March 31, 2001.
2.0 Engineering
The contractor shall provide engineering, resources and other technical capability to perform design and development, analyses, studies, tests, anomaly investigations and evaluations in support of Space Shuttle and ISS missions. In addition, the contractor shall perform drafting, concept definition, systems engineering, field activities, and laboratory operation and maintenance. Technical operations involving flight and training versions of international partners’ EVA related equipment shall be supported. Such activities may include the Russian Orlan DMA and M model equipment, waiver and deviation forms, and Test Readiness Review packages (TRR). The contractor shall provide tracking and control (MATCO) information, and batch control.


In support of EMU and EVA-related hardware activities, the contractor shall prepare and process documents, such as Test Performance Sheets; Change Request forms; Material Usage Agreements; Discrepancy Reports; FIAR forms and Waiver/Deviation forms. In addition, the contractor shall process up to a limit of 300 Reliability Data Reports during the life of the program.

Ref. SA 380
Deferral Mod.

The following changes are made to the distribution of RDRs and associated contract value in the contract base and options periods as reflected below:

FROMBase Period thru Option 1Option 2Option 3TotalRDRs30000300TOBase Period thru Option 1 Option 2Option 3TotalRDRs272280300

The contractor shall provide design and verification requirements in accordance with the Extravehicular Activity (EVA) Hardware Generic Description Requirements Document JSC 26626A for new EMU hardware designs, as directed by NASA.
Ref. SA 383
CCBD H7200 Metox Sustaining Activities

The Contractor is directed to provide technical assistance for METOX hardware as defined below for FY 02, 03 (Option 2) & 04 (Option 3):


Prepare Engineering Changes and CCBDs (Limited to 1 EC and 1 CCBD per year)
Respond to Gidep Alerts pertaining to METOX hardware (Limited to 2 alerts per year)
Respond to NASA requests for technical or programmatic tasks
Respond to LSS telecon action items regarding METOX hardware
Prepare and present Program Review pitches (Limited to 1 per year)
Provide Mission Support for METOX hardware
Update FMEA/CIL/HAR/SAR
Add METOX to the Materials obsolescence data base
Add METOX to Weight Report
Create/Revise cert matrix entries for EC process
Add to Cert Cycle Model
Add METOX to SVHS 7800, 7801, & 7802
Create and maintain METOX refurbishment schedule
HSMS support for use of METOX canisters for Building 7 Chamber events (Less regeneration of canisters)
Travel to Field (Limited to 1 trip per year, 2 persons per trip, 4 days per trip)


Note: Any RDR investigations related to METOX will be considered part of the 300 RDR limit referenced in Section C of the SOW, Paragraph 2.0



2.1 Systems Engineering and Integration
The contractor shall provide for the effective integration, design, and test of EMU and EVA-related hardware at the systems level. This effort shall include system level analyses and trade studies; interface definition and maintenance, including production of interface control drawings, EMU design and test requirements definition (e.g. Pre-Installation Acceptance Plan and Procedures); and system test planning, monitoring, and data evaluation. The contractor shall consider ground surveillance, maintenance and checkout activities as a part of component and systems design. As part of any detailed design activity, the contractor shall perform the system design analysis and integration required to support the development of detailed designs and that effort required to assure compatibility of component and subsystem detailed designs with the EMU system. In addition, the contractor shall insure that attention is given to crewmember activities required for EMU donning, doffing, servicing, checkout, maintenance and operations in the use (orbital) environment both IVA and EVA. The contractor shall assure that the FEMU-R-001 EMU Processing and Constraints is updated to reflect all engineering changes. Reference Data Requirement Description No. 10.

The contractor shall provide technical reports which describe the studies, analyses, and results of specific engineering activities. The individual reports shall include, but not be limited to, such technical specialties as theoretical analyses, engineering verifications, current problems and proposed solutions, and conclusions and recommendations.

Ref. SA 112
The Contractor shall revise the FEMU-R-001 pages to accommodate the increased launch accelerations and increased EMU hang weight.

Certification Closure by 1/31/99

Ref. SA 189
(b) EMU Processing and Constraints Document (FEMU-R-001) Revision

The contractor shall revise the EMU Processing and Constraints Document (FEMU-R-001) to include the following post-manufacture and post-repair screening requirements:

Ref. SA 214
(c) The contractor is directed to perform a risk assessment associated with expediting the present EMU preflight operations. The risk assessment will consider such items as:

Failure histories; failure mode (1/1, 2/1R, 3/1R, and 2/2)
screening provided by V1103.02 and on-orbit checkout;
Capability provided by the 25eva/369 day certification;
Effects of landing, launch and handling without processing.

The pre-flight processing will recommend one of following scenarios
V1103.02 only,
V1103.02 with additional test or
No change.

HSSSI shall present status at NASA JSC. A favorable risk assessment will result in the generation of a Level II change request recommending the implemenation of expedited EMU turnaround processing between flights. Implementation into program accomplished by removing applicable preflight requirements from hardware S/ADs and documents listed below. FEMU-R will be updated per a revision to this supplemental agreement.

HARDWARE
Primary Life Support Subsystem, ITEM 100
Secondary Oxygen Pack, ITEM 200
Display and Controls Module, Item 300
Contaminant Control Cartridge, Item 480
Planar HUT, Item 102
Pivioted HUT, Item 102
Enhanced Arm Assembly, Item 103
Enhanced Lower Torso Assembly, Item 104
Helmet Assembly, Item 105
Extravehicular Visor Assembly, Item 108
RPHG Arm Assembly
3 volt SSAPH SEMU Cables
12 Volt SSAPH SEMU Cables

Documents
EMU Critical Items List (CIL)
EMU Failure Mode and Effects Analysis (FMEA)
EMU Safety Analysis Report (SAR)
Limited Life List (LLL)
EMU Processing Requirements and Constraints

Status Presentation at NASA JSC 2/29/00
Paperwork completed by 4/25/00


INSERT AS NEW PARAGRAPH

7.1.1.6.5 Screening for foreign metallic objects shall be perfomed by X-ray following manufacturing of multi-layer softgoods (TMG's) or repairs which expose more than the outer layer of multi-layer softgoods. Work performed on single layer softgoods, or repairs limited to the outer layer of multi-layer softgoods shall be visually screened. The visual exam shall include flexing of the item, particularly along seams. X-ray may be substitued for the visual inspection.

ADD INTO EXISTING PARAGRAPH 12.7:

The absence of foreign metallic objects must be assured. When repairing multi-layered softgoods where more than the outer layer is exposed, non-essential metallic objects shall be removed from the work site. Any pins used shall be included in a pin accounting system. Following the post-repair pin count verification, the component shall be visually screened over the entire surface. The visual exam shall included flexing of the item, particularly along seams. The visual inspection (without pin count) shall also be preformed on repairs of single layer softgoods. X-ray may be substituted for any of the pin count or visual inspection.

2.1.1 Interfaces
The contractor shall define and insure compatibility of EMU external interfaces with the Shuttle Orbiter, ISS systems and DTO's, payloads, and other EVA related systems which are not provided by this contract. The contractor shall provide technical information and support necessary for the preparation of Interface Control Drawings (ICD's) with interfacing systems and shall prepare and maintain ICD's with other related EVA systems. Any ICD's prepared by the contractor shall be prepared in accordance with Data Requirement Description No. 11. The contractor shall prepare and maintain the Mass Properties Report in accordance with Data Requirement Description No. 12.

The system design and performance requirements are set forth in SVHS 7800, latest revision. The contractor shall maintain a current working version of this document.

2.1.2 Hardware Development and Certification Testing
The contractor shall establish test requirements and plans, conduct PDRs and CDRs, and shall plan, perform, monitor, evaluate and report the results of development and certification. The contractor shall review test plans for tests conducted at lower levels to ensure maximum utility of the data for systems design and integration considerations. The contractor shall plan and monitor system level tests to verify EMU performance under manned, environmental, and operational conditions.

The contractor shall prepare a Certification Test Plan, Procedures, and Report and shall adhere to the certification procedures in accordance with the Data Requirement Description No. 13.

The contractor shall provide operational performance data in accordance with Data Requirement Description No. 14.

The Safety and Mission Assurance Certification Approval Request (SMACAR) form will be used for all new items Data Requirement Description No. 15.


Ref. SA 6
2.1.2.1. The contractor shall develop and certify the Planar HUT, long sleeve, non-ORU TMG for a total of 252 hours in accordance with a NASA approved certification plan that adheres to the requirement outlined in the Data Requirement Description No. 13. The Engineering Change Order will be approved by NASA on or before April 12, 1998. The Certification Closure date will be on or before May 1, 1998.

Ref. SA 20
2.1.2.2. The contractor shall revise the HUT procedures to prevent the use of "Ballnose" type hex head screw drivers during the installation or removal of the HUT PLSS and DCM captive screws. Using "Ballnose" drivers can damage the Sublimator Inlet Water Tube causing a water leak.

2.1.2..3. The contractor shall complete the certification for the mounting brackets used to install the SAAMD onto the EMU and AAP. The configuration change of the EMU and AAP shall be performed per the CCCD at KSC. The contractor shall travel to KSC to support installation of the SAAMDs and brackets on the EMU and AAP for STS-90.


Ref. SA 27
2.1.2.4
The contractor shall incorporate the thermal capabilities for the 4750 TMG into the 4000 Series Glove S/ADII, in accordance with the graph "4750 Glove Palm Certification Limits Radiation, Grasp, and High Pressure Grasp with and without Heating", which was developed and agreed upon by NASA, Lockheed, Hamilton Standard, and ILC (See Attachment A).
Certification Closure Date: 6/15/98.


Ref. SA 29
2.1.2.5
The contractor shall certify and incorporate a new retention ring for the Planar HUT. The ring will be the same as the original production retention ring P/N SV817711 with a material change to stainless steel for increased rigidity. Thirty-two (32) pairs of retention rings will be delivered to allow retrofit of all Class I and Class III Planar HUTS. The retention rings hold the arm assemblies in position during suit doffing. In addition, they provide an interface between the crewmember and the scye bearing within the arm assembly.

Ref. SA 45
2.1.2.6
The contractor shall replace the DCM Lens Flange (EVC) and Push-To-Talk (PTT) nameplates to accommodate the new Space to Space EMU Radio (SSER). The TMG Lens Flange patch and field modification of 9 hi-fi DCM mock-ups will also be revised.

Description Part Number Quantity Delivery Date

Push-to-Talk (PTT) Nameplates SV771739-TBD 4 7/31/98
Lens Flange (EVC) Nameplates SV771729-TBD 4 7/31/98
TMG Patches TBD 4 7/31/98
Push-to-Talk (PTT) Nameplates SV771739-TBD 22 9/30/98
Lensflag (EVC) Nameplates SV771729-TBD 22 9/30/98
TMG Patches TBD 22 9/30/98

Certification Closure Date: 8/13/98

Ref. SA 50
2.1.2.7
The contractor shall revise the Air-Lock combination purge valve drawing as corrective action for RDR B-EMU-105-A004. This will correct the tolerance problems, which make it possible for interference to occur between the stem, spring seat, and the housing within the valve. The PDA will be modified to incorporate PIA actuation requirements.

Ref. SA 51
2.1.2.8
The contractor shall revise the micrometeoroid and orbital debris requirement in affected specifications and S/ADs for EMU to provide cumulative probability of no penetration < 0.91 for 2700 hours of EVA for a 10 year period starting with First Element Launch in the micrometeroid and orbital debris environment defined in SSP 30425. Deliverables are: specification and S/AD ECOs by 10/16/98, Flights 2A and 2A.1 system level certification analysis EMUM by 6/18/98 and full certification analysis EMUM by 10/29/98. This will provide single mission MMOD certification for ISS Assembly Flights 2A and 2A.1 and full MMOD certification for ISS Assembly flights 3A and subsequent. The contractor will update the current micrometeoroid environment from CSD-SH-028 to include the ISS micrometeoroid and orbital environment requirement contained in SSP-30425.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CR/DR: TITLE:
H6817 ISS EMU MMOD CERTIFICATION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CEI Description S/AD Part II (Specification) Number

PLSS Baseline, Planar, ORU Planar SV799100/2
SOP SV799045/2
DCM 2000 Series SV792294/2
CCC 2000 Series SV792600/2
Battery SV767789/2
Battery 2000 Series SV819600/2

ILC S/AD Part II (Specification) Number

HUT Pivoted 0102-10002
HUT Planar 0102-110102
Arm Enhanced 0103-110103
Arm Enhanced/Heated 0103-110203
LTA Enhanced 0104-110104
Hemet 0105-10005
Gloves 4000 Series 0106-19010
Gloves Phase VI 0106-110106
Gloves RPGH 0106-111723
EVVA 0108-10008
Cable SSAPH,SEMU Heated Glove 0800-111983

Ref. SA 52
2.1.2.9
The contractor shall revise the SSA Maintenance Manual to clarify the installation and lubrication instructions for Enhanced SSA Static Seals to preclude build-up of old lubrication behind the seal lip; add requirements to the Limited Life Document to install new seals prior to each flight and restrict the operational life of installed seals to 4.5 months (137 days); and add a post-seal installation shuck test requirement to the FEMU-R-001.

Ref. SA 54
2.1.2.10
The contractor shall revise the operational shock (impact) requirement in affected specifications and S/ADs to reflect the increase in EMU/EVAs weight from 400 lbs to 725 lbs and to decrease impact velocity from 2.0 ft/sec to 1.6 ft/sec. The degree of impact protection remains unchanged from current certification. Deliverables are: Specification and S/AD ECOs by 10/16/98, Flights 2A and 2A.1 system level certification analysis EMUM by 6/18/98 and full certification analysis EMUM by 9/1/98. This effort provides single mission impact certification for ISS Assemblyu Flights 2A and 2A.1 and full certification for ISS Assembly Flights 3A and subsequent.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CR/DR: TITLE:
H6815 ISS EMU IMPACT CERTIFICATION

CEI Description S/AD Part II (Specification) Number

PLSS Baseline, Planar, ORU Planar SV799100/2
SOP SV799045/2
EEH SV767690/2
CCC 2000 Series SV792600/2

ILC S/AD Part II (Specification) Number

CCA 0101-10001
HUT Pivoted 0102-10002
HUT Planar 0102-110102
Arm Enhanced 0103-110103
Arm Enhanced/Heated 0103-110203
LTA Enhanced 0104-110104
Helmet 0105-10005
Gloves 4000 Series 0106-19010
Gloves Phase VI 0106-110106
Gloves RPHG 0106-111723
LCVG 0107-10007
EVVA 0108-10008
IDB Reusable 0110-10010
IDB Disposable 0110-110110
Cable SSAPH, SEMU Heated Glove 0800-111983


Ref. SA 55
2.1.2.11
The contractor shall revise the CPPHSS document 0111-70022 to add clarification for handling polyester polyurethane bearing seals and controlled storage conditions. This clarification allows for resealing of storage bags supplied with the polyurethane seals which will keep the shelf life of the seals intact.

Ref. SA 61
2.1.2.12
The contractor shall update the EMU documentation to accommodate the Updated EMU Design Loads for launch and Increased Hang Weight from 285# to 310#. The following documents are to be revised:

SVHS 7800 EMU Design and Performance Requirements Specifications
SVHS 7801 Environment Control Equipment, EMU, General Mechanical
Specification for Equipment
FMEA/CIL
SAR/HR
FEMU-R-001
27 S/ADs

Hamilton Standard (11)
PLSS (I100) SV799100/2
SOP (I200) SV799045/2
DCM (I300) SV792294/2
SCU (I400) SV767730/2
EEH (I440) SV767690/2
CCC (I480) SV767790/2
Battery (I490) SV767892 and SV819600/2
BTA (I491) SV792740/2
SCOF (I495) SV799099/2
AAP (I470) SV767680/2

ILC (16)
CCA (I101) 0101-10001
HUT (I102) 0102-10002 and 0102-110102
ARMS (I103) Left and Right 0103-10003 and 0103-110103
LTA (I104) 0104-10004 and 0104-110104
Helmet Assembly (I105) 0105-10005
Glove Assembly (I106) 0106-19010, 0106-111723 and 0106-110106
LCVG (I107) 0107-10007
EVVA (I108) 0108-10008
IDB (I110) 0110-10010 and DIDB 0110-110110
SEMU Cable 0800-111983

Delivery by October 30, 1998.


Ref. SA 62
2.1.2.13

The contractor shall extend certification of the Space Suit Assembly Power Harness (SSAPH) 3 Volt system. The contractor shall also update the FMEA/CIL to remove flight specific effectivities, ECO's, a Certification Report documenting the rationale for acceptability and submission of IPARS to address the electrical connector switch, electrical conductors and heater elements.

Certification Closure date by 12/31/98

Ref. SA 159
The contractor shall extend certification of the Space Suit Assembly Power Harness (SSAPH)
3 Volt system for STS-96 through STS-104, including STS-92 and STS-93 when RPHGs are manifested.

Certification Closure by 3/26/99.

Ref. SA 64
2.1.2.14
The contractor shall incorporate an Inductor P/N SV789696-2 (which has longer electrical studs) in the External Wiring Harness P/N SV774161. The contractor shall also incorporate the new inductor into five additional I-385 O2/H2O Manifolds (S/N 006, 008, 009, 014, 015).

Certificate Closure Date by 7/30/98.

Ref. SA 67
2.1.2.15
The contractor shall integrate and certify the Space to Space Communication EMU Radio (SSER), Antenna, Cable, and Pad into the Short EMU (SEMU). The SSER components will be certified by EV and delivered directly to BAO/FEPC. SEMU level certification includes the antenna pad, installation of the SSER components on the SEMU for flight and the necessary alternations of the components by BAO/FEPC (velcro and standoffs) for proper installation on the SEMU. The documents shall be revised to include SSER nomenclature and any certification/integration impacts.

The contractor shall also fabricate 15 antenna pads (12 BAO, 2 CTSD, 1 EV). The pad will be installed in the PLSS TMG to makeup excess volume left by the older, larger antenna configuration. This pad will be tracked to the SEMU configuration level. This pad will not be required with the ORU TMG. Delivery of 4 Class 1 pads to HSMS by 7/1/98. The remaining 11 pads by 9/4/98.

Certification Closure Date by 8/13/98.


Ref. SA 69
2.1.2.16
The contractor shall perform the following effort: Manufacture the configuration 151/152 Harness Clamps and deliver as part of ORU PLSS production kits; upgrade the PLSS Mahogany Mockup and manufacture new ORU DCM Mockup for ILC Flight ORU TMG verification; New mission phase FMEA/CIL/SAR revisions incorporating ORU On-Orbit Changeout per ORU RID; Create new ORU/PLSS/DCM/Planar HUT upper and subassembly drawings to allow Boeing to track the ORU and Non-ORU PLSS, DCM, and Planar HUT Configurations, Incorporate the ORU TMG CDR RID #13 Harness alignment marks; and Create ORU MATCO database.

Certification Closure Date by 10/31/98.

The contractor shall revise the following documents to reflect the changes affected by this CCBD:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CD/DR: TITLE:
G6615R3 EMU-ORU CONFIGURATION REVISIONS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SV799100-11-00 ORU Primary Life Support Subsystem
SV792294-08-00 ORU Display and Controls Module
SVHS7801 Space Shuttle Extravehicular Mobility Unit (EMU) System, General
SVHS7802 Environmental Control Equipment Mobility Unit, General Mechanical
SV822071 Specification For Electronic Assembly, DCM
SV824131 Water Tank Assembly
SV824133 Shear Plate Asembly
SV767690 ORU EEH
SV822066 Manifold Assembly, Oxygen, Water
0111-710111 Enhanced Maintenance Manuel
SV824088 Harness Clamp
SV799045-00 Secondary Oxygen Pack
SV824051 Electrical Power Harness
SV824052 Electrical Signal Harness
0102-110102-03-02 Medium, ORU Planar HUT
0102-110102-03-03 Large, ORU Planar HUT

Ref. SA 72
2.1.2.17
Dual Mode Relief Valves

1. The flight effectivity of Item 120 Dual Mode Relief Valve (785844-16) shall be
flights STS-92, through STS-999, excluding 93, 94, 95 and 96.

2. Update Limited Life List to remove references to non-flight configurations. Perform development testing and implement a revision to the Item 120 High Mode adjustment procedure (IPT) to provide improved re-seat pressure performance.

3. Delivery: Testing and flight effectivity shall be completed by 9/30/98.

Ref. SA 71
2.1.2.18
X-Large Planar HUT
The contractor shall develop, fabricate, assemble, acceptance test, and deliver five (5) Class I and two (2) Class III X-Large Planar HUTs. The X-Large Planar HUT will have a forward positioned 16 inch Body Seal Closure and X-Large Arm opening. Certifications will be performed by analysis and similarity to the current Medium and Large Planar HUTs. Class I X-Large Planar HUTs will be manufactured in accordance with Specification/Assembly Drawing 0102-110102, and with all new hardware components. The Class III X-Large Planar HUT units shall be manufactured in accordance with HSSSI EMU Procedure 041 for Class III Builds, and by utilizing both new hardware components and Government Furnished Equipment (GFE) hardware obtained from existing Class III Pivoted HUT units. Class III HUTs are dedicated for Neutral Buoyancy Lab (NBL) use.

Delivery: X-Large Planar HUT deliveries shall be completed by
September 15, 2000.

The first Class III X-Large Planar HUT will be delivered to NASA and the remaining Class III X-Large Planar HUT and all five (5) Class I X-Large Planar HUTs will be delivered to the United Space Alliance (USA) NAS9-20000 Contract.

Ref. SA 76

2.1.2.18
The contractor shall make changes to the following documents to reflect the changes affected by the implementation of a reduction in pre-flight EMU processing. Significant features of this reduced processing approach, and how it relates to other EMU hardware activities, such as normal maintenance operations and configuration changes, are shown on Enclosure 1 "EMU Reduced Processing". The ETA chamber run, as a prerequisite for flight, is now eliminated. Enclosure 2 shows the "Flow of Major Test Assemblies". The contractor shall revise the following documents to reflect the changes affected by this CCBD as follows:

Delivery by 9/29/98

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CD/DR: TITLE:
H6863
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0101-10001 CCA
0110-10010 IDB
SV799100/2 PLSS
SV792294/2 DCM
SV799045/2 SOP

Ref. SA 78
2.1.2.19
The contractor shall implement RID003 which changes the failure mode of a crewmember not able to get a drink from a 3/3 criticality to a 2/2 criticality and implement RID008 which moves the drink bag valve position from the left to the right and adjust the restraint accordingly.

The delivery schedule for the training units is revised from 7/28/98 to 4/9/99.
The delivery schedule for the flight units is revised from 7/28/98 to 6/11/99.

The certification closure date is revised from 7/31/98 to 4/9/99.

Ref. SA 79
2.1.2.20
The contractor shall extend the chronological maintenance intervals for the following SSA components to a minimum of 369 days:

HUT Shoulder Bearing Support Pivot P/N SV772302
Water Line and Vent Tube Assembly P/N 0102-82437-17
Water Line and Vent Tube Assembly P/N 0102-82437-18
Water Line and Vent Tube Assembly P/N 0102-82437-19
Water Line and Vent Tube Assembly P/N 0102-82437-20
Water Line and Vent Tube Assembly P/N 0102-82437-21
Water Line and Vent Tube Assembly P/N 0102-82437-22
Water Line and Vent Tube Assembly P/N 0102-82437-24
Water Line and Vent Tube Assembly P/N 0102-82437-25
Water Line and Vent Tube Assembly P/N 0102-82437-26
Water Line and Vent Tube Assembly P/N 0102-82437-28
Toe Cap P/N 0104-211608
LCVG Vent Plenum Assembly P/N 0107-82568 (Torso Vent Duct)
LCVG Restraint P/N (0107-10007, Item 0107-
82968)
EVVA P/N 0108-10008-XX
EVVA Sun Visor S/A P/N 24153-1 and 24143
EVVA Protective Visor S/A P/N 23861-1 and 23861-2
EVVA Silicone Sponge Shim Pads P/N 23292
EVVA Silicone Sponge Shim Pads P/N 23304
EVVA Silicone Sponge Shim Pads P/N 23305
EVVA Silicone Sponge Shim Pads P/N 24330
EVVA Silicone Sponge Shim Pads P/N 24331
EVVA Silicone Sponge Shim Pads P/N 24332


Certification Closure date by: 11/13/98

Ref. SA 82
2.1.2.21
The contractor shall manufacture and deliver five (5) pairs of Space Suit Assembly Power Harness (SSAPH) abrasion sheath retrofit kits on or before 9/29/98 to support STS-88. USA FCE/EVA will incorporate the SSAPH abrasion sheath on the STS-88 EMUs via Type A TPS, and ECOs will incorporate the SSAPH abrasion sheath to the Remote Powered Heated Glove (RPHG) Arm Assembly.

Two Mission certification closure date by 2/11/99.

Ref. SA 88
2.1.2.22

The contractor shall revise the flight effectivity on the EMU SSA Planar HUT TMG from "AA/Cert Closure by 9/30/98" to "AA/Single Mission (STS-88) by 10/2/98" and "Two Mission Cert Closure by 2/11/99". The contractor shall also update the arm mobility, torque and range requirements in the Planar HUT and RPHG Arm S/ADs.

Ref. SA 89
2.1.2.23
The contractor shall modify two (2) Class I (flight) LCVGs and two (2) Class III (training) LCVGs for use with the Phase VI and 4000 series gloves on STS-88. The contractor shall also fabricate four (4) pairs each of teflon cuffs and Gore-Tex thumb donning loops, which will be delivered to JSC on DR and incorporated into the LCVGs. Contractor shall prepare a Type “A” Temporary TPS and other necessary paperwork to incoporate the LCVG modifications at JSC and authorizes USA to transfer the subject LCVGs to CTSD for incorporation of these modifications via TPS.

Deliverables:

Memo addressing the LCVG modifications
in use with the 4000 series gloves Final Report by 10/1/98

Memo addressing the LCVG modification
in use with the Phase VI gloves Final Report by 10/7/98

The above LCVG modification hardware 10/2/98

Ref. SA 90
2.1.2.24
The contractor shall prepare the EMU Phase-2 test plan, support resolution of test requirements definition and analysis of susceptibility above lab capacity )use of HSSSI test equipment). Testing is to be conducted during the available NASA test window during the time period of October 12-23, 1998. Phase-2 quick look report due by 11/9/98. Phase-2 data analysis report due by 12/23/98.

Ref. SA 115
2.1.2.26

The contractor is authorized to complete the EMU Power Harness Development & Non ORU Certification:


Incorporate PDR Actions; Finalize Documentation; Purchase hardware & manufacture six (6) Hi-Fi Mockup Harnesses for fitcheck & crew evaluation, and future training use
DELIVERY BY 3/8/99

Identify ORU TMG design changes; Fitcheck Harnesses

Prepare paper & hardware for CDR; Conduct CDR

Fabricate Certification Harnesses, Perform Certification Test & Certification Closure of Non-ORU Configuration

Purchase hardware and fabricate ten (10) flight Harnesses
DELIVERY BY (1) 7/14/99, (4) 9/3/99 & (5) 11/1/99

Power Harness Certification Closure by 10/29/99 (Ref. SA 202)


Ref. SA 119
2.1.2.27
The contractor is authorized to revise the Planar HUT S/AD Part II and Enhanced PDA to increase the temperature range from 60 degrees F + 5 degrees F to 90 degrees F maximum. This change is part of the corrective action for RDR I-EMU-102-A008, which documents that HUT PH017 exceeded the water circuit pressure drop requirement when PDA testing was cut short to maintain the water temperature within the spec limits. Heat from the test stand water circulation pump caused the water temperature to exceed specifications before all the trapped air was purged from the lines resulting in a high pressure drop. Additionally, the PDA will be changed to provide allowances to purge the trapped air bubbles from the circuit before measuring the pressure drop. The increased temperature range and provisions during PDA testing to purge the water lines will prevent recurrence of the failure.

Certification Closure by 3/15/99

Ref. SA 123
2.1.2.28
The contractor is authorized the incorporation of SV787933-5 (Mode Selector Switch Knob) to the DCM. This Mode Selector Switch Knob (SV787933-5) will have "COMM" marked lengthwise for the Space to Space EMU Radio (SSER). The TMG patch (SV771987) will have "COMM" removed for SSER flights.

Certification Closure by 2/11/99

Ref. SA 124
2.1.2.29

The contractor shall revise the flight effectivity for the EMU SSAPH Abrasion Sheath Authorization from "XF:STS-88 through STS-101, excluding STS-93 and STS-95" to "XF: STS-96 and subsequent, including STS-92 when RPHG Arm Assemblies (P/N 0103-112103) are flown." The contractor shall deliver 10 pairs of SSAPH abrasion sheath retrofit kits by 2/11/99 for STS-96. Additionally, the contractor shall deliver 28 pairs of abrasion sheaths by 3/31/99 for subsequent RPHG (non-ORU) flights. Delivery of the 38 pairs total of sheaths includes 30 pairs to USA to support flight andn training and 8 pairs to CTSD for chamber support.

Certification Closure by 2/11/99

Ref. SA 126
2.1.2.30

The contractor is authorized to modify the Waist TMG pattern and the zipper on the Waist Restraint to resolve the tight fit of the Waist TMG caused by the larger Adjustable Brackets. Changes are also necessary, to the bracket housings, in order to make the two sleeves a common length.

Certification Closure by 9/2/99 (for STS-97 (4A) with Full Certification Closure by 11/3/99

Ref. SA 130
2.1.2.31

The contractor is authorized to incorporate an alternate DCM Mode Selector Switch (SV826125-1) in order to provide sufficient inventory of DCM switches. The original DCM Rotary Switch design from previous supplier Armtec Industries is being replaced with a switch manufactured by Applied Resources Corporation. The design is based on a previously certified Shuttle Switch ME 452-0093. Changes to that design include replacement of Nitrile O-rings with EPR and nylon bushings with Rulon, which complies with present EMU requirements. The DCM S/AD shall also be modified to allow the increase in contact resistance from 30 milliohms to 60 millohms to meet current vendor requirements.

Certification closure by 9/30/99.

Ref. SA 131
2.1.2.32

The contractor is authorized to incorporate an alternate Push to Talk Switch (SV767794-2), FAN/CLIV Switch (SV771887-3), Feedwater Switch (SV767795-3), and the Caution Warning System Switch (SV767792-2) for the DCM that will provide sufficient inventory of DCM switches. The original DCM toggle switch design from previous supplier, Armtec Industries was bought by Applied Resources Corporation (ARC). The Armtec Industried design has been maintained in the ARC designs. The DCM S/AD shall also be modified to allow the increase in contact resistance from 30 milliohms to 60 milliohms to meet current vendor requirements. Vibration, leakage, and temperature certification test shall also be performed. SVHS7818, SVHS7816, SVHS7810, and SVHS7815 (procurement specifications) will be combined and replaced by SVHS148542 due to their similarity.

Certification closure by 9/30/99.

Ref. SA 164
In order to procure tha alternate DCM toggle switches to the latest specification, the procurement specification SVHS7815 shall be replaced with SVHS 10114.

Certification closure by 9/30/99.

Ref. SA 134
2.1.2.33

The contractor is authorized to certify, implement, and fabricate the static seals used in the Enhanced Sizing Rings, Fabric Attachment Rings, Arm Bearings, and associated test fixtures. The initial seal requirement is for STS-98 (5A) with a delivery date of 11/05/99 for flight seals. Seal quantities are as follows, which includes seals for test fixtures: This meets the requirement to outfit the USC (FCE) EMU processor with the initial lay-in of inventory as follows:

Initial Due to STS–102 Seals STS-100 Seals Balance to Balance to Balance to
FCE-EVA to FCE-EVA to FCE-EVA FCE-EVA CTSD ILC Dover Total
11/05/99 by 12/17/99 by 01/21/00 by 2/28/00 by 2/28/00 by 2/28/00 Qty.

Arm (ref. 25570) 20 each 12 each 12 each 66 each 16 each 14 each 140 each
Thigh (ref. 25410) 20 each 12 each 12 each 82 each 24 each 10 each 160 each
Boot (ref. 25417) 20 each 12 each 12 each 200 each 32 each 14 each 290 each

(Ref. SA 140)
2.1.2.34

The contractor is directed to incorporate screw length changes at three locations, total, in the leg and boot assemblies as well as the incorporation of thicker washers in four locations.

BracketScrewFROM:TO:Location Current ScrewCurrent WasherProposed ScrewProposed WasherUpper LegInnerNAS1101E06-10N/Ano change requiredN/AOuterNAS1101E06-10N/ANAS1101E06-9N/ALower LegInnerNAS1101E04-10NAS620C4LNAS1101E04-11NAS620C4OuterNAS1101E04-10NAS620C4Lno change requiredNAS620C4Upper BootInnerNAS1101E04-12NAS620C4LNAS1101E04-11NAS620C4OuterNAS1101E04-10NAS620CALno change requiredNAS620C4
Also the contractor is directed to incorporate this change by temporary Type A TPS and use in manned ground operations in advance of the released ECO, Mod Kit, or certification closure. Approval of ECO’s and certification closure will occur prior to the STS-96 EVA FRR (currently scheduled for 4/22/99). The incorporation of this change will result in the following Part No. changes:

From: To:
Enhanced Boot Assembly
Large (old bladder cloth) 0104-210895-09/10 0104-210895-17/18
Small (old bladder cloth) 0104-210895-11/12 0104-210895-19/20
Large (new bladder cloth) 0104-210895-13/14 0104-210895-21/22
Small (new bladder cloth) 0104-210895-15/16 0104-210895-23/24

Enhanced Leg Assembly
(old bladder cloth) 0104-210575-03 0104-210575-05
(new bladder cloth) 0104-210575-04 0104-210575-06

The following is the delivery schedule for washers and screws:

Previously Delivered to JSCQuantity Needed for STS-96Quantity Needed for STS-93Balance to FCE-EVA by 5/28/99Quantity to CTSD by 5/28/99Quantity to ILC Dover by 5/28/99TOTALNAS620C4, Washer64*1929614622501002100NAS1101E06-09,Screw1643216452100100700NAS1101E04-00,Screw16464328041001001100
*The balance of the 224 Washers needed for STS-96 and STS-93 to be delivered by 3/22/99.

Certification Closure Date by 4/20/99.


(Ref. SA 143)
2.1.2. 35

The contractor is directed to modify the Maintenance Manuals to revise the torque values by incorporating the findings as shown in Attachment I.



(Ref. SA 144)
2.1.2.36

The contractor is directed to replace twenty-five (25) Multiple Connector screws and increase the torque value of the installed screws as directed in the attached Table 1. The current 300 series stainless steel screws yield a strength of 25 ksi minimum and will be replaced with A286 screws which yield a strength of 107 ksi minimum. The status of the Multiple Connectors is located in the attached Table 2.

(Ref. SA 147)
2.1.2.37

The contractor is directed to implement the GSFC HST requirements for thermal vacuum bake-out for seven (7) pairs of EMU Glove TMGs for use on Hubble Mission HST03A. Of these, three (3) pairs of configuration 0106-211768 TMGs will be sent to ILC Dover by 4/16/99 for removal of heaters, shipped to JSC for thermal vacuum bake-out and returned to ILC Dover by 5/28/99 for re-installation of heaters. The other four (4) pairs must first be exposed to thermal vacuum bake-out at JSC prior to being sent to ILC Dover by 4/30/99 for modification. These four (4) pairs of TMGs are also authorized to be modified for use on Hubble Mission HST03A as follows: Three (3) pairs of configuration 0106-811211 TMGs and one (1) pair of configuration 0106-811852 TMGs will be modified to the approved 0106-211768 configuration. The contractor shall also modify one (1) additional pair of glove TMGs from configuration 0106-811211 to 0106-211768, this pair will be sent to ILC Dover by 4/16/99. This particular pair of TMGs does not require bake-out.

Delivery date shall be by 7/2/99.

(Ref. SA 151)
2.1.2.39

Due to material obsolescence, the contractor shall change the terminal plate from aluminum to epoxy fiberglass in the Volume Control Potentiometer (SV767784-2) and the Display Intensity Control Potentiometer (SV767785-2) for the DCM, which will provide sufficient inventory of the DCM Potentiometers.

Certification Closure by 9/30/99.

Ref. SA 199
The contractor is directed to utilize the Waiver WVR 10880 in Attachment A. This waiver allows the use of DCM Potentiometers SV767784-2 (I-360) and SV767785-2 (I-361) that do not meet the requirements of NHB5300.4. This waiver allows the use of acid based flux, excess wire turns around the turrets, and excessive clearance between insulation and turret.

Ref. SA 154
2.1.2.40

The Contractor shall incorporate new DCM Nameplates

Description Part Number Quantity Delivery Date

Caution Warning System Nameplate SV771741-4 26 each 10/15/99*
Push-to-talk Nameplates SV771739-3 26 each 10/15/99*

The changes accommodate the functions of the Space to Space EMU Radio (SSER) and Caution Warning System (CWS).

Certification Closure date by 8/29/99
*nameplates will be provided to the field to support STS-92 and subsequent flights

Ref. SA 156

2.1.2.41

ITEM Requirement
Microswitch Add to the Limited Life List for
P/N SV771842 replacement after 15 years of
service as a component of the
Vent Flow Sensor.

PLSS S/AD & FEMU-R-001 PIA insulation resistance test shall
for the Check Valve/Vent be added. A Service Instructions will be provided for
Flow Sensor, P/N SV771836 this test. Every 2 years this test will be
Performed at USA.

Vent Flow Sensors Acceptable for flight use with
S/Ns 003, 004, 007, the recommended 2 year I.R.
008, 009, &019 inspection

Ref. SA 158
2.1.2.42

The contractor is directed to remove the Limited Life constraint on the LCVG that requires a preflight inspection of the cuff.

Certification Closure Date by 11/4/99

Ref. SA 157
2.1.2.43

The certification dates for the following documents shall be extended to accommodate the ORU, Advanced Battery, and Metox integration which will be certified with the ORU TMG that incorporates the Power Harness:

ORU Certification EMUM by 4/27/00
ORU EC/ECO Certification, to support STS-100 (6A), by 3/29/00
Appendix A SVHS7800 Certification EMUM by 5/25/00
Appendix A SVHS7800 EC, to support STS-104 (7A), by 4/26/00

Ref. SA 167
2.1.2.44

The contractor shall perform the material compatibility testing and evaluation necessary to certify the use of antimicrobial coating TCHDE for Space Station activities.

Certification Closure by 1/11/00

Ref. SA 170
2.1.2.45

The contractor shall perform the following activities on the Phase VI Glove restraint for the redesign and full certification as follows:
(1) Perform Non-recurring and testing activities (including one 458 hour DVT) associated with the implementation of corrective action to RDR J-EMU-106--019 by implementing edgelock, pleat redesign, and knuckle easement changes; (2) implementation of additional modifications beyond corrective action required for RDR J-EMU-106--019 by changing the certification test requirement from 50 EVA certification to 25 EVA certification, developing a post EVA TMG inspection procedure for use on-orbit, changing the certification cycle test profile, changing the palm bar strap attachment, changing the middle secondaries, creating a new certification test plan, and incorporating new bladder cloth in the Glove Flange; (3) retrofit the existing Gloves; (4) conduct a delta CDR; (5) restart the one certification test program from the beginning; and (6) allow 63 hour certification.

63 Hour Certification Closure by 9/28/99
25 EVA Certification Closure by 12/22/99

Ref. SA 198
The contractor shall perform the following activities on the Phase VI Glove for the redesign and full certification as follows:

Install teflon liner into bladder, flocking of bladder to flange, and turn restraint flange seam allowance away from bladder.
2. Revise the whipstitching method used for ORU bracket attachment, apply a second coat of edgelocking to three high wear seams, transition of index finger base panel seam allowance from 5/32" to 7/32", and revise manufacturing process to improve bladder anchor tape bond strength consistency.
Retrofit of existing gloves to incorporate design changes.
Modify the Predelivery Delivery Acceptance document to remove Manned Pressurized Time from gloves upon delivery and to exclude TMGs from break-in cycling.
Modify Acceptance Data Package to document that the six-hour break-in requirement is satisfied prior to delivery and the start of Manned Pressurized Time tracking.



Ref. SA 171
2.1.2.46

The contractor shall modify one pair of 4750 TMGs (S/N 083) from the 0106-811211-01/02 configuration to the 0106-211768-05/0-6 configuration.

Delivery date, to meet STS-92, by 12/16/99


Ref. SA 177 & R1
2.1.2.47

The contractor shall newly design screw and nut , use as part of the mounting of the Lower Relief Valve Tube (LRVT), to the Item 115 Shear Plate. The LRVT has a slotted tab that is attached to the Shear Plate, by means of a screw and nut, with a standard NAS620 washer. The washer is not large enough to fully capture the tab in all conditions, which can allow the tab to slip out from under the washer due to handling from installation and removal of the SOP from the Shear Plate. This condition was documented in RDR B-EMU-115-A004. An oversized washer will be incorporated to ensure that the tab is fully captured.

Certification closure by 12/23/99.

Delivery of 25 flight screw and nut kits shall be by 2/16/00.

Ref. SA 178
2.1.2.48

The contractor shall modify the Baseline Maintenance Manual 0111-70024 and the EMU system level certification memorandum to include the acceptable alternate valsalva devices, which will be provided by Avitar Technologies.

Ref. SA 180
2.1.2.49

The contractor shall produce and delivery the following EMU Power Harness configurations as follows:
Delivery Cum Totals L-90 L-270
SEMU HARNESSES Dates (By Date) Flight Req’mt Req’mt
Mfg 5 SEMU Harnesses 11/26/99 5 SEMU 4A 12/24/99 6/28/99*
Mfg 4 SEMU Harnesses 1/20/00 9 SEMU 5A 1/21/00 7/26/99*
Mfg 11 SEMU Harnesses 3/30/00 20 SEMU 5A.1 3/31/00 10/2/99*
Mfg 11 SEMU Harnesses 6/5/00 31 SEMU 6A 4/28/00 10/31/99*
Mfg 3 SEMU Harnesses 7/25/00 34 SEMU 7A 5/24/00 11/28/99

LAA HARNESSES
Mfg 5 LAA(pr) Harnesses 11/26/99 5 LAA 4A 12/24/99 6/28/99*
Mfg 4 LAA(pr) Harnesses 1/20/00 9 LAA 5A 1/21/00 7/26/99*
Mfg 3 LAA(pr) Harnesses 3/30/00 12 LAA 5A.1 3/31/00 10/2/99*
Mfg 8 LAA(pr) Harnesses 4/14/00 20 LAA
Mfg 11 LAA(pr) Harnesses 7/30/00 31 LAA 6A 4/28/00 10/31/99*
Mfg 11 LAA(pr) Harnesses 9/19/00 42 LAA 7A 5/24/00 11/28/99
Mfg 11 LAA(pr) Harnesses 11/1/00 53 LAA 7A.1 8/30/00 3/3/00
Mfg 11 LAA(pr) Harnesses 12/18/00 64 LAA
Mfg 11 LAA(pr) Harnesses 1/30/01 75 LAA 8A 12/29/00 7/2/00
Mfg 11 LAA(pr) Harnesses 3/12/01 86 LAA
Mfg 11 LAA(pr) Harnesses 4/16/01 97 LAA

EMU POWER HARNESSES

Mfg 6 EMU Power Harnesses** ***3/8/99 6 EMU PH
DELETED PER SA 227
Mfg 4 EMU Power Harnesses** ***11/29/99 10 EMU PH 4A 12/24/99 6/28/99
(Ref. SA 202)
Mfg 5 EMU Power Harnesses** ***12/30/99 15 EMU PH 5A 1/21/00 7/26/99
(Ref. SA 202)
Mfg 3 EMU Power Harnesses 2/11/00 18 EMU PH 5A.1 3/31/00 10/2/99
Mfg 3 EMU Power Harnesses 3/24/00 21 EMU PH 6A 4/28/00 10/31/99
Mfg 3 EMU Power Harnesses 5/5/00 24 EMU PH 7A 5/24/00 11/28/99
Mfg 2 EMU Power Harnesses 6/2/00 26 EMU PH 7A.1 8/30/00 3/3/00

Ref. SA 227
Description (PN SHG13101723-302) QTY Delivery
Date

Class I Certification EMU Power Harness for CTSD 1 2/28/00*
Class I EMU Power Harness for USA 4 2/28/00**
Class I EMU Power Harness for USA 5 2/8/00
Class III EMU Power Harness for HSWL/CTSD 1 2/11/00
for the High Fidelity ORU Mockup
Class I EMU Power Harness for USA 2 2/11/00
Class I EMU Power Harness for CTSD 1 3/24/00
Class III EMU Power Harness for USA 2 3/24/00
Class I EMU Power Harness for USA 3 5/5/00
Class I EMU Power Harness for USA 2 6/2/00

*Certification Unit previously built as SHG13101723-301
This item will be reconfigured and completed as SHG13101723-302 per the date above.


**Previously delivered as SHG13101723-301
These Items will be reconfigured and redelivered as SHG13101723-302 per the delivery dates above.

*4A, 5A, 5A.1 & 6A Six (6) Training SEMU & LAA (pr) Harnesses, CTSD modified 3-Volt configurations and supplied to USA
** Nine (9) Flight and six (6) Training EMU Power Harnesses mfg’d under Base CCBD
***4A, 5A, & 5A.1 Delivery Dates from Base CCBD



Ref. SA 182
2.1.2.50

The contractor shall revise the Planar HUT S/AD Part 1 and Enhanced Maintenance Manual to create a new configuration that changes the installation procedure for the retention ring screw to prevent galling and breakage of the screw. Revisions to the documents include requirements for adding Krytox lubricant to the threads, controlling the running torque, lowering the final torque, and providing a procedure to lower the running torque if it is above specification. Also correct Retention Ring Screw part number typographical error and erroneous callout for thread lock compound and primer in the Enhanced Maintenance Manual and S/AD part 1.

Certification Closure by 10/29/99

Ref. SA 200
2.1.2.51

The contractor shall certify and incorporate clear Krylon for use as an acceptable alternate topcoat on removable SSA component labels. The above change requires updates to the Enhanced Maintenance Manual (0111-710111), Baseline Maintenance Manual (0111-70024) and the Material Data Sheets. Acceptability for use Memo will be submitted by 10/15/99 to address flights that launch prior to the scheduled approval of the EC.

Certification by 1/31/00
(Ref. SA 205)
2.1.2.52 Certification of Manufacturing Process Containers and Implementing of EMU SSA Visor Storage

The Contractor is directed to identify and certify an alternate storage container, process a Class I ECO to the CPPHSS to implement the change, and provide certification for the existing manufacturing process containers (P/N 10254) for use as an approved shipping container. Also, the Contractor is authorized for future inventories of visors to be stored in alternate storage containers on DR until alternate visor storage containers are certified.

Certification closure by 3/7/00

(Ref. SA 208)
2.1.2.53 EMU SSA IDB TEAR CORRECTIVE ACTION

The Contractor is directed to revise the the Maintenance Manual as follows:

1. Revise the Quadrennial Inspection Procedure listed in the Maintenance Manual from reactivating the adhesive with MEK to reactivate velcro adhesive using urethane adhesive, UR1087.

2. Add a provision to the Maintenance Manual to re-apply primer if the primer/adhesive totally debonds from the fastner tape.

The Quadrennial Inspection and internal Work Instruction procedures will be revised to include cautionary notes to advise of the adverse effects of MEK on the IDB bladder material. Also, the Contractor is directed to revise the FEMU-R-001 (EMU Processing and Constraints Document) to incorporate new procedures to include increased inspections of IDBs prior to flight.

(Ref. SA 216)
2.1.2.54 REDESIGN INLET FILTER FOR ITEM 146

The Contractor is directed to redesign Item 146 Inlet Filter to incorporate a filter size of 25-micron (0.001") max in place of the existing 141-micron filter. Also the Contractor shall deliver eighteen (18) new 25-micron max filters on or before 7/19/00. These filters will be used to retrofit the Item 146 fleet (which will be performed by USA).

Ref.: SA 348
H6975R1 EMU LSS Redesign Inlet Filter For Item 146

The contractor is directed to delete the Incorporation of the 25-micron filter into the Item 146 Positive Pressure Relief Valve.

(Ref. SA 220)
2.1.2.55 EMU SSA CPV BINDING CORRECTIVE ACTION

The Contractor is directed to process a Class I ECO to the Maintenance Manual (0111-70024) to add a step which re-applies lubrication to the sliding surfaces of the CPV.

Ref. SA 223
2.1.2.56 EMU SSA MULTIPLE WATER CONNECTOR (MWC) 369 DAY SERVICE INTERVAL

The Contractor is directed to certify and implement a revision to the Hard Upper Torso (HUT) and Liquid Cooling and Ventilation Garment (LCVG) service/replacement descriptions in the Limited Life Items List (LLIL) from "once every 6 months and prior to each flight" to "Prior to each flight and 369 days". In addition, the contractor shall create a flight procedure to supply a functional work-around in the event the HUT Multiple Water Connector experiences leakage when de-mated. Additionally, the contractor shall (1) revise Multiple Water Connector Cover ("Jumper Loop"), P/N 0102-89931, usage to allow it to be flown as a separate item for contingency use and (2) revise existing HUT and LCVG Limited Life Items List references from 370 days to 369 days to match current ISS requirements.

Certification by 3/23/00

As a result of the above change the contractor is directed to revise the following documents:

FMEA/CIL
S/AD
Operations and Maintenance Instructions (OMI)
Limited Life Items List, EMU1-19-001

Ref. SA 226
ADDITION OF A LIGHTS AND CAMERA WEIGHT LIMIT TO THE HELMET/EVVA INTERFACE CONTROL DOCUMENT (ICD)

The Contractor is directed to add a 20-lb maximum weight limit, Center of Gravity and engagement force limit to ICD-HSD-4-0002-01-6 to incorporate the new Lights and Camera Assembly. In addition, the Contractor shall provide a certification by analysis addressing the Light and Camera to Helmet/EVVA interface. Also, the Contractor is directed to add requirements to the FEMU-R-001 to minimize the effects of 1G evaluations on the Helmet/EVVA Assembly.

Certification by analysis memo by 4/10/00

As a result of the above change the contractor is directed to revise the following documents:

S/AD Part II 0108-10008
FEMU-R-001
ICD-HSD-4-0002-01-6
Ref. SA 234
2.1.2.58 EMU-LSS: Revise Post Cure on I-146 Positive Pressure Relief Valve Poppet Seal and Perform Certification

The Contractor is directed to incorporate a revised cure for the I-146 Positive Pressure Relief Valve Poppet Seal (1hour @ 250 degrees F/1 hour at 300 F/1 hour @350F and 16 hours @400F). The valve assembly will see 7 days @ 150 degrees F thermal conditioning prior to acceptance test. Thermal conditioning will minimize the amount of compression set that will occur over the service life of the relief valve after it is delivered for flight service. To satisfy 369 days certification of this new configuration one flight valve will be subjected to 24 days @ 150 degrees F and then run through a full acceptance test. These changes will only apply to SV787036-10 and subsequent configuration valves. Item 146, S/N 146 has been delivered on PLSS 1018 as a -10 configuration, however, all the above changes were incorporated. It will be re-identified per Service Instruction SI-EMU1-437.

The Contractor will also perform the following to all Item 146 Positive Pressure Relief Valves prior to shipment:

1. Removal of the inlet screen and visually inspect upstream side of poppet seal for contamination. Clean valve if required.
2. Perform crack/flow/reseat verification testing.


Deliverables:

Description QTY Delivery Date

Positive Pressure Relief Valves (SV787036) 6 5/9/00
6/1/00
7/5/00
2 8/2/00
Ref. SA 240
2.1.2.59

The Contractor is directed to perform the following activities:

Add the DCM Multiple Connector to the Limited Life List. The Limited Life List shall include an inspection and cleaning operations that will be performed by USA every four years.
The following are deliverables (Table 1) to support replacement hardware in the 7 DCMs (in Table 2 below):
Table 1
Part Name & P/NQty Delivery dateCommentsMultiple Connector Bases
P/N 22486512/21/00These will support replacement of 5 bases if required during disassembly/inspection proceduresWater Poppets1012/21/002 water poppets per assembly to be replaced as required during disassembly/inspection proceduresFilters P/N 2416278/3/001 filter per assembly to be replaced as required during disassembly/inspection proceduresO'seals P/Ns 6102-1, 6108-1, 6110-1, 6017-156 (8 per base)8/3/00O'seals to be replaced as required during disassembly/inspection proceduresInspection / Cleaning Procedure17/27/00Service Instruction SI-EMU-424 will perform inspection/ cleaning procedures
Develop inspection / cleaning criteria by evaluating non-flight multiple connector hardware for contamination. Service Instruction SI-EMU-424 will provide direction to implement the refurbishment at scheduled maintenance when hardware/documentation is available. The table below will take precedence over the Limited Life List requirements for the following seven multiple connectors.

Table 2
DCM Multiple Connector I-330 S/NM/C Birth DateManifold S/NEst. Refurbishment DateRefurbishment will be performed by USA (Location)1622/25/940141/01USA / JSC1642/11/940151/01USA / JSC1663/14/940081/01USA / JSC1679/1/940061/01USA / JSC1699/1/940091/01USA / JSC1723/23/980031/01USA / JSC1775/6/980071/01USA / JSC Ref. SA 237
2.1.2.60 EMU SSA Flight Cover Multiple Water Connector (FCMWC) Pin Fall-Out

The Contractor is directed to provide documentation for the removal of pins from the Three Hose Clamp on all FCMWCs. The removal of pins will be performed by USA or CTSD. The FCMWCs will be reidentified to a new part number (0102-89931). The following items will be updated to include the new configuration:

Baseline Maintenance Manual, 0111-70024
Enhanced Maintenance Manual, 0111-710111
S/AD Part 1 for the Pivoted and Planar HUT

A Modification Kit (paper only / hardware not applicable) will be created to perform the pin removal at JSC by 10/02/00.

Certification by 9/12/00

Ref.SA 245
2.1.2.62 Certification of ISS Barcode labels for Metox & EMU Softgoods

The contractor is authorized to perform the following tasks in order to define the ISS barcode label requirements for Metox and EMU softgoods:

Procure & test barcode labels from Metalphoto to determine their suitability for use with the Metox Canister
Assess the impacts of barcode labels on the EMU
Certify (by Analysis) a barcode for use with EMU softgoods and Metox Canister
Generate installation procedures with location images
Generate FEMU-R-001 changes to implement barcode labels for flight and training H/W (Rev 1 to this CCBD will incorporate the FEMU-R changes)
Update the S/ADs to acknowledge the presence of EMU barcode labels

The deliverables are as follows:

Description: Quantity: Delivery to USA by :

Class I XHT Barcode Labels 150 each October 20, 2000
Class III XHT Barcode Labels 25 each October 20, 2000

As a result of the above changes, the contractor is directed to revise the following documents:

S/AD(Specification Assembly Drawing)
FEMU-R updates will be provided with revision one of the CCBD.

Certification date by October 19, 2000.

Ref. SA 246
2.1.2.63 EMU Servicing Kit Design, Fabrication and Certification

The contractor is authorized to design an EMU Servicing Kit that incorporates the existing EMU Maintenance, Preparation, Biomed Kit's supplies with additional quantities of the supplies to support the 12 EVA requirement for International Space Station (ISS). In addition to the quantities referenced below, the contractor is required to certify both, the Servicing Kit and its contents, for use onboard the shuttle and ISS.

The deliverables are as follows:

Description: Quantity: Delivery Date Due:

Prototype(To support 5A.1 Crew) 1 12 Jun. 2000
Servicing Kits Class III 3 23 Aug. 2000
Servicing Kits Class I 8 15 Nov. 2000

As a result of the above change the contractor is directed to revise the following documents:

S/AD(Specification Assembly Drawing)
SEG Drawing
FEMU-R-001 updates will be provided with revision one of the CCBD.

Certification date is September 7, 2000.


Ref. SA 315 &
Ref. CCO 236

EMU Small Planar HUT, Small Arms, Canted Waist, Extra Small Short LCVG, BSI & EVVA & Upper Arms & Small Arm Bearing

The contractor shall complete the following HUT development activities:

Complete Small Planar HUT Preliminary CATIA foam model design and structural design analysis
Create and deliver a preliminary requirements document by 3/15/00
Generate a Small Planar HUT certification matrix
Conduct a Preliminary Design Review (PDR) of the Small HUT at JSC by 5/31/00
Complete Small EMU Preliminary design of the canted waist, extra small short LCVG, BSI and EVVA Knob.
Create and deliver a preliminary requirements document by 5/25/00
Generate a small arm, canted waist, extra small short LCVG, BSI and EVVA certification matrix
Conduct a Preliminary Design Review (PDR) of the Small EMU Hardware at JSC by 5/25/00
Deliver five (5) pairs of Prototype Lower Arms (P/N TBD) by 4/30/00
Complete Small EMU Preliminary design of the upper arm, small arm bearing and small arm.
Create and deliver a preliminary requirements document by 7/27/00
Generate an upper arm, small arm bearing and small arm certification matrix
Conduct a Preliminary Design Review (PDR) of the upper arm, small arm bearing, and small arm at JSC by 7/27/00
Deliver three (3) pairs of Prototype Upper Arms (P/N TBD) by 4/30/00
Perform task board fitchecks at JSC to evaluate the three (3) pairs of upper arms

The contractor shall also modify two (2) pairs previously manufactured prototype upper arms to implement changes from field evaluation results of the Torroidal & Wedge Designs, and fabricate one (1) pair of shortened Hybrid Arms. “


Ref. CCO 294
Small EMU SSA Development and Certification Program

The contractor is directed to initiate the detail design and analysis of Upper and Lower Arms, Canted Waist, LCVG, intermediate size boot sizing insert and EVVA Visor knobs. Fabricate Development and Test (DVT) components, which are built to a higher standard than the prototypes and incorporating any changes identified during manufacturing. DVT components are then used to do development testing to establish the life of the component and ensure that the flight hardware will meet certification requirements. Support 1-g crew fitchecks. Support Neutral Buoyancy Lab (NBL) runs with DVT gear and with the first set of training hardware. Generate and conduct CDR, including RID review and closure. Fabricate Certification components and conduct cycle certification of Upper and Lower Arms, Small Arm Bearing, and Canted Waist. Prepare production documentation, produce one set of each component (to be used for training), support SMART review, define standard inspection criteria for new bladder and issue man-rating memo for NBL Runs.

Ref. CCO 295
Small HUT Development

The contractor is directed to initiate the Small Planar HUT CATIA design; Structural/Design Analysis; Fabricate HTS foams: Upgrade Prototype HUT; Complete Small HUT TMG Design; Conduct CDR; Complete Class III Drawings; Manufacture Ext/Int HUT SLAs; Design & fabricate HUT Tubes/Ducts/Shields/Covers & Tooling; Complete Class I drawings; Manufacture 1st Class III HUT; and complete certification.


Per SA 256:
2.1.2.65: EMU LSS and SSA MPLM Stowage of IEU and Select SSA Items

The contractor is directed to review, evaluate and certify that the following list of equipment are acceptable for being stowed and launched within the Multi-Purpose Logistics Module (MPLM). The following components shall be certified to the requirements stated on pages 7-15 of this supplemental agreement.

*Table 1: Part Number:

Umbilical, EMU ISS SV819500/2 (dry only)
Arm Assembly 0103-110103
Lower Torso Assembly 0104-110104
LTA Donning Handles AL9857 & AL9858
Disposable In-Suit Drink Bag 0110-110110 (dry only)
Boot Sizing Inserts 0104-212080
Phase VI Gloves 0106-110106
CCA 0101-10001
Adjustable Thermal Mittens 0106-811540
LCVG 0107-10007 (dry only)
Arm and Leg Sizing Ring Kits SJD13101714 & SJD13101716
HUT MWC Jumper Loop 0102-89931 (dry only)
Thermal Slippers 0107-811820
Maximum Absorbency Garment SED13101720
Comfort Gloves 0106-84906
Spectra Comfort Gloves ST91G3045
Sock Liners ST17C3309

*NOTES:
- The vacuum requirement for MPLM will not be addressed for offgassing and; therefore, no testing at White Sands is required for this condition.
- If the MPLM is depressurized, the components are no longer required to function. The contractor shall identify the minimum acceptable pressure necessary for the components to function.
- The packaging requirements for each equipment piece will not be defined by this Supplemental Agreement. The packaging provides an environment barrier, including
cushioning materials or devices that adequately protects the items from damage and will not present a decompression hazard. These items will be packaged for the return trip.



If certification is not possible for a specific component, written justification shall be provided that details the reason(s) that prevent such qualification. The contractor is further directed to update the following documents and specifications accordingly:

S/AD Part II
Arm (0103-110103)
LCVG (0107-10007)
Lower Torso Assembly (0104-110104)
Disposable In-Suit Drink Bag (0110-110110)
Planar HUT (Jumper Loop) (0102-110102)
Pivoted HUT (Jumper Loop) (0102-10002)
Phase VI Glove (0106-110106)
CCA (0101-10001)
SVHS7800
Limited Life List EMU-19-001A

Certification Date by November 21, 2000.


Per SA 257:
2.1.2.66 EMU Delta Certification / Evaluation for ISS Requirements

The contractor is hereby directed to certify and incorporate the following Engineering Change Orders (ECO) and On-Orbit Replaceable Unit (ORU) Requirements into the respective documents:

ECO Number: Component Name: Affected Document:

ECO 991-0147 RPHG Arm Assembly S/AD 0103-112103

ECO 991-0151 Phase VI Gloves S/AD 0106-110106

ECO 991-0155 EMUPH SEMU 12V Harness S/AD 0800-112418


*On-Orbit Replaceable Unit Requirements:

The EMU shall be capable of being disassembled and reassembled on-orbit to allow replacement of designated ORUs.
The EMU Space Suit Assembly (SSA) shall accommodate on-orbit resizing.

(*Note: The document affected by the above two ORU requirements is SVHS7800.)

2.1.2.67
Ref.: SA 275

The contractor is hereby directed to update the S/AD to reflect the new Fresnel Lens configuration. Actions to be completed with this tasking are as follows:

Generate and submit an ECO to update the Helmet S/AD Part I drawing
Submit certification document
Incorporate ECO


Certification date by November 15, 2000

2.1.2.68
Ref.: SA 287 EMU LSS ORU Tool Design and Certification

The contractor is directed to fabricate and certify ORU change-out tools and aids necessary for flight STS-104/7A. These tools will be stowed in the EMU Servicing Kit via a Type “A” TPS. Three tool sets shall be delivered in accordance with the following delivery schedule:

Flight: Item: Class: Qty: Delivery Due Date:
N/A Tool Set III 1 Set January 31, 2001
STS-104/7A Tool Set I 1 Set February 16, 2001
N/A Tool Set I 1 Set February 16, 2001

The following list and quantities represent three complete sets of ORU change-out tools and aids:

Hand ToolsDrawingQuantityHex Head Drive, 3/8" Driver, 3/16" x 6"SED391360183Ball Hex Head Driver, 3/8" Drive, 1/4" x 6 in.SED39136017-013Ball Hex Head Driver, 3/8" Drive, 5/32" x 5 in.SED39136017-023SOP Over-ride Protection ToolSED391360156DCM O2 Fill-Line O-Seal SpareSTSV047AD0116DCM O2 Fill-Line Back-up Ring SpareSTSV058F11 or STSV058G1112PLSS Interface, FW 18 Filter, O-Seal SpareSTSV047N1126PLSS Interface, LCG Port, O-Seal SpareSTSV047N01624PLSS Interface, Vent Loop, O-Seal SpareSTSV047N0256PLSS Interface, Seondary, O-Seal SpareSTSV047N0496DCM Interface, FW O-Seal SpareSTSV047N0116DCM Interface, LCG Water, O-Seal SpareSTSV047N01424DCM Interface, Sense Port, O-Seal SpareSTSV047N0096DCM Interface, Purge Valve Port, O-Seal SpareSTSV047N0166DCM Interface, Secondary, O-Seal SpareSTSV047N0426SOP Interface O-Seal SpareSTSV047N0156Teflon Squares, 2x2; 5x7SED39136016-01;-02150

Ref.: SA 344 (CCO 309 & 309R1)
DIDB Bite Valve Guard Design Fabrication and Retrofit for 7A & 7A.1

A. The contractor is directed to develop and certify for single mission use of the DIDB Bite Valve Guard. In an effort to support flight 7A and 7A.1, the contractor is hereby authorized to complete the following tasks:

Develop a DIDB Bite Valve Guard that will prevent inadvertent actuation of the DIDB Bite Valve.
Perform manned confidence testing at ILC.
Perform a TRR prior to use in the NBL.
Deliver ten (10) prototype units (PN sk8010-20317-04).
Deliver twenty (20)* Class I units (PN 0110-213024-01) for 7A.
Prepare a Acceptability for Use EMUM for NBL use.
Travel to NASA/JSC to install guards on interim flights and training hardware.
Provide training for technicians to install guard on flight hardware.
*These units will ship with an open DR

The redesign hardware will be needed to support a 11/29/01 UF-1 launch.
B. The following activities will be completed at ILC:

Prepare a Type A TPS for flight use
Investigate the feasibility/function to prevent inadvertent
leakage from the DIDB .

In-line check valve.
DIDB Bite Valve replacement as well as filling options.
Valve guard Prototype redesign in accordance with CM comments.
3. Other activities related to design:
Research and order materials required.
Manufacture required prototypes.
Bench test each option at ILC.
Man test each option at ILC to verify acceptability.
EMU community to down select feasible options.
NBL evaluation with the crew.

Upon completion of the down select process, an ILC engineer will travel to JSC to present the feasible options to prevent inadvertent leakage of the DIDB and receive crew input.




Ref.: SA 304

The contractor is directed to make the following changes to top assembly drawing SV767730-
11:

Remove Betadine® Ointment from the shuttle Service and Cooling Umbilical (SCU).
Add a note to keep the item 423 Bacteria Cartridge visually centered when assembling into the item 424 Water Filter.

The contractor is also directed to change the FEMU-R-001, section 7.2.6.1-Special Processing Instructions, as referenced in Attachment A to this supplementary agreement..

REF. SA 318
EMU Small Suit SSA Development and Certification Program
The contractor shall complete the detail design and analysis of the small suit Upper and Lower Arms, Canted Waist, LCVG, intermediate size boot sizing insert and EVVA Visor knobs. In addition, the contractor shall fabricate Development and Test (DVT) components, which are built to a higher standard than the prototypes and incorporating any changes identified during manufacturing. DVT components shall be used for development testing to establish the life of the component for certification requirements. The contractor shall also support 1-g crew fitchecks, and support Neutral Buoyancy Lab (NBL) runs with DVT gear and with the first set of training hardware. The contractor shall generate, conduct and complete small suit development CDR, including RID reviews and closures. The contractor shall fabricate certification components and conduct cycle certification of small suit Upper and Lower Arms, Small Arm Bearing, and Canted Waist. In addition, the contractor shall prepare production documentation, produce one set of each component (to be used for training), and support JSC review and approval of certification documentation. In addition, the contractor shall define standard inspection criteria for new bladder and issue man-rating memo for NBL Runs.

The contractor shall complete the EMU SSA Development Critical Design Review (CDR) by 6/7/02

Ref. SA 319
EMU Small Suit HUT Development and Certification Program

The contractor shall complete the design and certification of the Small Suit Planar HUT and HUT TMG. This effort will include the following:

- Perform the Small Planar HUT Preliminary CATIA foam model design and structural design analysis
- Complete CATIA Model Definition
-Production of external and internal HTS SLAs for development of the internal Small HUT hardware and the small size Planar HUT TMG
-Fabrication of 4 HUT tooling foams
-Completion of Class I & III drawings
-Conduct fitcheck evaluations with Class III Unit
-Complete structural certification for HUT design for flight
-Design and manufacture HUT tubes, ducts, shields, covers, and related tooling
-Complete detail identification of long-lead SSA items including arm bearings and associated test fixtures and tooling, and canted waist primary and secondary restraint bracket
-Manufacture of a Class III HUT
-Provide HTS details for planned production phase

The following is GFE that will be provided to support this effort:

Two (2) pair of Enhanced Arm Assemblies (including Arm Bearing Disconnects)

The following GFE shall be provided from the Class III Small Pivoted HUT:

Class III Neck Ring
Class III HUT Side MWC
Class III Neck Ring Loop Tape Attachment (left/right)
Class III Shoulder Pad Brackets
Class III HUT Vent Side Seal Assembly
Class III Hose Clamps (3)”
The contractor shall complete the EMU SSA Development Critical Design Review (CDR) by 6/7/02”

Ref.: SA 327
EMU SSA In-line Cable Voltage Regulator (ILCVR) Certification

The contractor is hereby directed to:

Certify, by analysis / similarity, the In-Line Cable Voltage regulator and the Oxygen Pocket Connector Extension designs.
Process Class 1 Engineering Change Orders to support flight.
Process an MUA for material non-conformance and update MATCO Control sheets.
Submit a GCAR.
Submit a revision to IPAR-0092 and IPAR-0093 to fly existing voltage regulators and capacitors on the ILCVR until a permanent solution is established.
Upgrade the Hazards Report EMU 1-24-0018 (Sections EMU1 & EMU17) to reflect current hazard levels.
Update the limited Life List to include the Leg Cuff Extension.
All of the tasks associated with CCBD H7145 shall be conducted in accordance with the decisions agreed upon by NASA and Hamilton Sundstrand representatives at the ILCVR Meeting held on July 26, 2001. The main decisions from this meeting are summarized as follows:

All previous ILCVR units that flew on Type A TPS for 6A, 7A and 7A.1, whether they have had operational cycles due to flight use of heaters or not, will be acceptable for certification. An update of the IPAR will include extending certification on all existing units, pending JSC/EEE approval of the IPAR.
Thermal Cycling and Burn-In testing will be performed on any new ILCVR assemblies. Other than these two tests, there will be no changes in acceptance testing or manufacturing process compared to the units that were certified and flown on 6A, 7A and 7A.1.
The glove section of the Enhanced PDA will not be revised as part of this task.
NASA has requested that ILCVR Thermal cycling be incorporated into the LSS Certification Cycle Model. If that were performed, a new thermal cycling requirement would be addressed as a part of the ILCVR certification package. Adding the Thermal Cycling Requirement to the LSS Cycle model is not in the scope of this task. However, a revision to this CCBD will be presented to add that scope to this task.

Ref. SA 332

The contractor is directed to perform the following tasks, which assumes that the vibration can be sufficiently dampened using a fabric container and foam in sufficient amounts that are available for the HUT in the middeck/airlock.

Certify the EMU HUT ORU for launch/land stowage as a CEI in the space shuttle middeck or airlock.
Certify the EMU DCM ORU for launch/land stowage as a CEI in the space shuttle middeck or crewlock.
Update the HUT and the DCM S/ADs.
Provide the following flight hardware: DCM protective covers (electrical connections, O2 fitting, HUT interface pad), HUT protective covers (PLSS interface pad, DCM interface pad, EEH cover, arm bearings, body seal closure, neck ring) PLSS protective covers (HUT interface pad, O2 fill line, electrical connectors, CCC Vent ports).
Certify protective covers as IVA hardware.
Fabricate five (5 each) protective covers: one (1) training kit; three (3) flight kits and one (1) ISS kit consisting of the following parts list: (Note: Each item represents a quantity of one (1) part with the exception of the two items that reflect a quantity of two (2).)

New launch method for existing hardware (no configuration change):
NOMENCLATURE PART NUMBER
Planar HUT 0102-110102
Enhanced Arm 0103-110103
EMU electrical harness SV767690
DCM SV792294





New flight cover hardware:
NOMENCLATURE PART NUMBER
HUT DCM interface cover SVXXXXXX
HUT PLSS interface cover SVXXXXXX
PLSS HUT interface cover SVXXXXXX
DCM HUT interface cover SVXXXXXX
PLSS oxygen line cover SVXXXXXX
DCM oxygen port cover SVXXXXXX
PLSS CCC vent loop cover (qty.2) XXXXXX
HUT neck ring cover XXXX-XXXXX
HUT body seal closure cover XXXX-XXXXX
HUT upper arm bearing cover (qty.2) XXXX-XXXXX
PLSS Electrical cover SVXXXXXX
PLSS Electrical cover SVXXXXXX
PLSS Electrical cover SVXXXXXX
PLSS Electrical cover SVXXXXXX
DCM Electrical cover SVXXXXXX
DCM Electrical cover SVXXXXXX
DCM Electrical cover SVXXXXXX HUT Electrical cover SVXXXXXX
HUT launch/land stowage container XXXX-XXXXX
DCM launch/land stowage container XXXX-XXXXX
DCM assembly drawing SEDXXXXXX
HUT launch assembly drawing SEDXXXXXX


Provide five (5) stowage bags each for the HUT ORU and for the DCM ORU.
HUT assembly (includes upper arms and EEH) interface control drawing (ICD) for middeck launch configuration.
Identify existing ISS flight stowage bag or location for four (4) HUT soft covers.

(Note: Revisions to CCBD H7164 will be made to accomplish the following; 1. Change the FEMU-R-001. 2. Incorporate the weight impact. )

Ref. SA 338:

The contractor is hereby directed to modify and redesignate the Phase VI size 6LE PVU, flight and back-up gloves with a 6NM palm bar. The Contractor is also directed to publish a Class II change to incorporate the 6NM palm bar into the 6LE size configuration, change the document package from the 6NL PVU S/N 6015 back to the 6LE designator, and change the PVU 6015 glove labels from 6NL back to 6LE.

Reference SA 339:

The contractor is hereby directed to:

Certify and Implement the Phase VI restraint incorporating the replacement ripstop material to 198 hours (20EVA) based on the results of a 396 hour manned certification test.
Build a pair of Class I Phase VI gloves (0106-212147-05/06-6BY) and spare TMGs under the Full implementation program using the new ripstop material for use in manned testing, writing and submitting of a certification test plan for approval.
Conduct a TRR and submitting TRR sheets for approval.
Conduct a 396 hour manned certification test and write and submit a certification report and closed CIARS for approval.

Certification closure by 7/30/02.

Ref.: SA 342

Due to the Phase VI Glove heater damage from the present 12V heater system (reference (RED J-EMU-106-020), the contractor is directed to develop and certify for single mission use a 12V Phase VI Heater In-Line Cable Voltage Regulator Assembly as part of a short term corrective action. In an effort to support Flight STS-100/6A, and subsequent flights requirements, the contractor is hereby authorized to complete the following tasks no later than March 31, 2001.

Develop a 12V Phase VI Heater In-Line Cable Voltage Regulator Assembly that will meet the operational temperature requirements of the Phase VI Glove and PLSS.
Define the packaging arrangement that will be used within the EMU.
Perform fit checks of the redesign in the Pivoted, Non-ORU and ORU HUT’s.
Test Readiness Review
Perform manned and unmanned 2-foot chamber testing at NASA JSC.
Design review at NASA JSC.
Provide Status Report (EMUM) to NASA XA on or before March 31, 2001.


Ref.: SA 347
CCBD H7154- Approval Of Additional Items into the EMU Vent Loop To Be Used As Fingertip Protection

The contractor is directed to address the certification impact to the EMU of allowing bandages, Dermabond, Steri-strips, Bioclusive, and Tegaderm to be applied to the fingers prior to donning the EMU. These items are currently flown as part of the Shuttle Orbiter Medical System but are currently not approved for use within the EMU. The output for this task will be an Engineering Memorandum for flight 7A, documenting the impacts of these items being present in the EMU Vent Loop. An Engineering Memorandum providing full certification rationale will be submitted after 7A.

Ref.: SA 349
H7175 EMU SSA Boot Fit Easement

A. The contractor is directed to revise the Sizing Document, Maintenance Manual and the FEMU-R to incorporate the new lacing procedure and Class I fit checks. The contractor is also directed to add the following to FEMU-R-001, Section 7.1.1:

“Perform suspended fitchecks for each crewmember prior to each mission using their NBL sizing. Perform fitchecks by suspending the CM on a donning stand and taking majority of CM’s weight out of the feet for a minimum of 15 minutes. Fitchecks shall be conducted in Class I foot gear (boots, BSI, Thermal Slipper, socks). The LCVG may be Class IIIW, provided flight configuration pads are included. In the event that hardware is either not manifested for a crewmember of his intended hardware is already on orbit, similarly sized or smaller Class I hardware, with regard to the instep, may be used as an indicative fitcheck.”

B. The FEMU-R-001 update to be completed on or before November 13, 2001


Certification closure by February 25, 2002.

Ref. SA 361
Procurement of Parts for ECWS

The contractor shall procure EEE parts to support assembly of the following: one (1) certification and fourteen (14) production ECWSs; and electromechanical details required to assemble one (1) each certification ECWS and I-156 Harness, with manufacturing spare parts available as required
Ref.: SA 354


The contractor, HSSSI, is hereby directed to perform the thermal testing and analysis necessary to verify that the addition of the authorized fingertip protection materials do not interfere with the crewmembers ability to sense heat and assure that glove heaters are off prior to the bladder reaching unacceptable temperatures.


Thermal testing and analysis and closure of STS-109 certification by 1/14/02 (COFR2 - 7days)

Full certification closure by 2/15/02*

* This does not include effort to support SMART Reviews, SSRP Reviews, GCARs and Engineering Changes.

Ref.: SA 358

The contractor is directed to modify the EMI filter section of the SOP Pressure Transducer as corrective action for RDR H-EMU-215-C002. The contractor is also directed to incorporate the new Pressure Transducer (SV823476-3) into the Secondary Oxygen Pack drawing.

Ref. SA 370 H7174 – EMU Softgoods Barcodes Fix


The contractor is directed to perform the following tasks for the implementation of ISS barcode labels for flight and training EMU softgoods (identified below).

Generate NASA drawings for softgoods barcodes production and installation.
Generate and approve GCAR for new barcode assembly P/N created.
Train USA technicians on softgoods barcode assembly production and installation (as required).
Generate and approve CTSD softgoods barcodes installation procedures.


List of Softgoods affected by the above changes:

DIDB Restraint Bag P/N 0102-812241
Phase VI Glove TMG P/N 0106-812144
ORU DCM TMG P/N 0100-811998
ORU PLSS TMG P/N 0100-811994
ATMA (Thermal mittens) P/N 0106-811540
CCA P/N 0101-10001
MWC Flight Cover (Sock) P/N 0102-89931
IEU Pouch Cover P/N 0100-812231
Pouch Protective Sizing Ring P/N SED 13101713
Protective Cover P/N SED 13101715
Durrette Helmet Covers P/N 528-20836
EMU equipment / Airlock Stowage Bag P/N SKD13101496
LTA Restraint Bag P/N SKD13100488
LTA Restraint Strap P/N SED13101654
EMU Servicing Kit P/N SJG13101833

Ref.: SA 369 H7196 – I-113 Nituff Removal

The contractor is directed to remove the NITUFF coating requirement on the I-113. Presently, there are two coatings on the I-113 housings: NITUFF and Type III Anodize. Pitting has been found on production housings. This pitting has been attributed to leaking maskant during the NITUFF application process. By removing the NITUFF coating requirement and replacing with Type III anodize of the same thickness as the rest of the housing, the need for maskant is eliminated.


DELIVERABLES: Certification on or before July 18, 2002

Ref.: SA 368 H7186 EMU/SSA On-orbit and Maintenance Int.

The Contractor is directed to extend the Maintenance interval to a maximum of four (4) years on the selected SSA S/AD’s as identified as follows;

S/AD’s affected: 0101 - 10001 – CCA
0102 – 110102 – Enhanced Planar HUT
0103 - 110103 – Enhanced Arm Assembly
0103 – 112103 – RPHG Arm Assembly
0104 – 110104 – LTA
0105 – 10005 – Helmet
0107 – 10007/0107 – 11000 - LCVG
0108 – 10008 – EVVA
0110 – 110110 - DIDB
0800 – 112418 – EMUPH SEMU Harness, 12 volt

The contractor will also provide certification by analysis for the extension of the maintenance interval.

DELIVERABLES: Certification EMUM on or before May 8, 2002
CIARS on or before May 8, 2002
Certification closure by May 21, 2002

Ref.: SA 366

HSSSI is directed to bake–out one additional pair of Phase VI size 6MA TMG’s. USA will ship the TMG’s to CTSD for removal of the 12 volt heaters and harness. The bake-out will be performed JSC. CTSD will then ship the baked-out TMG’s with harnesses back to USA for reintegration on flight gloves SN 6039. The TMG’s will be identified as having been baked-out so that no RTV is added during processing or fabrication subsequent to the bake-out. After bake-out, ILC, Dover will send personnel to CTSD for reinstallation of the heaters and harness.

The additional TMG to be baked out is needed as an additional glove size which has been identified as a back-up unit for the Hubble mission.

Ref.: SA 367

The Contractor is directed to update the Phase VI Glove S/AD to incorporate a revised Glove Thermal Curve. The contractor will also update the S/AD’s as identified as follows, to incorporate new Touch Temperature curves for the TMG’s.

S/AD’s affected: 0102-110102 – Planar HUT
0103-110103 – Enhanced Arm Assembly
0103-112103 – RPHG Arm Assembly
0104-110104 – LTA
0106-110106 – Phase VI Glove
SV799100/2 – PLSS
SV799045/2 – SOP

The contractor will update the PLSS S/AD to address variations of the Airlock temperature to EMU interfaces and an increased temperature to the O2 fill line.

DELIVERABLES: Certification EMUM on or before April 01, 2002.
CIARS on or before April 01, 2002.
Certification closure by April 15, 2002.

Ref.: SA 368

The Contractor is directed to extend the Maintenance interval to a maximum of four (4) years on the selected SSA S/AD’s as identified as follows;

S/AD’s affected: 0101 - 10001 – CCA
0102 – 110102 – Enhanced Planar HUT
0103 - 110103 – Enhanced Arm Assembly
0103 – 112103 – RPHG Arm Assembly
0104 – 110104 – LTA
0105 – 10005 – Helmet
0107 – 10007/0107 – 11000 - LCVG
0108 – 10008 – EVVA
0110 – 110110 - DIDB
0800 – 112418 – EMUPH SEMU Harness, 12 volt

The contractor will also provide certification by analysis for the extension of the maintenance interval.

DELIVERABLES: Certification EMUM on or before May 8, 2002
CIARS on or before May 8, 2002
Certification closure by May 21, 2002

Ref. SA 262:

The Contractor is directed to complete the redesign of the Enhanced Caution and Warning System (CWS P/N SV827600-1). A Critical Design Review shall be presented on or before July 31, 2002. Also, the Contractor is directed to revise the following documents as applicable:
FMEA/CIL
SAR/HR
FEMU-R-001
Limited Life List

NOTE: The above documents will be revised under this SA, but will be submitted on a subsequent revision to this task.

Deliverable:
One System Test Rig, P/N SVSK125650-1 shall be delivered in place at Windsor Locks on or before 2/28/02 and one Acceptance Test Rig, P/N SVSK125710-1, shall be delivered in place at Windsor Locks on or before 4/30/02.**

Ref. SA 376

2.1.2. Hardware Development and Certification Testing

The Contractor is directed to provide additional effort to redesign the I-440 EMU Electrical Harness. This includes the effort to redesign the EEH using LEMO connectors as a replacement for the ITT Cannon connectors that will no longer be supplied. Also, the contractor shall present the FMEA/CIL changes to the SMART and SSRP. In addition, the maintenance manual will be updated to incorporate the redesigned EEH.



The dates contained in Table 1 are intended for planning purposes only

TABLE 1

QuantityClassification of EEHDelivery Date-Cert completion 5/15/02(Revised from 3/1/01)3Flight5/31/02 (Revised from 3/28/01)3(Revised from 4)Flight7/31/02 (Revised from 6/30/01)7Flight10/15/02 (Revised from 10/15/01)7Flight1/15/03 (Revised from 1/15/01)7(Revised from 6)Flight3/31/03 (Revised from 3/31/02) 18Training EEHs4/11/02 (Revised from 2/month)
Ref. SA 373

CCBD H7171 – Certification of Neoflon M-400H

The Contractor is directed to certify Neoflon M-400H as an acceptable alternate to Kel-F 81. The manufacturer of Kel-F ceased production in 1991 and existing stock is low. Neoflon M-400H is chemically the same material as Kel-F. However, there can be differences in oxygen compatibility depending on processing. To ensure oxygen compatibility, a new specification will be written in order to control key parameters: zero strength time and crystallinity.

Ref. SA 372

CCBD H7204 – Baselining of EMU CIL for SSRP

The Contractor is directed to modify the EMU CIL to the NSTS-22206 format (requires “Time to Effect” rationale and “Redundancy Screens” rationale) and present the EMU CIL to the SSRP on 4/24/02 and 5/22/02 for the non-EET CIL. Also, the contractor shall support the EVA Community meeting to discuss changes to the FMEA/CIL DRD #28. The agreed upon changes will be incorporated into DRD #28 under separate direction. This task does not include changes to failure mode criticalities or significant technical changes to retention rationale.

Travel: Two (2) engineers travel from Windsor Locks, CT to Houston, TX for two (2) trips each, three (3) days per trip

Ref. SA 374
CCBD H7164R1 EMU HUT and DCM ORU Data Certification for Space Shuttle Stowage as CEI’s

2.1.2. Hardware Development and Certification Testing

The Contractor is directed to certify and update the following;
Certify the EMU HUT ORU for launch/land stowage as a CEI in the MPLM.
Certify the EMU DCM ORU for launch/land stowage as a CEI in the Airlock and MPLM.
Update the SEMU harness, ILCVR, and EEH S/AD.
HUT and DCM packaging prototype and engineering evaluation unit delivered to ORU mockup upon task completion.
Add crew consensus.
SSRP and or SMART board review of CIL and FMEA test tile revision.
Fabricate eleven (11) sets of CCC port covers for a total of sixteen (16) sets.

Delete the following:
HUT Launch/land stowage container XXXX-XXXXX
DCM launch/land stowage container XXXX-XXXXX


Add the additional hardware title and part numbers to the existing parts list;
1. EMUPH SEMU harness P/N 0800-112418.
2. ILCVR P/N 0801-112983.
3. EMU Electrical Harness P/N SV822075

DELIVERABLES;
Certification by May 29, 2002.
Certification of CCC port covers by February 19, 2002.
Three (3) sets of port covers by February 21, 2002, with the balance on May 20, 2002.
Two (2) sets of HUT hardware by May 1, 2002, with the balance on May 20, 2002. Reference EC 182135-550,550-001.




Ref. SA 384
CCBD G6605R6 EMU LSS Increased Capacity Battery Certification With New Cellophane

The Contractor is directed to perform the following tasks;

Test four 4-cell battery monoblocks and manufacture one (1) Battery Assembly (SV819600-XX-
XX) to support certification of a revised battery configuration with new cellophane separator material.

A laboratory analysis will be conducted on the new cellophane material.

Performance testing will be conducted on four 4-cell units.

The new configuration will be certified by test and analysis through the following activities; gas generation testing, wet life testing, rapid cycle testing, and temperature testing.

The current configuration cellophane (Flexel) will be incorporated into 2 units; part number SV819600-01-00, serial numbers 2029 and 2030.
The contractor is directed to complete the manufacture of ten (10) units with the new cellophane (UCB).

FLIGHT EFFECTIVITY:
XN: Interim Certification Closure (GCAR Approval) 10-03-02. This Interim Cert Closure will allow usage of ICB’s on the following missions: STS-114, 01-17-03, STS-115, 04-10-03, STS-116, 05-30-03, US Increment EVA #2 AND #3, STS-117, 08-21-03, US Increment EVA #4, and STS-118, 09-25-03.

DELIVERABLES: revised as follows;
Two (2) units, (SV819600-01-00, S/N’s 2029 and 2030, FROM: 09-30-01 TO: 06-03-02. These batteries will be shipped less battery relief valves.
Ten (10) units – new cellophane ONLY. These batteries will be shipped less battery relief valves.
Six (6) units FROM: 09-30-01 TO: 10-18-02
Four (4) units FROM: 09-30-01 TO: 12-20-02.


Ref. SA 385
CCBD H7177 Incorporation of the On-orbit In-Suit Bends Treatment Procedure

The Contractor is directed to update SVHS 7800 EMU Design and Performance Requirements, BTA S/AD (SV792740/2), EMU FMEA (EMU1-28F-001), EMU CIL (EMU1-28C-001), and the EMU SAR/HR (EMU1-24-001) as a result of incorporating the On-Orbit In-Suit Bends Treatment Procedure in the EVA Checklist (JSC-48023). This procedure was approved by NASA PRCB per CR S050210CE and CR S050417BN.



Ref. SA 386
CCBD H7212 Update SVHS7800 and SVHS7802 for AMS-02 Magnetic Exposure and Radio Frequency Exposure

The Contractor is directed to certify EMU performance for exposure to the ISS AMS-02 (Alpha Magnetic Spectrometer High Strength Magnetic Field). The current requirement of 63 Gauss will be revised to 300 Gauss. Additionally, the Maximum recommended Radio Frequency Exposure Level Curve and Table will also be updated. Also, the contractor shall revise the following: SVHS 7800 paragraph 3.6.3 Electrical Systems, Fig. 7, Table VII and Table VIII. SVHS 7802 paragraph 3.3.2.2.5.2.8 Radiated Susceptibility, Electric Field, and associated Figure 12, Table I and II. SVHS 7802 paragraph 3.3.2.2.5.2.9 Magnetic Field Susceptibility. The revision of SAR/HR hazard will occur under separate direction.


Ref. SA 387
CCBD H7167R1 EVARM Dosimeter Pocket Certification Fabrication for the Use in EMU

The Contractor is directed to extend the EVARM certification from a total of 9 man-EVA’s to 11 EVA’s per component with no limitation on the total number of man-EVA’s as long as no component exceeds 11 EVA’s with an EVARM installed.

The contractor is also directed to fabricate 30 Class I Pockets to be used on the prime and backup suits launched on the additional missions. The effectivity of using the EVARM in the EMU is revised to include all flights and increments between STS-108 (UF-1) and STS-113 (11A). Certification beyond 11A will not be considered as the dosimeters will be out of life.


DELIVERABLES:

30 Class I Pockets shall be delivered on or before April 12, 2002.

Ref. SA 389
CCBD H7204R1 Baselining Of EMU CIL and SAR/HR for SSRP

The contractor is directed to modify the EMU SAR/HR to the NSTS-22254 format. This format requires a 4 x 3 risk matrix chart for each EMU hazard.
The contractor is also directed to update referenced flight rules in the hazard reports, as required, and present the EMU SAR/HR to the SSRP. Magnetic fields will be added as a hazard to the Hazard Report EMU-018. This task does not include changes to failure mode criticalities.

Two (2) engineers will travel from Windsor Locks, CT to Houston, TX for one (1), three day trip.

This update to the EMU CIL and SAR/HR takes the place of the normal June 30,2002 submittal. The EMU FMEA update will be provided on or before June 30, 2002.

DELIVERABLES:

SAR/HR to NASA on or before May 30, 2002.
Ref. SA 390
H7120 R1 EMU SSA Enhanced Small Boot Toe Spacer Certification and Implementation

The contractor is directed to process a Class I ECO to incorporate critical dimensions into the PDA and incorporate FEMU-R-001 revisions referenced in CCBD H7120R1. The FEMU-R updates will include deletions of obsolete items and corrections.


DELIVERABLES:

Revised deliveries:

From: 1) Fourteen (14) pair of toe spacers and modification kits to USA on or before
February 12, 2002.
2) Certification Closure Date on or before 12/17/01.

To: 1) Fourteen (14) pair of toe spacers and modification kits to USA on or before
March 22, 2002
2) Certification Closure Date on or before 2/21/02.


Ref. SA 393
H7220 EMU/SSA Document Revision to Eliminate WLVTA to HUT Size Restrictions

The contractor is directed to revise the Pivoted and Planar HUT S/ADs Part I to allow the use of any size WLVTA on any size HUT. The contractor will also update the Baseline Sizing Document to include additional detail in the initial suit sizing to select the most appropriate size WLVTA for that crew member. The revision to the sizing document will allow the use of alternate size WLVTAs at the request of the crew member or as required to assure mission success. Additionally, the Maintenance Manual will be revised to remove the sizing restrictions imposed by the “Use On Code” listings.


DELIVERABLES:

Closure of ECOs on or before 09/09/02.


Ref. SA 395
CCBD H7228 Addition of DPV Lever Stem Screening To FEMU-R-001

2.1.2. Hardware Development and Certification Testing

The contractor is directed to revise FEMU-R-001, EMU Processing Requirements and Constraints, to incorporate a verification that the helmet Combination Purge Valve (CPV) Lever Stem Subassembly is properly restrained within the CPV. The contractor will also process a class II ECO to update and clarify the Baseline Maintenance Manual, 0111-70024, and to add this screen to the Air Lock Operations Sheet. As the maintenance manual and operation sheet revisions are considered class II changes, there will be no direct deliverable associated with them.


Ref. SA 396
H7221 EMU SSA Combination Purge Valve (CPV) Gasket Replacement and Flow Test Performance

The Contractor is directed to perform the following activities:

Obtain samples of the proposed supplier’s silicone base material for MATCO testing.
2. Re-identify CPV gasket molds to incorporate new part numbers and obtain 10 each gaskets (2807-1 and 2802-1) with material Certificate of Compliance from Jonal Laboratories. Additional Class I gaskets, 6 each (2807-1 and 2808-1) will also be procured and delivered to our customer.
Start the performance of CPV/Helmet leak testing with gaskets made from the proposed replacement material

Ref. SA 397
CCBD H7203 EMU LSS Increased Capacity Battery Relief Valve Modifications

The contractor is directed to redesign and certify the new Battery Relief Valve (BRV).

Certification on or before 12/17/02.

Ref. SA 401
CCBD H7208 – FEMU-R-004, EMU Launch-Stowage Constraints Document Baseline
2.1.2. Hardware Development and Certification Testing

The Contractor is directed to develop, publish, the new EMU Launch-Stowage Requirements Document, FEMU-R-004. The FEMU-R-004 will be a Type I document; configuration control will be the same as FEMU-R-001. Publication of baseline FEMU-R-004 shall be on or before 8/21/02 and revisions to the FEMU-R-004 shall be on or before 10/7/02.

Ref. SA 403
Reference: CCBD H7186 R1 – EMU/SSA ON-ORBIT AND MAINTENANCE INTERVAL EXTENSION
2.1.2. Hardware Development and Certification Testing

The contractor is directed to extend the Maintenance interval to a maximum of four (4) years on the select SSA S/AD’s described as follows;

S/AD’s affected:
0101-10001 CCA
0102-110102 Planar HUT
0103-110103 Enhanced Arm Assembly
0103-112103 RPHG Arm Assembly
0104-110104 LTA
0105-10005 Helmut
0801-112983 ILCVR
0800-112418 EMU PH SEMU Harness

SDRD affected:
JSC-39194 EMU Power Harness

Deliverables:
Certification EMUM on or before 08/13/02.
CIARS on or before 08/13/02.
For CERT Closure by 09/03/02.

Ref. SA 403 R1

The contractor is directed to revise the Radiation Dose Limits to the 8-year requirements.

Document affected:
SVHS7800 EMU Design and Performance Requirements Specification

Ref. SA 404
CCBD H7187 – EMU/SSA CHRONOLOGICAL LIFE EXTENSION IMPLEMENTATION
2.1.2. Hardware Development and Certification Testing

The contractor is directed to certify and implement the life extensions recommended by the SSA Chronological Life Extensions Study directed under PPDO 02-2.2.3A-402. The definition of indefinate will be modified to permit extension of the DIDB restraint. A list of the hardware that will be life extended is as follows:

FROM 8 TO 10 YEARS:

Component PN

CCA assembly 0101-10001
CCA Skull Cap Assembly 0101-80841
WLVTA 0102-82437-21 and subs
Jumper Loop Tubing 0102-89929
Enhanced Arm Assy. 0103-110103
LAA Cable (12V) 0103-212419
RPHG Arm Assy. 0103-112103
Enhanced Boot Assy. 0104-210895
Leg Assy. 0104-210575
Brief Assy. 0104-810071
Adjustable Waist Assy. 0104-812355
BLVD 0107-81057-31 and subs
Vent Plenum Assy. 0107-811466
Sizing Inserts 0107-82541-12 and subs
LCVG Restraint 0107-82968
Mini Vent Ducts 0107-89620-04 and subs
EMU PH SEMU Harness 0800-112418
EMU Power Harness SHG13101723


FROM 14 TO 15 YEARS (as applicable to Planar HUT configuration):

Component PN

HUT Assembly Lable 0102-24653
Neck Ring TMG Attachment Looptape 0102-812317


DOCUMENTS AFFECTED:

S/Ads Affected:
ECO
0101-10001 CCA 021-0273
0102-110102 Planar HUT 021-0274
0103-110103 Enhanced Arm 021-0275
0103-112103 RPHG Arm Assy. 021-0276
0104-110104 Enhanced LTA 021-0277
0107-10007 LCVG 021-0279
0800-112418 EMUPH SEMU Harness 021-0780

SDRD Affected:

JSC-39194 EMP Power harness

Ref. SA 404R1

FROM 8 TO 10 YEARS:
Component PN

ILCVR 0801-112983

Ref. SA 407

CCBD H7240, LEAKAGE. The contractor is directed to revise ICB S/AD to restrict orientation for non-inversion in 1G, update the Hazard Analysis report, and update FEMU-R-001 and ICB Battery activation procedure (SVHS14479) to add revised formation charge stand times.

CERT closure by 10/30/02




Ref. SA 408

CCBD H7242, I-300 DCM ON-ORBIT MAINTENANCE INTERVAL EXTENSION TO 730 DAYS. The contractor is directed to recertify the I-300 DCM for an On-Orbit Interval of 730 days. The CEI 300 S/AD SV792294/2, FEMU-R-001, and Limited Life List will be revised and information will be provided for the FEMU-R-003 ISS On-Orbit Maintenance Requirements (ref: CCBD H7210).
CERT closure by 10/11/02.


Ref. SA 409
CCBD H7038R2 – EMU SMALL PLANAR HUT DEVELOPMENT AND CERTIFICATION – DESCOPE
2.1.2 Hardware Development and Certification Testing

The Contractor is directed to delete the following;

ILC: Review/incorporate Class I and II ECO’s.
Complete Internal Design release of BOM.
Receive CFE to support Cert Test program.
Order Arm Bearing test fixtures.
Release Class I Documentations – FMEA/CIL, LLL , SAR/HR report.
Submit CDR package.
Present CDR at JSC.
Evaluate TMG Stiffener evaluation.
HS: Perform physical properties testing of SVHS 14822 and 14823 laminating system to
provide a replacement material for the unavailable Epon 815/curing agent U laminating system used to wrap the steel arm rings and manufacture the vent ducts.
Develop shell fiberglass 5 ply lay-up method around neck ring to reduce wrinkles.
Complete tooling manufacture;
Purge Duct Fitting (-201 Saddle) master.
Purge Duct Fitting (-201 Saddle) trim fixture.
Outlet Duct/Purge Duct joint scribe fixture.
Inlet Duct Trim Fixture.
Arm bumper bonding fixture.
WLVTA connector block bonding fixture.
Harness Pin bonding fixture.
Release Class I and Class III operation sheets.
Release of SV810001 Small Planar HTS drawing.
Process manufacturing prove out – 208 Purge Duct.

Ref. SA 410
CCBD H7239 Update SVH7800 and SVHS7801 For EMU RF Shielding Effectiveness/Crew Protection
The contractor is directed to revise the following EMU Specifications: SVHS7800 and SVHS7801: to document EMU shielding effectiveness/crew protection for non-ionizing RF radiation as encountered in STS/ISS EVA environment.
CERT closure by 11/08/02.




Ref. SA 411
CCBD H7244 – EMU SSA MAXIMUM ABSORBANCY GARMET (MAG) INSERT REPLACEMENT
2.1.2 Hardware Development and Certification Testing

The Contractor is directed to locate and approve a new supplier for the MAG insert. This will require the contractor to obtain and evaluate samples of inserts from potential suppliers. Once a new insert is selected, the contractor will update the MAG drawing/procedure with the new insert(s) and provide certification for NBL/On-orbit use. The contractor is also directed to update the existing SMCAR to new Government Certification Approval Request (GCAR).

Deliverables: Cert by 01/15/03.

Ref. SA 412
CCBD H7246 – DIDB –03 DESIGN CERTIFICATION/IMPLEMENTATION
2.1.2 Hardware Development and Certification Testing

The Contractor is directed to certify and implement the new –03 configuration Disposable In-Suit Drink Bag (DIDB). The new configuration incorporates a silicone Sure Shot valve with a cracking pressure of 1.25 psi and .130 inch slit size. The lower cracking pressure and a larger slit size will make drawing water from the DIDB easier in a 4.3 psi environment. Certification will be accomplished by analysis based on demonstration.

Deliverables: 25 Class I Units to support STS-113 (11A) Flight – by 09/10/02.
CERT closure by 08/28/02.





2.2 Program Provisioning
The contractor shall provide all resources necessary to support the contract program provisioning effort. Program provisioning requirements shall be baselined on an annual basis and shall consist of field activities, special studies, special tests and supplier supportability and technology obsolescence. In addition, program provisioning shall support ISS and Shuttle Program interoperability with international partners; manifesting, and scheduling issue resolution; international partner hardware and operational issues; EMU processing contractor issues; unscheduled EVA community meeting support; interface compatibility, and other unplanned EVA related activities.

Ref: SA 289
EMU LSS Allow Alternate Pressure Gauge With A Reduced Bourdon Tube Flatness

The contractor is hereby directed to create an alternate pressure gauge that incorporates the use of drawing 0481-8546 Revision A, which replaces drawing 0481-8541. Use of 0481-8546 Revision A allows for an increased range in Bourdon Tube flatness from 0.025 to 0.057 inches vice the original drawing’s range of 0.037 to 0.057 inches. The new specifications will allow the Bourdon Tube to be coiled in a fashion that will meet wrinkle specification requirements. The title and associated part number information is as follows:

Title: Part Number:
Pressure Gauge SV767706-X

The following documents shall be updated to reflect the new nomenclature associated with this part:

SV767706
SV779301
SV822066
PLSV822066-1
PLSV822066-2
PLSV779301-19
PLSV779301-21
Ref: SA 288
The contractor is hereby directed to determine the compatibility of AIRX44 cleaning solution with the generic materials comprising the SSA and the LSS. A material evaluation will be performed with a literature review to assess compatibility to clean blood and/or bodily fluids from Class I SSAs and external portions of the LSS during ground operations.


The following document shall be updated accordingly:

CPPHSS

Ref: SA 292

The contractor is hereby directed to revise the ORU SEMU configuration per SED13101492-320.

The following document shall be updated to reflect the new configuration:

SED 13101492-320 ORU, SEMU Configuration

Ref: SA 293
EMU Battery Wet-Life Extension

The contractor is hereby directed to extend the wet-life of the current battery design from 170 days to a maximum of 270 days by limiting the out-of-freezer storage time to a maximum of 135 days.

The following documents shall be updated accordingly:

SEMU1-19-001 Limited Life List
SHVHS 7800 EMU Design & Performance Requirement Specifications

Certification closure by March 2, 2001.

Ref: CCO 299
Increased Capacity EMU Battery

Initiate the activities associated with advancing the configuration of eighteen (18) SV819600-00-01 Class 1 Increased Capacity Batteries (ICBs) to SV819600-01-00. This will segregate the 18 flight acceptable batteries from seven (7) SV819600-00-01 non-flight ICBs that were assembled with inadequately controlled materials (U-wrap Flexal Cellophane). The remaining seven (7) SV819600-00-01 batteries will be downgraded to Class II fidelity. The Contractor shall implement material handling procedures at BST (the Monoblock supplier), that will be incorporated into the next ICB configuration.
The Contractor is also directed to advance the configuration on the following ICBs:
INCREASED CAPACITY BATTERY INVENTORY

HS ICB S/N BST S/NCURRENT
BATTERY CONFIGURATIONACCEPTABLE FOR FLIGHTCONFIGURATION AFTER CCBD G6605R5 APPROVAL
PLANNED USE
Completion Date2010023SV819600-00-01YESSV819600-01-00FLIGHT5/1/012012025SV819600-00-01YESSV819600-01-00FLIGHT3/31/012014027SV819600-00-01YESSV819600-01-00FLIGHT3/31/012026041SV819600-00-01YESSV819600-01-00FLIGHT5/1/012027040SV819600-00-01YESSV819600-01-00FLIGHT5/1/01
Ref. SA 325
NEW Configuration DIDB Certification / Implementation to minimize Inadvertent Actuation

The contractor is hereby directed to certify and implement the new configuration for the Disposable In-suit Drink Bag (DIDB). Certification is to be accomplished by analysis of confidence test data conducted on the new configuration. The “Confidence Test Plan” shall be submitted to CTSD for approval prior to performing the confidence testing.

The following are deliverables:

Quantity Nomenclature Due Date

12 Prototypes for NBL Training ship to CTSD 09/26/01

25 Class 1 Units to Support STS-108 (UF-1) Flight 10/31/01

40 Class 1 Units to Support STS-109 (HST) Training and Flight 11/16/01


Certification closure by 10/23/01.

Ref. SA 328
ORU Tool Kit Design, Fabrication and Certification

The contractor is directed to perform the following tasks:
Certify and transfer the spare ORU Tools developed from CCBD H7112 to USA. Certification shall include the development and submittal of an EMUM to NASA by September 24, 2001, which shall detail the ORU change out rationale for the shuttle. These spare ORU Tools will fly in the Servicing Kit on a Type “A” TPS to support HST.
Create and certify an ORU Tool Kit by flight 9A (STS-112) that is complete with tools and components necessary for use on Station, MPLM and Shuttle.
Fabricate three (3)(one station, two spares) Class I and two (2)( one Prototype non-deliverable and one training unit) Class III ORU Tool Kits complete with tools and components as defined below:

QUANTITY ITEM DESCRIPTION
2 Hex head driver, 3/8” drive
3 Ball hex driver, 3/8” drive
1 Torque limiting drive, 1/4”
1 Torque wrench, 3/8” drive
1 Open end wrench, 5/16”
1 Universal Joint, 3/8” drive
1 3/8” extension, 4”
1 Adaptor, 1/4”Female to 3/8” male
2 SOP Over-ride protection tool
2 DCM O2 fill- line O-seal spare
4 DCM O2 fill- line backup ring spare
1 PLSS Interface, FW T8 filter, O-seal spare
8 PLSS Interface, LCG Port, O-seal spare
2 PLSS Interface, Vent Loop, O-seal spare
2 PLSS Interface, Secondary, O-seal spare
DCM Interface, FW O-seal spare
8 DCM Interface, LCG water, O-seal spare
2 DCM Interface, Sense port, O-seal spare
2 DCM Interface, Purge valve port, O-seal spare
2 DCM Interface, Secondary, O-seal spare
2 SOP Interface, O-seal spare
Teflon squares, 2” X 2”
Teflon squares, 5” X 7”
Wrist straps, ESD control
Kapton Tape roll
1 Scissor
3 Interface plates
Vent plug for CCC port
Ref.: SA 355

The contractor is hereby directed to revise the EMUM submittal date from September 14, 2001 to November 9, 2001 and update the tool list and delivery dates as follows:

 FORMTEXT The contractor will deliver 4 kits. Each ORU Tool Kit will contain the following tools and components designed and fabricated by the contractor:

QTY Item Description

1 HEX HEAD DRIVER, 3/8” DRIVE
1 HEX HEAD DRIVER, 3/8” DRIVE
1 BALL HEX DRIVER, 3/8” DRIVE
1 BALL HEX DRIVER, 3/8” DRIVE
1 HEX DRIVER, 1/4" DRIVE
1 RATCHET, 3/8" DRIVE SEALED
1 HANDLE, 1/4" DRIVE
1 TOURQUE LIMITING DRIVE, 1/4”
1 TOURQUE WRENCH, 3/8” DR
1 OPEN END WRENCH, 5/16”
1 UNIVERSAL JOINT, 3/8” DRIVE
1 3/8” EXTENSION, 4"
1 ADAPTOR, ¼” FEMALE TO 3/8” MALE
2 SOP Over-ride Protection Tool
2 DCM O2 fill-line O-seal spare (lubricated)
4 DCM O2 fill-line backup ring spare
2 PLSS Interface, FW T8 Filter, O-seal spare
8 PLSS Interface, LCG Port, O-seal spare
6 PLSS Interface, Vent Loop, O-seal spare
2 PLSS Interface, Secondary, O-seal spare
2 DCM Interface, FW O-seal spare
8 DCM Interface, LCG water, O-seal spare
2 DCM Interface, Sense port, O-seal spare
2 DCM Interface, Secondary, O-seal spare
2 SOP Interface O-seal spare
25 Teflon Squares
2 Wrist Straps – ESD control
1 Kapton Tape Roll
1 Scissor
Items to be stowed in the ORU Tool Kit but will not be designed or fabricated as part of this CCBD.

4 Interface plates
2 Vent plug for CCC port
8 Electrical Covers
2 Oxygen Line Covers
10 Foam tip Swabs
2 O-ring Picks
1 Dynaband
4 pair of Powder Free Latex Gloves


Ref. SA 335
CCBD H7138F, Middeck EMU Battery Charger, ISS Certification and Production of Additional Flight Unit to Support STS-109

The contractor is hereby directed to:

Support USA with certifing five (5) Middeck Battery Chargers and the increased capacity EMU battery (SV819600) for the ISS environment.
Provide a ROM for the fabrication of an additional class I middeck battery charger for STS-109.
Incorporate corrective action firmware and LED intensity changes into the configuration changes for the increased capacity battery (SV819600).

Ref. SA 336
CCBD H7120 EMU SSA Enhanced Small Boot Spacer Cert. And Implementation

HSSSI is hereby directed to certify and implement the modified Toe Spacer in the Enhanced Small SSA Boot TMG that was developed and evaluated under PPDO 00-2.2.3C-208. FEMU-R requirements for boot/foot restraint interface will be evaluated as part of this task and revised if necessary. HSSSI will revise manufacturing documentation and generate modification instructions to retrofit all delivered Enhanced Small SSA Boot TMG’s (Class I and III).

Ref. SA 337:
CCBD H7145R1 EMU SSA In-line Cable Voltage Regulator (ILCVR) Certification

The contractor is hereby directed to:

Perform 24 cert thermal cycles as part of the certification to the ILCVR assembly.
Deliver six (6) each in Line Cable Voltage Regulator 0801-112983-01 and O2 Pocket Connector Extension 0102-812936-01 on or before 12/19/01.

Certification closure by 11/8/01.




2.2.1. Field Activities
The contractor shall perform field activities at NASA/JSC in support of the EMU program. Such activities shall consist of EMU Program management, interface coordination, equipment design, prototyping, development, testing, maintenance, repair retrofit, purchasing, shipping, receiving, Russian Orlan suit flight and training equipment maintenance, enhanced EMU hardware and ancillary equipment, and technical and engineering support. Such activities shall not include the preparation of Orlan hardware for flight. Field activities may be required at sites other than NASA/JSC throughout the contract period of performance. The contractor shall prepare and submit a Field Operations Support Plan in accordance with Data Requirement Description No. 16.

The contractor shall perform the following field activities:

Contractor activities on-site shall conform to all JSC requirements including personnel certification, training and safety.

Provide "Quick-Look" summary level and engineering reports for all testing and evaluations that are supported by the contractor.

Maintain procedures to ensure compliance with ISO 9001 requirements.

Maintain controlled process, man-rated, Class I and /or Class II EMUs at CTSD with Provisioning for contingency flight processing.

Prepare test, installation, and checkout documentation in support of ground, flight, and EVA task activities and operations for EMUs, Russian suits, and EVA equipment, as directed by NASA or required by JSC safety requirements.

Engineering evaluation of proposed technical and FEPC processing changes including but not limited to CCBDs, EC/ECOs, DRs, RDRs, YTNs, WSTF requests, updates to S/ ADs, FEMU-R-001 EMU Processing and Constraints; SVHS-7800 EMU Design and Performance Requirements Specification, and MUAs. The contractor shall also provide Test Readiness Review (TRR) packages and limited life item management.

Provide pre and post mission EMU operations including; mission support, generation and maintenance of Mission Operations Plan, real-time EVA mission related engineering and technical capabilities, preparation of flight checkout and flight maintenance procedures, EMU flight readiness verification support, and maintenance of Bldg. 7 EVA Operation Room.

Provide assistance with the conduct of manned and unmanned tests in JSC facilities, including vacuum and thermal/vacuum chambers.

Perform anomaly analysis, redesign, fabrication and certification of the EMU systems described in paragraph r below.

Conduct the investigation of "out-of-family" (i.e., outside the experience base) conditions encountered during processing and flight and recommend corrective action, as appropriate.

Assist the EMU Subsystem Manager and other NASA organizations in developing EMU enhancements and associated EVA related equipment, and assuring flight readiness and achievement of mission goals.

Perform special evaluations of EMU and related EVA related equipment and facilities in order to achieve increases in the operating capability and safety margins of the equipment.

Provide manpower and materials to perform such activities as: rapid response anomaly investigations; corrective actions; certification; design; fabrication; hardware end item replacement, adjustment and retest; space awareness presentations and specialized engineering documentation/tests.

Maintain shop and laboratory facilities on site at JSC to support the activities in paragraph 1 above. This includes maintenance, documentation and related activities of all EMU ground support equipment (GSE) located at JSC, except that belonging to the Flight Equipment Processing Contractor (FEPC). Responsibilities include property accounting, inventory control, administration and reporting, VAX/Oracle database maintenance as required. This also includes GSE configuration maintenance and operation, implementation of changes required to assure similarity to flight-type checkout equipment, maintenance and issuance of bin stock, tools, expendables, and miscellaneous parts.

Maintain, develop, and fabricate EMU and EVA equipment including space suit, life support, mockup, laboratory support, and neutral buoyancy type equipment.

Perform design, analysis, fabrication, documentation, and certification activities for special EVA related equipment used in conjunction with the EMU.

Fabricate and maintain EMU related test equipment and provide new EMU related GSE as needed to support currently projected Shuttle and Station onsite processing activities.

Maintain configuration records, mini-databooks, and design control of EMU and Russian suits and EVA systems for neutral buoyancy and other non-space use including the use of oxygen-enriched air (Nitrox).

Establish and maintain an engineering data center at NASA/JSC. This data center shall have up-to-date copies of EMU program documentation including S/ADs, FEMU-R-001 EMU Processing and Constraints; SVHS`-7800 EMU Design and Performance Requirements Specification; EMU Certification Reports; "Quick-Look" Reports; failure reports; EMU drawings; EMU Master Authorized Change Records; and other documentation required to carry out the above activities for the EMU and Russian EVA related equipment. The contractor shall also maintain "Update and Distribution System" for EMU/EVA related equipment, Standard Procedures and drawings, TPS, DR, DRL, drawing files, limited life item tracking, and the Flight Configuration Management System. The contractor shall coordinate the paper flow (RDRs, PDs, CCBDs, ECs) and problem resolutions including CRM tasks.

Provide transportation among JSC facilities for test support activities. Perform shipping and receiving capabilities for EMU/EVA related materials and hardware.

Operate and maintain a Bonded Stores Facility/Logistics in Bldg. 7A JSC for EMU/EVA related materials and hardware.

Assist the EVA Project Office in EMU and EVA related equipment management for SSP, MIR, and ISS assembly and operation missions. This shall include participation in the EMU Board, EVA Hardware Board, Configuration Change Board reviews, and EVA IPTs as directed. It shall also include the planning and implementation of hardware design, development, testing and manufacturing, and provide technical coordination and review for verification of EVA related equipment.

Provide manpower and materials to perform crew procedures development and verification.

Conduct and support manned and unmanned tests in JSC facilities, including neutral buoyancy facilities, Zero G and laboratory settings.

Provide engineering development and conduct tests to ensure EMU- interoperability with Russian Orlan suits, Russian EVA related equipment, and equipment provided by other international partners.

Provide technical coordination, engineering support, and testing to ensure proper integration of the EMU into the ISS. This shall include identification and resolution of problems/issues, engineering support for definition of interface requirements, conduct of tests to ensure proper interface and operation of the EMU with the ISS, and in the ISS EVA environment.

Assist the EVA Project Office and other NASA organizations in assuring proper EMU and EVA related equipment manifesting and control.

Provide assistance to the EVA Project Office for EMU and EVA equipment logistics. It shall support maintaining a database with inquiry and read only access options for inventory control, tracking and allocation. Responsibilities shall also include enabling logistic control of flight operational, development, and training hardware, tracking hardware quantities by name, part number, and serial number, and compiling data on current and future hardware configurations.

Define EMU command and data interfaces for robotics.

“EVA related equipment” is defined as equipment that is directly attached to the EMU and/or supports its operational, functional, or interoperability capabilities. Examples of EVA related equipment include , but are not limited to, AAPs, tethers, donning handles, IFDs, MAGs, DACTs, and other similar equipment.

Ref. SA 114
ee.
The Contractor shall revise FEMU-R-001, “EMU Processing and Constraints Document” to clarify the External Visual Inspection and Periodic/Quadrennial Inspection of “Vent Pad for Security of mount.”

This implementation shall be on or before January 13, 1999.

REF. SA 316 &
Ref: CCO 274
2.2.1 Interfaces- ISS Joint Airlock

Due to limited stowage availability within the shuttle mid-deck, the contractor is hereby directed to begin work in defining new certification requirements for hardware stowage within the shuttle's joint airlock. In an effort to support flight STS-104/7A requirements, the contractor is hereby directed to complete the following tasks no later than November 27, 2000.

HSWL is to generate a preliminary document that defines the differences between the current stowage environment and those found within the joint airlock.
HSMS is to define the packaging arrangement that will be used within the joint airlock.
Upon completion of steps 1 and 2, HSWL shall submit the environmental and packaging information to NASA officials for review, adjustment and/or concurrence.
HSWL shall develop preliminary certification requirements for items to be stowed within the joint airlock.

The JAL was opened up for stowage of additional items. The following increment 3 GFE items were identified and stowed in the JAL:
Crew, or Tube Socks (standard cotton socks), P/N 528-40802-1, -2
Woodsman Socks (wool blend), P/N ST17C3307-03
Moleskin (on rolls), P/N 528-43041-1
Comfort Gloves, P/N 0106-84906-03/04
Mosite Pads, P/N TBD

HSWL shall prepare a revision to acceptance of use EMUM (EMUM1-0560R1) that summarizes the certification status of the additional hardware, and submit to NASA XA.


Ref. SA 341 (Ref.: CCO 282)
Phase VI Processing and Training

In support of training and flight activities, the contractor is hereby directed to perform the following efforts associated with the processing and training of Phase VI gloves:
A. Receiving/Bond Room, including receiving, storage, & record keeping.

B. Neutral Buoyancy Laboratory (NBL) support including installation of wrist disconnects, sizing, TMG repair, structural and leakage evaluations as well as transport to and from the NBL. Post NBL test activities include checkout, rinse, dry and storage.

Prep and post activities include installation of wrist disconnects, sizing, structural and leakage evaluations, rinse/dry/store, as well as transport.

Fitchecks include installation of wrist disconnects, sizing, structural and leakage evaluations and support of Glove Box Evaluations.

1-G activities include installation of wrist disconnects, sizing and structural and leakage evaluations.

Glove Box Evaluation activities include installation of wrist disconnects, sizing, structural and leakage evaluations, and technical support to operate the chamber for evaluations as well as transport.

Maintenance of the Phase VI Glove after 40 hours of use, which includes:

Wrist disconnect removal, inspection, assembly, and reinstallation.
Removal of TMG, inspection of the interior and exterior of TMG
Inspection of the restraint.
Inspection of the bladder.
Overall glove inspection of all components during this maintenance period.

Flight processing includes Class I Phase VI Glove build up, fitchecks, SAFER Reach evaluations, Bench Reviews, ETA Build Ups, and Flight Prep and Post. The following flights are being supported:

STS-92/3A (Post flight through the end of December 10/11/00 Launch Date)
STS-97/4A (Launch Date: November 30, 2000)
STS-98/5A (Launch Date: February 7, 2001)
STS-102/5A.1 (Launch Date: March 8, 2001)
STS-100/6A (Launch Date: April 19, 2001)
STS-104/7A (Launch Date: July 12, 2001)
STS-105/7A.1 (Launch Date: August 10, 2001) Processing Assistance provided to USA

Technical issue resolution including Yellow Tag Notice & Discrepancy Reports.

Procedure maintenance.

Program and Technical Management (including safety review) for Phase VI Processing Activities

Ref. SA 303
Field Activities

This modification is issued to incorporate the implementation of GSFC HST requirements for thermal vacuum bake-out for eight (8) pairs of EMU Phase VI glove TMGs, part number 0106-812144. These eight pairs of TMGs will undergo the following procedures:

Remove from production just prior to the installation of the 12-volt electrical heater harness.
These TMGs (0106-812107) will be sent to CTSD/JSC. CTSD will perform the thermal vacuum bake-out as a government furnished service. The contractor will ensure that no RTV is added during processing or fabrication subsequent to the bake-out.
CTSD/JSC will return TMGs to ILC Dover for completion of the manufacturing process.
The deliverables to USA shall consist of the following:
Four (4) Class I TMGs (0106-812144)
Four (4) Class I TMGs (Back-up TMGs)(0106-812144)

Ref. CCO 307
Field Activities


The contractor is hereby directed to perform the following efforts in addressing the certification impact to the EMU of allowing bandages, Dermabond, Steri-strips, Bioclusive, and Tegaderm to be applied to the fingers prior to donning the EMU. These items are currently flown as part of the Shuttle Orbiter Medical System (SOMS) but are currently not approved for use within the EMU. The output from this task will be an Engineering Memorandum for flight 7A, documenting the impacts of these items being present in the EMU Vent Loop. An Engineering Memorandum providing full certification rationale will be submitted after 7A.

Ref. SA 326
EVARM Dosimeter Pocket Certification fabrication for the use in EMU

The contractor is directed to certify and fabricate the Extravehicular Activity Radiation Monitor (EVARM) dosimeter pockets, part number SED 13101835, for the Liquid Cooling and Ventilation Garment and Communication Carrier Assembly. These EVARMs shall be used on nine extravehicular activities in the increment number 4 manifest. Specific activities to be accomplished are as follows:

Revise the Interface Control Document, review materials certifications, generate materials usage agreement, review test results, hazard and reliability analysis and write acceptability for multiple use Engineering Memorandum (EMUM).
Generate Failure Mode and Effects Analysis assessments for pockets and EVARM dosimeter integration
Generate Government Certification Approval Request for pockets and add a note to CCA drawing to allow pockets to be added as a field option.
The contractor is also directed to support the following:

Space Station Airlock Test Article test
Support bench reviews
SSRP
SMART reviews
PRCB
Certification of Flight Readiness and Flight Readiness Reviews.

The delivery schedule for the EVARM dosimeter pockets is as follows:

Quantity Class Delivery Date
Thirty (30) Class I pockets 09-07-01
Fifteen (15) Class III pockets 09-07-01
Fifteen (15) Class III pockets 09-07-01

Ref.: SA 343
Plasma Contractor Unit (PCU)

A. The contractor is directed to determine the catastrophic and critical effects of plasm discharge on the EMU during EVAs in the event of Space Station PCU failure. The contractor will assess for:

Direct electrical injury to the crewmember caused by sneak circuit through EMU Battery/Biomed/EMU Electrical System.
EMU susceptibility to plasma discharge from Corona affect of O2 leakage or sublimator H2O.
Damage to EMU electrical components resulting from exposure to arc discharge.
Evaluate critical effects of molten aluminum in contact with EMU suit materials.
Assess potential impact of internal suit arcing (effect on bladder, CP).

B. The contractor is further directed to perform initial development activities for EMU/ EVA crewmember protection against Plasma arcing, which shall include the following activities:

Requirements Generation
Design Concept / Prototyping
Design Reviews

The efforts associated with activities (a) through (c) include travel for one initial, coordination meeting and up to two design meetings at JSC.

The contractor is directed to conduct formal sample testing with ISS/EMU consensus on the test plan and interpretation of the results and continue to participate in the weekly PCU Technical Team meeting. MSFC Testing Support will be provided to HSSSI as a Government provided service. No costs are included in this PPDO for MSFC support. Activities are as follows:

Provide reliability assistance and analysis of the PCU Report
Prepare Test Plan for EMU sample material and support MSFC testing.
Prepare Test Plan for EMU Accessory Materials (ERCA, SAFER, REBA, etc)
Reconcile Plan with MSFC
Reconcile Plan with PCU Tiger Team
Reconcile Plan with NASA EC5/XA/S&MA
Support MSFC EMU Material Plasma tests
Prepare Quick Look test report(s).
Prepare analysis of Test result/prepare HS recommendations for results
Reconcile with EMU Program
Prepare Test Report/presentation for EC5, XA and S&MA
Document results in EMUM
Travel: 3 trips to MSFC [one(1) person, one (1) trip for two (2) weeks, two (2) trips for one (1) week.]

DELIVERABLES

EMUMS to be submitted to XA on or before January 31, 2001, which address the following topics:

Ignition of suit oxygen atmosphere.
Molten Aluminum contact with suit materials causing catastrophic damage.
Affect of –140V electrical discharge arcing on SSA materials.
Electrical issues summary memorandum(s).
Ground rules and requirements associated with the EMU.
Cost, schedule, technical trade-off of insulation options with recommendation (presentation at JSC).
Prototype/mock-ups of insulating concepts.
Feasibility/concept review meeting- TBD

Ref.: SA 345

The contractor is directed to certify and implement the new configuration Disposable In-suit Drink Bag (DIDB). Certification will be accomplished by analysis of confidence test data for the new configuration, which will be generated and submitted to CTSD for approval prior to confidence testing.

Ref. SA 414
CCBD H6830R3 – IMPLEMENTATION OF THE NEW EEH CONFIGURATION
2.2.1 Field Activities

The Contractor is directed to review the certification of EVA cables and CCEM pigtails and generate an Acceptability for Use EMUM covering the use of these items in the EMU. This effort includes analysis by Materials, Systems, and Design to provide rationale for use within the EMU vent loop. The EMUM will be released NTL 13 days after receipt of all certification paperwork and supporting documents.



2.2.2. EVA Preflight and Real-Time Mission Support
The contractor shall provide preflight and real-time support for simulations and flight. Such support shall encompass plant as well as field facilities and will include a presentation by the contractor at the Flight Readiness Reviews (FRR) of a contractor-prepared FRR package. For missions without scheduled EVA, deviations to the real-time support baseline plan may be documented by letter to the Contracting Officer. During EVA, scheduled or unscheduled, the contractor shall be prepared to support tests and evaluations involving the use of training or flight hardware, and shall provide engineering expertise at the plant, in the field at JSC, and at major subcontractor sites during EVA missions.

2.2.3. Special Studies
Special Studies shall comprise necessary analyses and evaluations, including prototype hardware, which are required to improve safety, increase functionality, enhance cost effectiveness or provide specialized information aiding in the utilization of the EMU under various conditions. Special Studies will be directed by NASA. The contractor shall complete a report documenting the results of each special study accomplished using a contractor generated format.

2.2.4. Special Testing
Special testing shall be performed for purposes of expanding performance envelopes of EMU components; exploring off-nominal conditions; evaluating alternate concepts or designs; and performing special interface evaluations with other EVA-related systems. Reports covering the results of such activities will be prepared and submitted in accordance with Data Requirement Description No. 17.

2.2.5. Supplier Supportability / Obsolescence
As directed, the contractor shall identify an acceptable alternate supplier and recertify alternate supplier and the affected EMU hardware. If redesign is required, the contractor shall, as directed, redesign the affected hardware and certify alternate supplier.

As directed, the contractor shall resolve hardware, materials, components, and process obsolescence issues which may result in the loss of EMU production, repair, and failure analysis capabilities based upon an EMU Program life projected through December 31, 2020.

As directed, the contractor shall certify replacement materials and/or processes with respect to ODS phase-out as referenced in paragraph 4.5.2. identified under 4.2 and 4.3.

2.3 EMU Enhancements
The contractor shall provide the necessary resources and carry out performance, process, technical, cost reductions and safety related enhancements to the EMU. EMU enhancements shall be based upon the following objectives which are not in order of importance:

Increase EMU protection from harmful radiation.

Decrease up and down weight; reduce operations costs, both on-orbit and on the ground; reduce sparing; decrease production costs.

Increase the operational envelope in terms of EVA duration and the ability to sustain thermal extremes outside the current envelope of performance.

Ability to sustain lower and higher metabolic rates.

Increase safety both on the ground and in orbit by making design improvements which increase operating margins and safety factors.

Improve EMU robustness and resistance to damage from interfacing systems and equipment.

Extend EMU maintenance and refurbishment intervals.

Improve glove fit and mobility; assure cost-effective, on-orbit replacement of high-wear glove components; maintain or improve hot and cold thermal protection; and reduce fabrication costs.

Increase in micrometeoroid / orbital debris protection so as to provide a probability of no penetration (PNP) greater than the current capability of the EMU.
Reduce on-orbit EVA preparation and post EVA operations time.


SA 378
H7044R3 ECWS

The Contractor is directed to perform the certification and production of the Enhanced Caution and Warning System (ECWS) P/N SV827600-1 and the Item 156 Electrical Harness. This effort is to support replacement of current CWS inventory that is to will begin to expireation in June of 2003. Also, the contractor is directed to perform a Certification Serial Data Transfer Test.





2.4. Anomaly Analysis
The contractor shall provide necessary resources and carry out anomaly analyses and corrective action determination for hardware which fails to meet performance requirements, including useful life. This task shall determine cause of failure; determine corrective action to prevent recurrence; identify mission impact and rationale for flight, if applicable; and recommend disposition of affected items.
Anomaly analysis shall proceed immediately upon receipt of a failed item and shall be carried out in accordance with Data Requirement Description No. 18.

3.0 Hardware

3.1 Hardware Provisioning
The contractor shall provide the resources required to carry out the fabrication, assembly, acceptance testing, and production of flight and training hardware. Hardware provisioning shall include EMU hardware and other EVA related hardware, and materials of certified design for the purpose of increasing EMU hardware inventories to meet Shuttle and ISS manifests; production of enhanced and/or replacement items; and retrofit kit production for maintaining a Probability of Sufficiency (POS) as discussed in Paragraph 4.4 PPS. The exact configuration of each item, as depicted by the dashed part number, shall be the latest certified configuration, unless otherwise approved by NASA.

Provisioned EMU Hardware is delineated under Section J-8 - EMU Hardware Provisioning List which is hereby incorporated into the Statement of Work.




Ref. SA 5
3.1.1 HARDWARE PROVISIONING

The contractor is directed to add an additional fabric piece to the IDB Restraint Strap on the Planar HUT to eliminate peel failure mode and the contractor is to provide retrofit kits for existing units.

Ref. SA 84
3.1.2
The contractor shall design, certify, and implement the EMU SSA Extra Short Lower Arm Assembly. The Extra Short Lower Arm Assembly will use the existing Size 01 Power Harness. The contractor will produce 8 pairs of the Extra Short Lower Arm Assemblies (3 training and 5 flight pairs). Delivery of the first training pair will be by 3/31/99 and the delivery of the first two flight pairs by 9/15/99. The remaining five pairs will be delivered by 11/15/99.

Certification closure date by 7/15/99.

Ref. SA 96
3.1.3 EMU SSA Phase VI Glove Production
The contractor shall produce and deliver fourteen (14) pair of Phase VI Gloves as directed by NASA Technical Direction in FY 99. These fourteen (14) pair of Phase VI Gloves are intended to provide flight and back-up Gloves for EVA crewmembers through flight 4A. Size definition of these Gloves will be provided via Technical Direction by the NASA EMU Contract Technical Manager.

Delivery shall be 5 months after receipt of technical direction.

Ref. SA 209
The Contractor is directed to incorporate the following configuration changes into ten (10) pairs of Phase VI Gloves:

Install teflon liner into bladder, flocking of bladder to flange, and turn restraint flange seam allowance away from bladder.
Revise the whipstitching method used for ORU bracket attachment, apply a second coat of edgelocking to three high wear seams, transition of index finger base panel seam allowance from 5/32" to 7/32", and revise manufacturing process to improve bladder anchor tape bond strength consistency.
Modify the Predelivery Delivery Acceptance document to remove Manned Pressurized Time from gloves upon delivery and to exclude TMGs from break-in cycling.
Modify Acceptance Data Package to document that the six-hour break-in requirement is satisfied prior to delivery and the start of Manned Pressurized Time tracking.

Ref. SA 184
The contractor shall incorporate the 12 Volt electrical system into two (2) pair of Phase VI Gloves to support flight 4A. The remaining twelve (12) pair of Phase VI Gloves will be delivered with 3 Volt electronics. (The above 14 pairs of gloves were directed under SA 96.)

Ref. SA 97
3.1.4 Additional EMU SSA Phase VI Glove Customizations
The contractor shall increase the inventory by adding six (6) additional customizations. Direction to perform these six (6) glove customizations will be provided by NASA Technical Direction in FY 99.
Delivery shall be 9 months after receipt of technical direction.

Ref. SA 184
The contractor shall incorporate the 12 Volt electrical system into (6) pairs of the Class III customization Gloves to meet training requirements. (The above (6) pairs of gloves were directed under SA 97.)

Ref. SA 210
The Contractor is directed to incorporate the following configuration changes into six (6) pairs of Phase VI Customization Gloves:

Install teflon liner into bladder, flocking of bladder to flange, and turn restraint flange seam allowance away from bladder.
Revise the whipstitching method used for ORU bracket attachment, apply a second coat of edgelocking to three high wear seams, transition of index finger base panel seam allowance from 5/32" to 7/32", and revise manufacturing process to improve bladder anchor tape bond strength consistency.
Modify the Predelivery Delivery Acceptance document to remove Manned Pressurized Time from gloves upon delivery and to exclude TMGs from break-in cycling.
Modify Acceptance Data Package to document that the six-hour break-in requirement is satisfied prior to delivery and the start of Manned Pressurized Time tracking.

Ref. SA 104
3.1.5
The contractor shall incorporate the new wrist tether strap into the RPHG Assembly design, through an engineering change. The wrist tether strap part number shall be 0106-811-664-01. The contractor shall also produce 50 (25 pairs) of flight wrist tether straps to be used to retrofit any 4000 series and RPHG gloves which, are being prepared for flights in the effectivity range of STS-96, including associated pre-flight activities.

Certification closure by 5/6/99.
Delivery of flight wrist tether straps will be by May 7, 1999.

Ref. SA 106
3.1.6
The contractor shall have United Space Alliance (USA) ship the glove subject TMGs (S/N 108 only) to ILC Dover for installation of heaters. The contractor shall also have ILC Dover install heaters into these 4750 glove TMGs for crewmember Bursch in order to support SESL run in February 1999. The subject TMGs are of the heated configuration, with no heaters currently installed. The TMGs shall be delivered, to the field with heaters installed, by February 19, 1999.

Ref. SA 108
3.1.7
The contractor shall produce the following SSA components required to increase the inventory in order to meet the increased level of NBL training requirements for HST.

Component Part Number Size Qty Units Del. Date

Helmet less CPV 0105-10005-10 1 ea 1/31/00
WETF EVVA 9843-02 1 ea 1/31/00
Dual Seal Scye Bearing 10134-02 w/23456 1 pr 1/31/00
Dual Seal Arm Bearing 10209-03 1 pr 1/31/00
Enhanced Leg Assembly 0104-210575-06 4 01 1 pr 3/10/00
Ref. SA 108 R1
Enhanced Boot 0104-201895-2115/2216 Large 1 pr 4/30/00
Ref. SA 108 R1
Enhanced Boot 0104-201895-2115/2216 Large 1 pr 5/31/00
Ref. SA 108 R1
LCVG Garment Assembly 0107-84029-22 02 1 ea 4/30/00*
LCVG Garment Assembly 0107-84029-22 05 1 ea 7/31/00*
*Delivery Dates are contingent upon acceptable tubing material replacement.

All components except the WETF EVVA will be delivered as Class 1 hardware and USA is to downgrade as needed to supplement the training inventory. Components will be manufactured using the new bladder cloth P/N ST12N3555-05 where applicable.

Ref. SA 110
3.1.8

The contractor shall produce the following SSA components required to increase the inventory in order to meet the increased level of ISS training requirements.

ComponentPart NumberSizeQtyUnitsDelivery DateHelmet less CPV0105-10005-101ea1/31/00WETF EVVA9843-021ea1/31/00Enhanced Upper Arm Assembly0103-29985-04XL1pr12/23/99Enhanced Lower Arm Assembly0103-210152-13/14O11pr12/12/99
Ref. SA 110 R1Enhanced Lower Arm Assembly0103-210152-13/14O21pr12/23/00Enhanced Lower Arm Assembly0103-210152-13/14O31pr1/31/00Enhanced Lower Arm Assembly0103-210152-13/14O41pr2/25/00
Ref. SA 110 R1Waist Restraint & Bladder 0104-810605-05 16XS161ea3/31/00Waist TMG0104-84905-05-0416XS161ea3/31/00Body Seal Closure9787-0716"1ea1/31/00Enhanced Brief Assembly0104-810598-0616"1ea3/7/00Enhanced Leg Assembly0104-210575-0406 (Ref. SA 110 R4)O21pr3/31/00Enhanced Leg Assembly0104-210575-06(Ref. SA 110 R4)4O31pr4/3/00Enhanced Leg Assembly0104-210575-06(Ref. SA 110 R4)4O41pr4/14/00Enhanced Boot 0104-201895-2115/2216 (Ref. SA 110R4)Large1pr6/30/00Boot Sizing Inserts 0104-212080-05/06SS1pr2/5/00Boot Sizing Inserts 0104-212080-05/06SM1pr2/18/00Boot Sizing Inserts 0104-212080-05/06SL1pr2/26/00Boot Sizing Inserts 0104-212080-07/08LS1pr3/7/00Boot Sizing Inserts 0104-212080-07/08LM1pr3/17/00Boot Sizing Inserts 0104-212080-07/08LL1pr3/29/00LCVG Garment Assembly0107-84029-2203TML2ea5/31/00*LCVG Garment Assembly0107-84029-2204MS1ea6/30/00*BLVD0107-81057-35/3602XS1pr1/31/00BLVD0107-81057-35/3603S1pr2/10/00BLVD0107-81057-35/3604M1pr2/29/00BLVD0107-81057-35/3605L1pr2/29/00*Dates are contingent upon acceptable tubing material replacement.

All the above components except the WETF EVVA will be delivered as Class I and USA is to downgrade as needed to supplement the training inventory. Components will be manufactured using the new bladder cloth P/N ST12N3555-05 where applicable.

Ref. SA 111
3.1.9
The contractor shall fabricate and deliver the following flight hardware to USA for use on ISS Flights 2A.1 (STS-96), 2A.2 (STS-101) and 3A (STS-92):

Description Quantity Delivery Date

SSAPH Electrical Assemblies 4 EA 2/12/99
SSAPH Electrical Assemblies 3 EA 5/7/99
SSAPH Electrical Assemblies 3 EA 7/30/99
(Ref. SA 165)
SSAPH Electrical Assemblies 3 EA 11/22/99

AHG Battery Assemblies 20 EA 2/12/99
AHG Battery Assemblies 20 EA 5/7/99
AHG Battery Assemblies 20 EA 7/30/99
(Ref. SA 165)
AHG Battery Assemblies 20 EA 11/22/99


Ref. SA 113
3.1.10
The Contractor shall process hardware to support two (2) primary crew members on STS-93 in accordance with the standard list of SSP EMU hardware baselined for non- EVA flights per CCBD H6756FR2.

Ref. SA 116
3.1.11
The contractor is authorized to incorporate the 16-S-16 Waist TMG on the 16-XSF-16 Waist Restraint/Bladder Assembly.

Certification Closure by 4/16/99

Ref. SA 117
3.1.12
The contractor is authorized to revise the Boot TMG installation procedure for delivery by 4/26/99.

Ref. SA 125
3.1.13

The contractor is authorized to perform the acceptance testing and final processing of 18 Item 141 enhanced Gas Traps P/N SV805257-1, with 11 units in FY'99 and 7 units in FY '00. The current retrofit kits do not contain the necessary details to allow the life of the Item 141 to be extended beyond its 15 year useful life. New lower housings and covers have been procured which, when incorporated with the retrofit kits will essentially create new build Gas Traps with a 15 year useful life. The assembly of details is to be completed per the USA/FCE contract NAS 9-20000, under the original task to assemble the retrofit kits. Testing required for all new builds will be completed under the EMU contract NAS 9-97150. The first delivery shall be by 2/12/99.

Ref. SA 127
3.1.14

The contractor is authorized to implement necessary modifications to the entire LCVG fleet for use with the Phase VI Gloves, including certification by analysis/similarity (the exact same LCVG configuration will be used when certifying the Phase VI Gloves). The use of mini-vent ducts will also be mandated to prevent abrasion of the Phase VI Gloves. ILC shall fabricate 148 pairs each of teflon cuffs and Gore-Tex thumb donning loops which will be delivered for installation by USA. For STS-96 only, incorporation of the LCVG modifications will be accomplished by single mission certification with an acceptability for use memo addressing the 4000 Series Gloves. Delivery of a minimum of twelve (12) LCVG modification kits shall be on or before 3/10/99. Of these twelve (12) kits, four (4) will be used for flight hardware and eight (8) will be training units. A minimum of eighteen (18) additional LCVG modification kits shall be delivered on or before 5/7/99. All remaining modification kits shall be delivered on or before 10/11/99. Both single mission certification and the acceptability for use memo for the 4000 series Gloves need to be finalized by 3/9/99.

Certification Closure by 5/6/99.

Ref. SA 212
EMU SSA LCVG FLEET MODIFICATIONS DUE TO PHASE VI GLOVE ABRASION

The Contractor is directed to revise the configuration of the LCVG by deleting the Teflon cuff and keeping the Gore-Tex thumb donning loops. Also, the Contractor shall modify the attachment method of the Gore-Tex donning loop to the LCVG. Flight authorization for STS-92, 97 and 101 will be obtained via Type "A" TPS and Acceptability for Use Memo prior to certification.

Certification Closure date by 2/25/00


Ref. SA 136

3.1.15

The contractor is authorized to extend single mission certification of the Phase VI glove for all flights until full certification is completed. The contractor is also authorized to replan the Phase VI glove certification program with single mission certification for all flights by 3/20/99 with full certification by 11/4/99.

(Ref. SA 142)
3.1.16

The contractor is directed to revise the arm position in the design in accordance with crew comments after evaluations of the prototype X-Large HUT.

The following are deliverables:

Description Part Number Quantity Delivery Date
HUT 0102-110102-XX 7 ea 11/1/00

Ref. SA 155
3.1.17

The contractor is directed to fabricate and deliver the following:

Description Quantity Part Number Delivery Date

4750 TMGS 1 pr 0106-211768 6/25/99 (for use on STS-99)


Also the contractor is directed to modify and deliver the following:

Description Quantity Part Number Delivery Date

4750 TMGs 2 pr* 0106-211768 9/3/99 (for use on STS-101)

* 1 pair modified from 0106-811211 to 0106-211768
1 pair modified from 0106-811852 to 0106-211768

Ref. SA 176
3.1.18

The contractor shall retain the Limited Life constraint on the LCVG that requires a preflight inspection on the teflon cuffs. The certification status shall be reactivated for the previously certified LCVG with Biomed Assembly SED 13101526-303 configuration (without teflon cuffs) for use with the 4000 Series Gloves as necessary. STS-93 shall also be included in the flight effectivity.


Ref. SA 179
3.1.19

The contractor shall incorporate non-heat treated Spring Plungers into the Adjustable Leg Bracket Assembly. These new spring plunger components will be made of a non-heated material, which will allow actuation of the plunger in the Adjustable Leg Bracket Assembly. The fleet will be retrofitted via a Mod Kit. Incorporation of the Mod Kit will roll the Leg Assembly dash number, but not the LTA level dash number. Delivery of the Spring Plungers as follows:
REF. SA 239
3.1.19 EMU SSA Spring Plungers for Adjustable

The Contractor is directed to incorporate a redesigned swivel pin into the Adjustable Leg Bracket Assembly. The items below will be incorporated via a modification kit.


Qty to FCE-EVA Balance to Qty to Qty to
Spring for STS-98 by FCE-EVA CTSD ILC Dover
Plungers by 3/29/00 by 5/9/00 by 5/9/00 by 5/9/00 Total
0104-210826 (Small) 48 ea. 368 ea. 72 ea. 36 ea. 524
0104-210827 (Large) 48 ea. 368 ea. 72 ea. 36 ea. 524
0104-212700 (Swivel Pin) 48 ea. 368 ea. 72 ea. 36 ea. 524

Certification by 3/24/00

DELETE per SA 239 Qty to FCE-EVA Balance to Qty to Qty to
Spring for STS-98 by FCE-EVA CTSD ILC Dover
Plungers by 3/20/00 by 4/28/00 by 4/28/00 by 4/28/00 Total
0104-210826 (Small) 48 ea 368 ea 72 ea 36 ea 524
0104-210827 (Large) 48 ea 368 ea 72 ea 36 ea 524

Certification Closure by 3/17/00.
Ref. SA 235
3.1.20 EMU/LSS: DCM Potentiometer Replacement

The Contractor is directed to procure twelve (12) pairs of DCM Potentiometers P/N SV767784-2 & SV767785-2 by 12/31/00, to maintain a sufficient number of spares in stores to support future refurbishment of DCMs with the latest configuration potentiometers.

Ref. SA 249
3.1.21 EMU/LSS: CWS Redesign Effort

The contractor is hereby directed to perform preliminary design of a Caution and Warning System (CWS), which shall include:


PRELIMINARY DESIGN PRIMARYACTIVITIES: (The primary activities listed below shall include, but not be limited to, the sub-level details specified in the CWS Design Activity (Baseline Schedule) of CCDB 7044.)

1. System Level Design Definition

2. Design Mother Board

3. Design CPU Board (First Board to Build in Sequence)

Design Analog Board

5. Design Digital Board

Design I/O Board

EMI Effort

8. I-156 Redesign

9. Software Requirements

Integrated Box Level Testing

EEE Parts Requirements

Program Administration/Miscellaneous

Update PDR Documents

Conduct PDR: The Preliminary Design Review (PDR) shall be conducted on or before October 31, 2000 in accordance with Data Requirements List (DRL) 42.

CCO 296
CWS Redesign Effort

The contractor is directed to initiate the redesign of the Enhanced Caution Warning System (CWS P/N SV827600-1). A critical design review (CDR) shall be presented on or before January 31, 2002. The design effort shall begin with the completion of the CWS Preliminary Design Review directed via the base CCBD (ref SA 249).


Ref: CCO 300 – Phase VI Glove Heater Redesign

1. Due to the Phase VI Glove heater damage from the present 12V heater system (reference RDR J-EMU-106-020), the contractor is directed to develop and certify for single mission use a 12V Phase VI Glove heater system redesign as part of a short term corrective action. In an effort to support flight STS-100/6A and subsequent flights requirements, the contractor is hereby authorized to complete the following tasks no later than March 31, 2001.

Develop a 12V heater system redesign that will meet the operational temperature requirements of the Phase VI Glove and PLSS
Define the packaging arrangement that will be used within the EMU
Perform fit-checks of the redesign in the Pivoted, Non-ORU and ORU HUT’s
TRR
Perform manned and unmanned 2 foot chamber testing at NASA JSC
Design review at NASA JSC
Provide Status Report (EMUM) to NASA XA on or before March 31, 2001.

SA 377
N=12, CCO 270 and revisions H7067

The Contractor is directed to procure LSS Hardware to replace expiring LSS inventory and continue planned maintenance of LSS Hardware that can be life extended through refurbishment.

The Contractor shall perform the following tasks: track and provide schedules for deliveries identified, coordination with USA (current review of the certification cycle model, plans for waiver/certification changes, and long term logistic planning), a 20-30 year Life Extension Fleet Leader Evaluation on Items 100(Primary Life Support Subsystem) /131(Primary Water Tanks), define appropriate logistical parameters to support N=12 and a certification cycle model update, provide technical findings and recommendations to waive LSS components (Items 100, 120, 125, 127/128, 134, 135, 137,142, 143, 145, 131, 148 and 162), evaluate acceptability for life extension for Item 111 (Primary Oxygen Bottle) and Item 210 (Secondary Oxygen Bottle) including coordination of a DOT exemption and evaluate maintenance and on-orbit life for all EMU LSS components to 2 years and beyond (less nominal ground processing time).

The contractor shall provide for the development, certification, and delivery of the I-153, Caution and Warning Harness. The redesign effort will provide for changes to the bracketry of the PLSS and one additional connector. Also, a concept, preliminary, and critical design reviews will be held. The certification of the harness will include presentations to the SMART and SSRP.

The contractor shall provide for the development, certification, and delivery of the I-425, SCU Electrical Harness. The redesign effort will provide for an additional power and return line. Also, a concept design review will be held. The certification of the harness will include presentations to the SMART and SSRP, as necessary.



Deliverables for the above effort:

Fleet Leader Report for items 100/131 shall be delivered on or before 7/31/02.
EMUM to define logistical parameters and certification cycle model update shall be delivered on or before 2/04/02.
EMUM to identify technical findings and recommendations for waivers of LSS components, identified above, shall be delivered on or before 4/31/02 for Items 100, 120, 125, 127/128, 134, 135, 137,142, 143, 145 and 6/30/02 for Items 131, 148 and 162. (Recommendation shall include a feasibility assessment for updating the certification vs. utilizing waivers).
EMUM with acceptability rationale to life extend Items 111 and 210 shall be delivered on or before 6/30/02.
EMUM with acceptability rationale for extension at maintenance and on-orbit life for all EMU LSS components to 2 years and beyond shall be delivered on or before 4/30/02.
Provide an EMUM with a feasibility assessment and ROM for extending the life for all EMU LSS components to a minimum of 3 years shall be delivered on or before 8/31/02.
Item 153, Concept Review on or before 3/30/02 / Preliminary Design Review on or before 7/30/02 / Critical Design Review on or before 10/30/02 (OPTION 2) / Certification (including SMART/SSRP approval) on or before 12/31/03 (OPTION 2)
Item 425, Mini Design Review per telecon on or before 4/9/02 / Certification (including SMART/SSRP approval) on or before 9/30/02


3.2 Hardware Refurbishment
The contractor shall perform refurbishment operations on EMU hardware in order to extend the service life of EMU hardware. This hardware will be returned either from NASA or the Flight Equipment Processing Contractor (FEPC). Refurbishment will include the effort required to return the hardware to its original specification and include upgrading if mandated by an approved engineering change order. The contractor shall develop procedures, drawings, and directives for NASA approval / concurrence. This data will clearly define the repair activities for items requiring refurbishment.

Items returned by NASA or the Flight Equipment Processing Contractor (FEPC) for refurbishment shall be processed according to the EMU Limited Life List Data Requirement Description No. 19, latest edition, or according to life extension directives via approved engineering change order.

All hardware subject to refurbishment operations shall be processed so as to be returned to NASA or the Flight Equipment Processing Contractor (FEPC) in accordance with the current authorized production configuration, or configuration authorized for that particular serial number item in accordance with the latest Master Authorized Change Record (MACR) - reference Data Requirement Description No. 20.

EMU hardware refurbishment is delineated under Section J-7 - EMU Hardware Refurbishment Quantities and Delivery Schedule List which is hereby incorporated into the Statement of Work.

Ref. SA 65
3.2.1
The contractor shall perform Space Station thermal certification for the EMU for all flights by 7/31/98. Certifications are based receipt of on NASA definition of the Russian FGB-E-field by 6/15/98 and NASA definition of the system level thermal requirements, Phase VI Glove requirements, and suit touch requirements, by 7/15/98. The form of the thermal inputs is per Attachments 1 and 2. This effort provides two single-mission electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) certifications for ISS flight 2A by 7/1/98 and ISS flight 2A.1 by 9/17/98. Deliverables are: an EMU EMUM for flight 2A by 7/1/98, an EMC EMUM for flight 2A.1 by 9/17/98 and a Thermal EMUM for Space Station by 7/31/98.

The contractor shall revise the requirements in affected specifications and S/ADs to reflect these changes under existing direction contained in CCO 1 to the EMU Contract NAS9-97150.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CD/DR: TITLE:
H6823 FULL ISS THERMAL ENVIRONMENT CERTIFICATION
AND EMC CERTIFICATION FOR ISS ASSEMBLY FLIGHTS 2A AND 2A.1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CEI Description S/AD Part II (Specification) Number
PLSS Baseline, Planar, ORU Planar SV799100/2
SOP SV799045/2
DCM 2000 Series, Planar, ORU Planar SV792294/2
EEH SV767690/2
CCC 2000 Series SV792600/2
Battery 1000 Series SV767789/2
Battery 2000 Series SV819600/2

ILC S/AD Part II (Specification) Number
CCA 0101-10001
HUT Pivoted 0102-10002
HUT Planar 0102-110102
Arm Enhanced 0103-110103
Arm Enhanced/Heated 0103-110203
LTA Enhanced 0104-110104
Helmet 0105-10005
Gloves 4000 Series 0106-19010
Gloves Phase VI 0106-110106
Gloves RPHG 0106-111723
LCVG 0107-10007
EVVA 0108-10008
IDB Reusable 0110-10010
IDB Disposable 0110-110110
Cable SSAPH, SEMU Heated Glove 0800-111983

Ref. SA 83
3.2.2
The contractor shall revise the DCM delivery sequence and add effort to retrofit the remaining DCM Electronic Assemblies (I-350) S/Ns 2009, 2016, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2014, and 2007. The additional effort shall include reworking the DCM housings by enlarging the EVA center hole, performing as-received inspection/testing of DCM Electronic Assemblies, and procuring 20 new LCD lens to support the remaining LCD Module retrofits. Delivery of the 20 new lens shall be on or before 9/30/98. Delivery of the current DCM S/N 2009 shall be on or before 9/17/98.

Ref. SA 188
3.2.2 Item 386 DCM Wiring and Electronic Assemblies
The Contractor shall manufacture and deliver seven (7) Item 386 DCM Internal Wiring Assemblies for incorporation into refurbished DCMs in accordance with the DCM retrofit schedule below and in Section J-13, IX DCM Retrofit (Tri-Metal Gold). In addition, the contractor shall refurbish five (5) DCM Electronic Assemblies, which will be incorporated into refurbished DCMs in accordance with this DCM retrofit schedule. One (1) of the seven (7) Item 386 Internal Wiring Assembly will be provided by the contractor to support the refurbishment of DCM 2005 which will be refurbished under the contract Fleet Leader Refurbishment Program.

GFE
Serial No. Receipt Ship Date
2002 09/01/00 12/21/00

The following are GFE items (in bonded stores here at H.S.)required to support DCM deliveries:

Item Part Number Quantity
360 SV767784 4
361 SV767785 4
362 SV826125-1 2
364 SV823136-1 7
365 SV767794-2 5
366 SV771887-3 and/or SV813931 6
367 SV767795-3 7
368 SV767792-2 5


Ref. SA 107
3.2.3
The contractor shall changeout the Vent Flow Housing (VVFH) on the PLSSs which reach their 15 year useful life expiration through 2001. The nonrecurring and recurring effort is as follows:
Generate the SI by 2/21/99.
Ship two WFHs from HS/WL bond stores by 2/21/99.
Demonstrate SI to field as soon as flight PLSS is available in the field.
Deliver four new WFHs by 12/15/99.
Refurbish 2 WFHs by 6/30/00 and 2 by 3/31/01.

Ref. SA 132
3.2.4

The contractor is authorized to replace the SCU tether hooks from the current configuration of SV771749-200 to SED39119074-305. The -305 hooks utilize a dry film lube coated aluminum plunger, which replaces the stainless steel plunger found on SV771749-200.


Ref. SA 133
3.2.5

The contractor is authorized to replace two (2) Multiple Connector latch screws (part number MS35233-13; 300 series stainless steel 25-100 ksi yield strength) with new longer screws (part number NAS1101E04-6; A286 with 107-160 ksi yield strength). These screws will be replaced in eight (8) SCU Multiple Connectors at KSC and six (6) ESCU Multiple Connectors at USA per Service Instruction SI-EMU-427.

Certification Closure by 3/8/99


Ref. SA 168
3.2.6

The contractor shall make changes to the 02 plunger for the SCU, DCM, and ISS EMU Umbilical (IEU) multiple connectors. Changes are made as follows:

Plunger Retrofit
Previously Assembled New Production Multiple
Item Hardware* Connectors** Total

SCU (S/Ns 1005, 1014, 1016, 1017) 4 14 18
DCM (S/Ns 006, 008, 009, 014, 015) 5 11 16
IEU (S/Ns 1001, 1002) 2 4 6

* Requires disassembly of end item, retrofit, reassembly, PDA testing
** Plungers will be replaced during assembly of multiple connectors at supplier

SCU S/N 1008 delivery date is revised to 10/10/99 and SCU S/N 1011 delivery date is to 11/10/99.
02/H20 Manifold Assembly S/N 010 delivery date is 12/10/99.

Screw Replacement

Previously Assembled New Production Multiple
Item Hardware* Connectors** Total

IEU (S/Ns 1001, 1002) 2 4 6

* Screws will be replaced during retrofit of plunger provided above
** Requires disassembly of IEU multiple connectors
*** These quantities are included in those provided above

GFE – tether hooks, P/N SED39119074-305 required six weeks prior to delivery of SCUs.

SCU/IEU/ESCU Multiple Connector Screw Replacement

The contractor shall replace (27) 300 series stainless steel screws (yield strength 25 ksi min.) in the IEU multiple connector with A286 material (yield strength 107 ksi min.) as follows:

Qty. Existing Part No. Replacement Part No. Length Increase Comments Torque in-lbs

2 MS51959-2 A/L P/N 25963 None Latch, Open Position 3.5-3.0
1 MS16995-17 NAS1352N06-6 None T-Handle Latch Lift 9.7-8.3
2 MS35233-13 NAS1101E04-6 + 0.125 Latch, Closed 7.0-6.0
5 MS35233-13 NAS1101E04-4 None Handle Cover Plates 4.3-5.1
2 MS35233-15 NAS1101E04-8 + 0.125 Bearing Stand 4.3-5.1
4 MS35233-26 NAS1100E06-6 + 0.125 HP 02 Fitting 12.7-10.8
6 MS35233-26 NAS1100E06-6 + 0.125 Cooling H20 12.7-10.8
3 MS35233-26 NAS1100E06-6 + 0.125 Portable H20 12.7-10.8
2 AN505C4-7 A/L P/N 25964 +0.062 Bearing Stand 5.5-6.1

Certification Closure date by 7/10/99

Ref. SA 380
Deferral Mod.
(Reference SA 168, Paragraph 3.2.6, REPLACEMENT OF SCU/IEU/DCM MULTIPLE CONNECTOR 02 POPPETS)

The delivery of (1) SCU and (2) DCM Manifolds

FROM: 9/30/02

TO: (1) DCM Manifold S/N 006 – 9/30/03*
(1) DCM Manifold S/N 008 – 9/30/04**
(1) SCU S/N 1005 – 9/30/04 ** (Ref. SA 204)
3.2.7 Change Dimensions On AAP Support Pin and Pin Bushing Guide

The contractor shall perform a feasibility test. Also the contractor shall provide latch details, upper supports and PLSS support brackets for (9) nine Class I AAPs. Of the above (9) nine AAPs, (2) two AAPs (S/Ns 1014 and 1020)* will be refurbished to incorporate EC 182135-080, upper supports, PLSS support brackets and latch details.

*Delivery of AAPs (S/Ns 1014 and 1020) will be 12 weeks after receipt of AAP at HSSSI.

The contractor shall revise the following documents:
-FMEA/CIL
-S/AD
-FEMU-R-001
-AAP drawings SV772212 Lower Support Pin and SV771998 Bushing Pin Guide
-Limited Life List

Certification Closure by 6/28/00

Ref. SA 229
3.2.8

The Contractor is directed to upgrade the PLSS S/N 1004 from a Class II unit to a Class I unit (Reference JSC System Level Procedure 4/8). Also, the contractor is authorized to overhaul, rework, and repair or replace the PLSS components to bring PLSS 1004 to flight condition.

Delivery of PLSS S/N 1004 (Less ORU TMGs) by 9/30/00

*GFE: The following GFE from USA is required to HSMS for delivery of the PLSS by 9/30/00:

Item Description P/N Required Receipt Date
Item 123Fan Pump SeparaterSV787994July 28, 2000Item 125Pitot Actuated ValveSV769480April 21, 2000Item 134Condensate Water Relief ValveSV769403April 21, 2000Item 135Feedwater Relief ValveSV769404April 21, 2000Item 137Water Shutoff ValveSV767660April 21, 2000Item 146Positive Pressure Relief ValveSV787036July 20, 2000Item 147Negative Pressure Relief ValveSV785927July 20, 2000ORU KitORU Kit With HarnessesSV28202April 21, 2000
Ref. CCO 232
3.2.9.1 Upgrade of PLSS 1001

The contractor is directed to overhaul, rework, repair, or replace PLSS components to bring PLSS 1001 into conformance with ground testing or training in a hazardous environment requirements as defined in JSC System Level Procedure 4.8.

The contractor shall complete an engineering review of the PLSS 1001 which will provide the rationale to upgrade PLSS 1001 to bring it into compliance with “Class II” requirements in accordance with JSC System Level Procedure 4.8. The contractor shall document the review findings and recommendations in the form of an engineering memorandum and submit it to NASA.

This effort is based on use of CRM "Fair Wear and Tear Inspection Criteria", EMU Procedure 023. After completion of the upgrade, PLSS 1001 will be shipped to the Government as an “Overhauled Certification Unit.”

Ref.SA 321
3.2.9.1 Upgrade of PLSS 1001

The contractor is directed to overhaul, rework, repair, or replace PLSS components to bring PLSS 1001 into conformance with ground testing or training in a hazardous environment requirements as defined in JSC System Level Procedure 4.8.

The contractor shall complete an engineering review of the PLSS 1001 which will provide the rationale to upgrade PLSS 1001 to bring it into compliance with “Class II” requirements in accordance with JSC System Level Procedure 4.8. The contractor shall document the review findings and recommendations in the form of an engineering memorandum and submit it to NASA. Also, the contractor shall provide an EMUM supporting that PLSS S/N 1001 is acceptable for crew training and evaluation in thermal vacuum environments for a minimum life of 5 years.

This effort is based on use of CRM "Fair Wear and Tear Inspection Criteria", EMU Procedure 023. After completion of the upgrade, PLSS 1001 will be shipped to the Government as an “Overhauled Certification Unit.” The contractor is directed to use SVP 233 (CRM Process) and SVP197 (Non-Standard Flow of Hardware) to process PLSS 1001 and associated items.

Ref. CCO 232
3.2.9.2 SOP 1020

The contractor shall provide one (1) Fight Class Item 200 Secondary Oxygen Package S/N 1020. As part of this effort, the contractor shall utilize Item 215 (SV823476) of Alternate SOP Pressure Transducer I-215 task for this task.”

3. The deliverables are as follows:

Item Due

PLSS 1001 Class II EMUM 9/17/01

PLSS 1001 (SV26098) 9/17/01
NASA JSC Building 7, Houston, TX

SOP 1020 (SV799045-00-02)* 11/16/01
USA 16850 Buccaneer Lane, Houston, TX

SOP Cover (SV769988-3) 11/16/01
HSSSI Bonded Stores, Windsor Locks, CT

* Part Number to be modified pending incorporation of new Item 215 Pressure Transducer
currently under certification

4. The Following Government Furnished Property will be provided to the contractor:

Item Due Date

PLSS Shipping Container (PK8918)
with shipping fixture (SV767700CT002) 06/29/01

SOP Shipping Container (PK8923)
with shipping fixture (SV767710CT001) 09/14/01

Item 139/140 S/N 019 03/15/00
Item 123 S/N 003 10/02/00
Item 122 IR CO2 Sensor* 10/02/00
Item 113 Cycle Task (under SA 222) 05/17/00
Item 115 Cycle Task July 2000 07/31/00
Item 139/140 Sublimator and Harness Assembly s/n 019 11/30/00
New Item 215 Transducer (SV823476) Task 12/30/00
Item 215 Transducer (SV823476) Bonded Stores
(utilized to build Item 200 SOP S/N 1020)
Item 210 SOP Bottles (2) and Cover Bonded Stores
Items 112, 114, 128, 132, 137, 138 & 171 as required

* Item 122 IR CO2 Sensor will be removed and returned to USA in the event of urgent field need as determined by the NASA


Ref. SA 321
3.2.9.2 SOP 1020

The contractor shall provide one (1) Fight Class Item 200 Secondary Oxygen Package S/N 1020. As part of this effort, the contractor shall utilize Item 215 (SV823476) of Alternate SOP Pressure Transducer I-215 task for this task.”

Deliverable as follows:

SOP Cover (SV769988-3) 11/16/01
HSSSI Bonded Stores, Windsor Locks, CT

Ref. SA 252
3.2.10 Strain Relief on I-498 Cooling and Potable Water Lines

The contractor is directed to modify the ISS EMU Umbilical Cooling and Potable Water Lines by incorporating strain relief at the UCM (Umbilical Connector Manifold) Assembly fitting end.

The following shall be retrofitted and tested:

*Serial Numbers 1001** and 1002** at HSWL for delivery to JSC, Bldg. 7.
*Serial numbers 1003**, 1004**, 1005** and 1006** at JSC/HSMS for
delivery to JSC, Bldg. 7.
*Six (6) Spare Lines at HSWL and will be delivered to EMU Bonded Stores
located at HSWL.

( *Note: GFE is required by 8/10/00 for delivery by 10/22/00.)
(**Note: These items were originally retrofitted for new plungers and screw replacements under SA 168.)

The above retrofits will initiate the first dash number and will be incorporated in all six (6) units prior to the need date for MPLM Stowage at L-5 months prior to STS 100 (6A) provided that GFE is received no later than 8/10/00.

The contractor is further directed to perform the following effort:

Procure and modify Six (6) IEU Handling Cases by 10/18/00 to JSC, Bldg. 7.
Modify three (3) existing IEU shipping containers (Part No. PK8313) by 10/18/00 to JSC, Bldg. 7.
C. Provide Engineering Direction, in memorandum/drawing form, as necessary to define MPLM/ISS packaging configuration requirements.

Summary of Primary Retrofitting Activities: (The primary activities listed below shall include, but not be limited to, the sub-level details specified in the I-498 Water Line Strain Relief and IEU Shipping/Handling Modification Schedule for CCDB 7060.)

Design and Certify Hose Strain Relief on IEUs
Retrofit Strain Relief on 6 IEUs/Test/Ship
Flight/Certify Hardware Deliveries
Define/Implement Improved Shipping & Handling Fixtures
MPLM Stowage Date 6A (L-5)
First Flight (6A) STS-100
IEU SMART Review

For Certification Closure Date by 10/21/00 and hardware delivery by 10/22/00, GFE is required by 8/10/00.

Ref. SA 261
3.2.11 EMU/LSS: EEH J10 Connector/Backshell Redesign

The contractor is hereby directed to redesign the EMU Electrical Harness (EEH) by replacing the existing potted J10 connector assembly with a hermetically sealed connector and conventional backshell. Additionally, an expansion leg is to be designed into the EEH in order to support future capability requirements. The EEH inventory list referenced under contract Section J-6 (Hardware Quantity and Delivery Schedules) is modified as follows:

Performance Period 7:
Description Part Number Item Quantity Classification Delivery Date
EMU Electrical Harness SV822075-00 440 3 Flight 03/01/01(Revised)
EMU Electrical Harness SV822075-00 440 4 Flight 03/28/01(Revised)

Performance Period 8:
Description Part Number Item Quantity Classification Delivery Date
EMU Electrical Harness SV822075-00 440 7 Flight 06/30/01(Revised)

Performance Period 9 (Option Period 1):
Description Part Number Item Quantity Classification Delivery Date
EMU Electrical Harness SV822075-00 440 7 Flight 10/15/01(Revised)
EMU Electrical Harness SV822075-00 440 6 Flight 01/15/02(New)

*Performance Period :
Description Part Number Item Quantity Classification Delivery Date
EMU Electrical Harness SV822075-00 440 **24 Training 30 days after receipt of
available harness for
retrofit (no earlier than
12/01/00, not to exceed
2 retrofit per month.

(*Note: A total of 24 EEHs shall be refurbished throughout Performance Periods 7, 8 and 9.)
(**Note: 1 Training EEH will be fully functional for use with the ORU EMU Mock-Up.)

The contractor is further directed to update the following documents accordingly:

FMEA/CIL
S/AD
FEMU-R-001(revisions shown on pages 3-6 CCBD 6830R1)
OMRSD
ICD-HSD-4-0009-0C-0, EMU/OBS ICD
ICD-HSD-4-0011-0C, CCS/Electronics ICD


Summary of Primary EEH Redesign Activities: [The primary activities listed below shall include, but not be limited to, the sub-level details specified in the EEH Redesigned-(J10 Connector/Backshell/Expansion Leg) schedule for CCBD H6830R1.]

ECO & Document Approval

Implement Training Program (Assembling Connectors)

Pre-certification flex cycling

Conduct Fitchecks with new design hardware

Certification Date is revised to March 1, 2001.


Ref. SA 260
3.2.12 EMU/LSS: Missing Alignment Pin on Sublimator Mounting Flange

The contractor is hereby directed to incorporate a new locating pin design into the sublimator and harness (Item 140-SV805280) per Engineering Change (EC) 182135-414. The purpose of this redesign is to improve the interface between the locating pins and the sublimator thereby preventing the locating pins from becoming dislodged. Incorporation of this engineering change will be effective on all new assemblies and field hardware shall be reworked during life extension refurbishment or other scheduled maintenance to be performed at HSSSI, Windsor Locks, Connecticut.

The contractor is further directed to update the following documents accordingly:

S/AD: Primary Life Support Subsystem
SV799100-14, SV799100-15, SV799100-16.
Other Documents: Sublimator and Harness, EMU, Item
140, SV805280; Sublimator, Porous Plate, EMU, SV805279;
Core and Inserts, Sublimator, SV805278


Certification Date is October 17, 2000.


Ref.: SA 346
CCBD H7105 – Revision of the EMU Limited Life Item List To Require Item I121 Microswitch Replacement at 15 Years

The contractor is to revise the Limited Life Item List, which would require Item 121, Check Valve and Vent Flow Sensor microswitch to be replaced at 15 years. In addition, the FEMU-R-001 will be revised to change the existing IR requirements. The Limited Life Item List, EMU1-19-001 requirement will not be implemented for S/N’s 003, 004, 008, 009 and 019. The contractor will refurbish and deliver S/N’s 008, 009, and 019. S/N’s 003 and 004 will not be refurbished due to their being out of life by 2003 and 2004, respectively. The two year Insulation Resistance (IR) test will continue to be performed on S/N’s 003, 004, 008 009, and 019 to monitor their performance. Failure of the IR test requirements will justify immediate refurbishment with the exception of S/N’s 003 and 004 whose life cycles will end by the years 2003 and 2004 respectively.
An engineering change will be generated to incorporate the addition of a hermetic test to the microswitch top assembly drawing SV771842.

Ref. SA 380
(Reference SA 346, Revision of the EMU Limited Life Item List to Require Item 121 Microswitch Replacement at 15 Years)

The delivery of I-121 (with mircroswitch replacement) S/N 008 is revised:

FROM: 7/31/02 (GFE Required by 1/2002)

TO: 9/30/03* (GFE Required by 2/2003)



3.3 Hardware Rework and Repair
The contractor shall perform rework and repair operations on EMU hardware returned from NASA. Rework and repair will include the effort required to return the hardware to its original specification and include upgrading if mandated by an approved EMU engineering change. The contractor shall develop procedures, drawings, and directives for NASA approval / concurrence. This data will clearly define the repair activities for items requiring repair.

All hardware taking part in rework or repair operations shall be processed so as to be returned to NASA or the Flight Equipment Processing Contractor (FEPC) in accordance with the latest authorized production configuration, or configuration authorized for that particular serial number item in accordance with the latest Master Authorized Change Record (MACR).

Upon receipt of an item for rework or repair the contractor shall automatically proceed with the required activities and simultaneously prepare a cost estimate for the work. Rework and repair costs in excess of $100,000for a single item annually shall result in an equitable adjustment to the contract.

Ref.: SA 277

In an effort to prevent separation of the looptape base cloth located below the Secondary Oxygen Pack (SOP) on the PLSS TMG, the contractor is hereby directed to revise the existing standard repair procedure (SRP) for looptape base cloth. Actions to be completed with this tasking are as follows:

Generate an SRP to re-inforce the looptape base cloth
Incorporate the SRP into the Baseline Maintenance Manual 0111-70024.

The above actions are to be completed no later than April 3, 2001.


Ref.: SA 279
Rework of McArthur Gloves

The contractor is hereby directed to rework a pair of phase VI McArthur gloves, which shall include the following actions:

Build a pair of size 6MA glove bladders
Integrate bladders into existing restraints
Perform the Pre-delivery Acceptance Test (PDA)

In order to expedite the above process, a spare set of size 6MA Class I bladders is authorized to be removed from stores and used in the rework effort. A summary of all deliverables associated with this rework effort is as follows:

Item Quantity Unit Delivery Date

6MA Gloves 1 Pair October 2, 2000

*6MA Bladder 1 Pair December 29, 2000

*Note: This pair of newly manufactured bladders replaces those that were originally removed from stores and used in the rework process.

Ref. SA 329
Secondary Oxygen Pack (SOP) Regulators and assemblies

1. The contractor shall retrofit 13 each SOP Assemblies and 2 each two Shear Plates to conform to SV799045 and SV778540 blue print requirements, respectively, in accordance with the following steps:

( Receive the SOP assemblies from USA/FCE
( Disassemble
( Clean, inspect, and retrofit regulators to conform to blue print requirements
( Remove and clean the SOP O2 bottles
( Clean manifolds and associated SOP details
( Re-assemble the SOP
( Complete PDA testing, inspection, and return of all SOPs, O2 Regulators &
Shear Plates
( Support testing of a PLSS regulator at White Sands and disassembly and
inspection at CTI
( Validate the cleanliness of the balance of the EMU system by sampling and
analysis of four (4) Item 400 SCU Filter and Orifices and two (2) PLSS Primary Oxygen lines

2. The contractor shall define, plan, and establish cold trap characteristics. This activity shall include the following:

Complete initial analysis to characterize cold trap
Search for commercially available devices
Complete initial testing to determine cold traps will mitigate all contamination sources and transport mechanisms
Create and release tooling drawings in accordance with HSSSI SVP 262 “Tool Control Procedure”.
Prepare and present design progress on a daily basis
Acquire, track, and close action items as required
Prepare and present a detailed cold trap design review.
Develop cold trap operating instructions and procedures
Develop and implement cold trap improvements including dual cold traps and thermocouples to enhance cold trap performance.
Conduct additional optimization testing to determine maintenance intervals


Identify a long term plan which may include cryogenic gas supplies, and more
efficient gas sampling methods
Complete product protection analysis in accordance with HSSSI SVP 365
Complete cleanliness verification process in accordance with HSSSI SVHS 15331

Ref. SA 402
Rework and repair Item 123 Fan/Pump/Separators and Item 300 Display and Controls Modules.
3.3 Rework and Repair

The Contractor is directed to Rework and Repair the following items:

Item S/N Description Delivery Date
016 Complete disassembly, replacement of details 12/14/01
including saturated rotor bearings that had previously
been replaced and the seal cup, re-cleaning, re-assembly
and retest.

017 Disassembly, re-cleaning, re-shimming, re-assembly with a 9/30/01
new pitot, inspection and repeat testing.


2002 The replacement of Mode Selector switches, Volume 10/30/01

2007 Control Potentiometers, and Caution and Warning System 3/31/00
switches, re-assembly and re-test .

123 020 Detail replacements, testing, manufacture of new test 2/28/02
equipment.












Ref. SA 405

3.3 Rework and Repair

The Contractor is directed to Rework and Repair the following items:

Item S/N Description of Work Completion Date
I-151 001 Rework and repair of 14 harnesses March 2002
I-151 012 to address backshell clocking in relation
I-152 003 to the master keyway and repair of improper
I-152 006 engagement of teeth between the backshell
I-152 009 and the connector. Also, connectors with
I-152 010 bent or broken grounding fingers shall be
I-152 011 repaired.
I-152 015
I-152 016
I-391 003
I-391 005
I-391 009
I-392 006
I-392 007

Four (4) additional harnesses, including those still on orbit, will require inspection as part of this effort. Completion date is January 2003.
3.4 Pre-delivery Acceptance (PDA) Testing
The contractor shall conduct PDA testing and inspections where required on all EMU hardware provided under the contract. PDA testing is a functional test and inspection to verify that the hardware conforms to the applicable specifications for workmanship, materials and performance as a basis for acceptance. Reference Data Requirement Description No. 21.

3.5 Tooling, Special Test Equipment (STE) and Government-Furnished Property (GFP)
The contractor shall provide and maintain tooling and Special Test Equipment as required to carry out all production tasks. Residual tooling, Special Test Equipment and Government Furnished Property from Contract NAS 9-17873 shall be utilized and maintained to the maximum extent possible. in accordance with contract requirements.

3.6 Transportation, Shipping & Receiving, Warehousing, and Distribution
The contractor shall provide transportation, shipping, receiving, storage, warehousing and distribution services in support of the EMU Program. Transportation services shall include hardware and equipment transportation for routine and contingency operations. Transportation, shipping and receiving performance shall be reported in accordance with the requirements of the Data Requirement Description No.1 and No. 46.

4.0 Assured EMU Availability (AEA) Program
The contractor shall implement and maintain a program which will assure the availability of the EMU to support the Space Shuttle and International Space Station program requirements through hardware life extension programs, implementation of replacement materials and processes as required. Requirements of the AEA Program are as follows:

4.1 Life Extension
The objective of AEA life extension effort shall be to extend the certified life of EMU components to support an EMU Program life through December 31, 2020. The contractor shall perform the following tasks and provide the associated deliverables in order to extend the life of EMU components.

Preparation and submittal of fleet leader evaluation plans, including life-cycle cost analysis, for contractor proposed life extension hardware candidates. These evaluation plans shall be approved by NASA before life extension efforts begin.

Completion of fleet leader tests, teardowns and evaluations as defined by NASA approved evaluation plans.
Preparation and submittal of Fleet Leader Evaluation Reports for NASA approval

d. Completion of fleet leader refurbishments and fleet leader replacements in
accordance with the NASA approved Evaluation Plans.
Update the contract Provisioning Planning System (PPS) and other associated documentation with respect to hardware life limits.

Ref. SA 48
Life extension of the Combination Purge Valve (CPV), including the necessary analysis and Engineering Changes, extending the useful life from 15 to 20 years.

Ref. SA 105
The contractor shall refurbish 4 Coolant Relief Valves (Item 172), with 2 to be delivered by 12/31/98 and 2 to be delivered by 2/28/99. The contractor shall also procure 7 Coolant Relief Valves (Item 172), with 2 to be delivered by 3/31/99, 2 by 6/30/99, 1 by 10/31/99, 1 by 11/30/99 and 1 by 2/28/00.

Ref. SA 138
h. The contractor shall procure 24 Supply and Waste Adapters and Flareless Tube Plugs that are required to support the life extension of the Item 416 Bacteria Filter. The contractor will procure the hardware required to support the Item 416 useful life extension and ship the hardware to United Space Alliance (USA) by 7/31/99 for changeout in the field.
Hardware deliverables required to support Item 416 extension are as follows:

Qty Part Number Item
24 SV787033-1 Supply and Waste Adapters
24 SV789670-1 Flareless Tube Plugs
24 STSV047N904 Preformed Packing
24 STSV047N011 Preformed Packing
96 NAS1190E08T7F Self Locking Screws

Ref. SA 74
(1) The Maintenance Manual (0111-70024) and Limited Life List
(SEMU1-19-001) shall be updated to reflect the material life changes as a result of extending the useful life of the Combination Purge Valve (CPV) from 15 to 20 years.
Certification Closure by: 8/27/98

Ref. SA 196
(i)
The Contractor is directed to certify the Brief Restraint and Bladder Assembly from 229 hours to 458 hours of operational life. Also, the Contractor shall revise the S/AD and Limited Life List for the Brief Restraint and Bladder Assembly from a 229 hour item to a 458 hour item.

Certification Closure by 2/29/00.
Ref. SA 222
(j) Repeat Cycle Test of Item 113 Primary Pressure Control Module Shut Off Valve, Revise Procurement Spec., and Cycle Requirements in PLSS S/AD

The Contractor is directed to perform the following:

Repeat the 20-year cycle testing of the item 113C Shutoff Valve.
Revise the Item 113 procurement specification SVHS9441, to require the replacement of all non-metallics in flight Item 113s each time they are returned to the vendor.
Revise PLSS S/AD SV799100/2 by changing the cycle requirements of Item 113.

As a result of the above change the contractor is directed to revise the following documents:

S/AD PLSS SV799100/2
SVHS9441

Ref.: SA 359
H7184 Item 139/140 Fleet Leader Program Round 3

In an order to extend the certified life beyond 25 years, the contractor is hereby directed to perform Fleet Leader evaluation on the Item 139/140 Sublimator. Evaluation shall include the following:

As-received testing
Disassembly
Material Evaluation
Mechanical Design Analysis
Review of ECs and RDRs

Upon completion of the initial evaluation, the contractor shall generate a Fleet Leader Report that details evaluation findings along with providing refurbishment recommendations for the Item 139/140 Sublimator. After Government review and concurrence with the Fleet Leader Report analysis and recommendations, the contractor shall be authorized to refurbish the Item 139/140 Sublimator. Receipt of GFE(Item 139/140 Sublimator) is required no later than February 18, 2002.

Fleet Leader Report shall be delivered 6 Months after receipt of GFE.

Ref.: SA 365

A. The contractor is directed to perform the Fleet Leader evaluation on the item 171/172, Coolant Isolation Valve Assembly Housing to extend certified life beyond 20 years. Evaluation will include as-received testing, disassembly, materials evaluation, mechanical design analysis, and review of EC’s and RDR’s. After the evaluation, a Fleet Leader Report with a recommendation will be submitted. Also, the contractor is directed to refurbish the Fleet Leader unit (I-171/172 Coolant Isolation Valve Housing). The GFE, one unit, identified above is required to be delivered to HSWL by USA no later than 03/21/02 to support the referenced schedule.

Ref. SA 380
Deferral Mod.
(Reference Baseline Contract, Paragraph 4.1)

The delivery of the Fleet Leader Report / refurbishment of I-136 is revised:

FROM: 9/30/02
TO: 9/30/03*


4.2 Supplier Supportability
The contractor shall monitor and identify the availability of all EMU components, materials or processes from suppliers based upon an EMU Program life projected through December 31, 2020. The contractor’s goal shall be to proactively identify, report potential risks, and recommend corrective action, complete with firm cost and schedule projections, in advance of any programmatic impact. Contractor travel relating to this activity shall be limited to 4 trips annually.

4.3 Technology Obsolescence
The contractor shall identify hardware, components, and process obsolescence issues which could result in the loss of EMU production, repair, and failure analysis capabilities based upon an EMU Program life projected through December 31, 2020. Contractor travel relating to this activity shall be limited to 4 trips annually.

4.4 Provisioning Planning System
The contractor shall implement and maintain an integrated Provisioning Planning System (PPS) which shall be capable of measuring and monitoring the probability of sufficiency (POS) factor of provisioned items to maintain a POS of 80% for flight and training space suit assembly (SSA) items, and 90% for flight life support system (LSS) items and flight and training hard upper torsos (HUT’s). The system shall provide on-line “look-in” capability for both NASA and the Flight Equipment Processing Contractor (FEPC). Item usage data for the PPS will be provided from the Flight Equipment Processing Contractor (FEPC) to the contractor via on-line computer link.

The contractor shall analyze the status of limited life components and predict usage and refurbishment/replacement requirements. The contractor shall identify maintain minimum inventory levels to POS factors as delineated above. Pursuant to this requirement the contractor shall:

a. Perform provisioning inventory analysis to compare projected inventory levels to projected demand on that inventory while utilizing a 6-year minimum planning horizon, or as directed by NASA, while considering usage cycles/times, failure rates, vendor lead times, vendor risk, flight equipment processing contractor factors, obsolescence, and the mission model.

b. Perform analyses to assure the most cost effective method of maintaining inventory levels through the refurbishment or acquisition of provisioned components.

c. Compile and project the impact of the Life Extension Program on provisioned item inventory levels.

d. Provide for the coordination of inventory logistics planning with the Flight Equipment Processing Contractor (FEPC) and/or the Government.

Provide “What If” provisioning data analysis as directed by the NASA technical monitor.

4.5 Environmental, Health, and Safety Compliance
The contractor shall be proactive in protecting the EMU Program from adverse impacts of environmental, health, and safety compliance issues throughout the contract period of performance. The contractor shall be responsible for the implementation of all applicable federal, state, and local environmental requirements and policies, and for the submittal of all required environmental regulatory documents (e.g., permits/permit applications, negotiated agreements, requests for information from/to regulatory agencies).

The contractor shall identify and report potential environmental, health, or safety compliance risks and recommend corrective action in advance of any programmatic impact.

4.5.1 Hazardous Waste
The contractor shall minimize hazardous materials usage. Hazardous materials generated on NASA property in support of the EMU program will be disposed of by the Government. All other hazardous materials disposal shall be the contractor’s responsibility. Reference Data Requirement Description No. 22.

4.5.2 Ozone Depleting Substance (ODS) Phase-out
The contractor shall be proactive in ODS phase-out activities and shall maintain a dialogue with the Government and the aerospace industrial community in defining, implementing and maintaining a program which minimizes the usage of ODS. The contractor shall attempt to identify replacement materials and processes while making maximum use of technologies developed by others. In addition, the contractor shall facilitate the flow of information on ODS replacement activities to the Government and the aerospace industrial community.
5.0 Safety, Mission Assurance, and Product Assurance
The contractor shall develop, provide, and implement a management system which meets the requirements of the ISO 9001, including ANSI/ASQC Q9001-1994 or equivalent.

The contractor shall develop, document, and implement a plan to ensure that all safety and mission assurance (safety, reliability, maintainability, and quality) activities are implemented and are effective in the mitigation of risk for the program, including methods to measure their performance. In addition, the contractor shall ensure that subcontractors implement similar safety and mission assurance plans. The contractor shall develop an approach to risk management which integrates safety, reliability, maintainability, and quality issues and correlates those issues with probability of mission success such that the contractor routinely considers risk in day-to-day decision making.

The contractor shall support Government audit/surveillance of contractor plans, procedures, and processes when deemed necessary by the Government. These audits/surveillance will provide understanding and insight of processes and procedures that have been identified as critical, out of control or have the potential for impact to future launch schedules. Government audits/surveillance will include all disciplines and tasks which are involved in the EMU Program.
5.1 Safety
The contractor shall develop documented and auditable approaches to achieve safe program operations to assure flight safety. The contractor shall provide support to NASA safety review processes including independent program reviews and Flight Readiness Reviews.

All contractor-controlled activities shall be in accordance with 29CFR1910 "Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Standards". The contractor shall review Government Industry Data Exchange Program (GIDEP) Alerts for their applicability to contractor maintained program hardware. For those Alerts having an impact thereto, the contractor shall initiate and disposition a problem report as described in SOW Section 2.4 - Anomaly Analysis. Reference Data Requirement Description No. 23.

Safety Analysis and Hazard Reports shall be submitted in accordance with Data Requirement Description No. 24.

5.1.1 Systems Safety
The contractor shall develop and implement an approach which provides for the identification, elimination, or control of hazards throughout the complete life cycle (design, development, manufacture, test, operations, maintenance, and disposal) of the program. The approach shall include but not be limited to, analytical methods, both quantitative and qualitative as appropriate (e.g., hazard analyses and Critical Item risk assessments), to assess program flight and ground support hardware and software, facilities and facilities systems and facilitate the decision process for risk identification and mitigation; provisions for the program approval, by the appropriate Government interface, of risk associated with hazards and critical items not eliminated by design; and program approval, by the appropriate Government interface, of exceptions, deviations or waivers from safety requirements or other requirements with safety or mission success impact. The approach and results shall be documented by the contractor and auditable by the Government or its designated agent.

Safety Analysis and Hazard Reports shall be submitted in accordance with Data Requirement Description No. 24.

5.1.2 Operations Safety
The contractor shall develop and implement an approach in which testing, flight and ground operations and maintenance activities are assessed for hazards and the process by which NASA and other non-contractor personnel and property will be protected from injury or harm as a result of exposure to these hazards. The approach shall include flight design and procedurally controlled activities. The risk assessment of operations or task performed by persons and equipment and considers (1) the planned system configurations at each phase of activity; (2) the facility interfaces; (3) the planned ground and space environment; (4) the supporting equipment; (5) task sequence; (6) the regulatory safety and health requirements; and (7) the potential for human error. The contractor shall report and investigate accidents resulting in damage to Government property or injuries to NASA or other non-contractor personnel, to include assessments of accident impacts to cost, schedule and mission performance, and remedial and corrective actions performed. The approach shall cover operations both by the contractor and by other Government and non-Government organizations within operational facilities controlled by the contractor. The approach shall include provisions for program approval, by the appropriate Government interface, of risk associated with hazards not eliminated or controlled. The approach and results shall be documented by the contractor and auditable by the Government.

The contractor shall provide summary data on accidents in accordance with Data Requirement Description No. 25.

The contractor shall support the NASA Managed Safety Program for Pressure Vessels and Pressure Systems in accordance with NMI 1710.3, NHB 1700.6, KHB 1710.15, JHB1710, MHB1710.10, & NASA/SSC Operations Procedure 83-1. This support shall be provided in accordance with Data Requirement Descriptions No. 26 and No. 27.

5.2 Mission Assurance
The contractor shall develop and implement a mission assurance approach which will support the objective of ensuring that the Shuttle and ISS programs are provided with reliable hardware, incorporating optimized maintenance features. The approach will include but not be limited to: assessments of reliability and maintainability performance against baseline allocations; preparation, maintenance and control of reliability assessments such as Failure Modes and Effects Analyses (FMEAs), Critical Items Lists (CIL’s), and assessments of materials and parts in support of operational integrity. This approach shall include fight hardware experience and contractor analytical assessments. Reliability assessments shall identify critical items and the operational impacts of hardware failure modes. The approach shall be documented by the contractor and auditable by the Government. The FMEA and CIL documentation shall be prepared in accordance with Data Requirement Description No. 28.

A Reliability And Maintainability Plan shall be submitted in accordance with Data Requirement Description No. 29.

Electrical, Electronic and Electromechanical Parts (EEE) selection, use, test and control shall be conducted in accordance with Data Requirement Description No. 30.

The contractor shall support program development efforts, as required, to develop system reliability, availability and maintainability requirements and assess the designs to assure that the requirements are met.

5.3 Product Assurance
5.3.1 Quality Assurance
The contractor shall develop and implement an approach which describes the establishment and maintenance of a quality management system in accordance with ISO 9001 requirements which includes a formal Materials Review Broad (MRB) review process. This approach shall show continuous and measurable improvement, and shall be documented by the contractor. The field support group, while performing tasks on-site at JSC shall comply with all JSC requirements, including JHB 5335.1. Reference Data Requirement Description No. 31.

5.3.2 Product and Service Quality
The contractor shall collect and compile information derived from empirical data (test results, analysis reports, inspection records, delivery logs, etc.) to demonstrate that the products and services delivered to the Government are in compliance with the requirements and specifications as specified in this contract. The delivery of the compliance information shall be at the request of the Government.

The contractor shall provide and maintain, for those items that the contractor has custody, an Acceptance Data Package in accordance with SN-S-0008 and SN-C-0007 for hardware/software delivery or transfer to the Government. Reference Data Requirement Description No. 32.

The contractor shall provide for the identification, reporting, and elimination/disposition of non-conformances / problems / anomalies/failure analysis in accordance with NSTS 07700 and NSTS 08126; Problem Reporting and Corrective Action (PRACA) requirements, as appropriate, including recording anomalous system performance and material conditions identified, providing rationale for resolution, the remedial action performed, the recurrence control and corrective actions taken to preclude recurrence, and determining the effectiveness of corrective actions. The contractor shall provide access to PRACA documentation, data, databases, analysis, and related information to the Government. The contractor shall create and sustain an open communication with employees and subcontractors to identify, track, and resolve non-conformances / problems/ anomalies including close calls. The contractor shall have a data system that allows the Government real-time access to this problem data. Initially, the contractor shall use the existing PRACA system and may propose improvements to the system unless an alternate system and a transition from PRACA is approved by NASA. The contractor shall provide for appropriate Government insight, into the disposition of non-conformances / problems / anomalies, including notifying the Government of the occurrence and, as appropriate, obtaining Government approval of the disposition as specified in SOW section 1.1.4. The contractor shall initiate (including requesting Government approval) action to change or eliminate requirements that non-conformance data analysis indicates are unreasonable or unnecessary, and to improve or change processes which produce products or services that fail to meet requirements.

5.3.3 Process Quality
The contractor shall identify and plan the production, installation, and servicing processes which directly affect quality, safety, or reliability and shall ensure that these processes are carried out under controlled conditions. Controlled conditions may include but are not limited to; documented procedures, monitoring of suitable process parameters, and use of workmanship standards.

5.4 Waivers or Deviations

All waivers or deviations granted under NAS 9-17873 shall apply to this contract unless superseded by the requirements contained herein. In addition to the requirements stated above, the contractor’s quality assurance program shall comply with the requirements of NASA publication NHB 5300.4 (ID-2), with the following exceptions:

A. Chapter 2

1. Paragraph ID200, part 2 - Delete

2. Paragraph ID200, part 3n - Delete

B. Chapter 3

1. Paragraph ID300, part 2 - Reliability Plan:

Delete the requirements of subparagraph 2b.

C. Chapter 5:

ID503.4c Interrelated Source Inspection Deleted ID503.9e Unified Survey Activities Deleted ID503.10 Coordination of Contractor's Deleted Procurement and Source Inspection and Test ID505.8 Walk Through/Shakedown Inspection Deleted ID505.9 Quality Assurance Designees Deleted ID505.10 Vehicle Access Control Deleted ID505.11 GSE Access Control Deleted ID510 Sampling Plans, Statistical Deleted Planning and Analysis


D.1 LISTING OF CLAUSES INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
NOTICE: The following solicitation provisions and/or contract clauses pertinent to this section are hereby incorporated by reference:
I. Federal Acquisition Regulation (48 CFR Chapter 1) -

No Far By-Reference Clauses In Section D

II. NASA Federal Acquisition Regulation (48 CFR Chapter 18) -

No NASA By-Reference Clauses In Section D

D. 2 PACKAGING AND MARKING

Preservation, packaging, packing, and marking for shipment shall be in accordance with NASA Handbook, NHB 6000.1, current edition as of the effective date of contract.

Shipment of hardware to Depot Stores located at Hamilton Standard will be according to Hamilton Standard Space and Sea Systems Procedure SVP 112, latest revision as controlled by Hamilton Standard records, packaging of visually clean and precision clean component. Hamilton Standard will package in accordance with MIL-STD-129L (Ref. SA 285) and MIL-STD-130F as referenced in Section J-12 Applicable Documents


E.1 LISTING OF CLAUSES INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
NOTICE: The following solicitation provisions and/or contract clauses pertinent to this section are hereby incorporated by reference:
I. FEDERAL ACQUISITION REGULATION (48 CFR CHAPTER 1) -

52.246-3 Inspection of Supplies-Cost Reimbursement (Apr 1984)

II. NASA FEDERAL ACQUISITION REGULATION (48 CFR
CHAPTER 18) -

18-52.246-72 Material Inspection and Report (Jun 1995)

E.2 PRELIMINARY INSPECTION AT SOURCE AND FINAL INSPECTION AND
ACCEPTANCE AT DESTINATION

(a) Hardware shipped to NASA JSC:

Preliminary inspection for compliance with the contract specifications and requirements may be performed at origin by an authorized representation of the Government, and final inspection and acceptance will be performed at NASA Lyndon B. Johnson Space Center by the Contracting Officer or his authorized representative. Unless otherwise specified elsewhere in this contract, the Technical Manager is the only representative of the Contracting Officer for final inspection and acceptance.

(b) Hardware shipped to places other than NASA JSC:

Inspection and final acceptance shall be performed at source by the authorized Government representative.

(c) Hardware shipped in place to bonded stores at Hamilton Standard:

Inspection and final acceptance shall be performed at source by the authorized Government representative.

(d) Hardware shipped to JSC Building 7 and Building 32 Bond Rooms

Inspection and final acceptance shall be performed at source by the authorized Government representative.

(e) Hardware shipped from ILC, Dover to HSMS

Inspection shall be performed at source by the authorized DCMC representative, and acceptance will be performed at destination by HSMS and NASA.

Ref. Sa 31
(f) Class I HUTs shipped from ILC, Dover to Boeing

Inspection and final acceptance shall be performed at ILC by an authorized
Government representative.




E.3 EVALUATION AND ACCEPTANCE

Final evaluation and acceptance of the data set forth in Section J-1, Data Requirements Description shall be accomplished by the Contracting Officer or his duly authorized representative at NASA JSC. Unless otherwise specified in this contract, the Technical Manager is the only authorized representative of the Contracting Officer for the purpose of this article.

E.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE SURVEILLANCE PLAN (JSC 52.246-93) (JULY 1996)

A Quality Assurance Surveillance Plan (QASP) will be developed and implemented by the Contracting Officer's Technical Representative (COTR) as a part of the contract administration and monitoring activities conducted to assure that the Government receives products and services that conform to contract requirements. The nature and extent of quality assurance surveillance contemplated in this plan will be based, in part, on the specific content of the contractor's Quality Plan (included in Section J).

(End of Clause)

F.1 LISTING OF CLAUSES INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
NOTICE: The following solicitation provisions and/or contract clauses pertinent to this section are hereby incorporated by reference:
I. FEDERAL ACQUISITION REGULATION (48 CFR CHAPTER 1) -

52.247-29 F.O.B. Origin (Jun 1988)

II. NASA FEDERAL ACQUISITION REGULATION (48 CFR
CHAPTER 18) -

No NASA By-Reference clauses in Section F

F. 2 OPTION TO EXTEND Completion Date (JSC 52.217-90)
(Oct 1996)

The Government may require the contractor to continue to perform services under this contract. The CO may exercise this option by issuance of a unilateral contract modification 30 days or more before the end of the contract completion date set forth in Section F. Should the option be exercised, the resultant contract will include all terms and conditions of the basic contract as it exists immediately prior to the exercise of the option, except for the following changes:

EXERCISED (REF. SA 324)
OPTION 1
(GFY 02)
OPTION 2
(GFY 03)
OPTION 3
(GFY 04)ESTIMATED COST AND FEERef. SA 193 (Option 1 added to Baseline $s per SA 324)Ref. SA 260Estimated Target Cost*$11,392,067
$11,610,420$11,495,465
Target Incentive Fee
$825,665$837,404$833,753
Maximum Available Award Fee
$206,416
$209,351$208,438
Maximum Fee at Target Cost

Minimum Incentive Fee*

Maximum Total Fee**
$1,032,081

$147,985

$1,596,815 $1,046,755

$147,012

$1,412791$1,042,191

$149,880

$1,612,084 Total Option Values$12,424,148
$12,657,175 $12,537,656* Subject to the award fee performance gate included under Section J-4,
Performance Evaluation (Fee) Plan
** Includes all fees payable under the contract which are not to exceed 15% of total estimated
cost less cost of money

Ref. SA 324
The period of applicability of Clause 52.245-7 Use of Government Facilities is hereby extended to September 30, 2003. (Ref. SA 400)

Ref. SA 188
3.2.2a Item 386 DCM Wiring and Electronic Assemblies (Option)
The Contractor shall refurbish one (1) DCM Electronic Assemblies to support the refurbishment of a DCM (2004) scheduled to be completed by 6/30/02. NASA will provide DCM GFE at least 112 days prior to scheduled delivery date.

Ref. CCO 230
F.2 Option to Extend Completion Date (JSC 52.2217-90) add the following to Option
Period 1:

Section J-6 Hardware Quantities and Delivery Schedules

"0104-81235-01-01Rest/Blad. Short 4 - 11/26/01
0104-812454-01-01 TMG

0104-812355-01-02 Rest/Blad Long 4 - 2/4/02
0104-812454-01-02 TMG

0104-812355-01-01 Rest/Blad Short 4 - 4/19/02
0104-812454-01-01 TMG

0104-812355-01-02 Rest/Blad. Long 4 - 7/1/02
0104-812454-01-02 TMG

0104-81235-01-01Rest/Blad. Short 5 - 9/27/02
0104-812454-01-01 TMG

Totals 33 4

Ref. SA 318
EMU Small Suit SSA Development and Certification Program

The contractor shall complete EMU Small Suit SSA Development Program Certification by 8/25/03.

The following SSA hardware shall be delivered to CTSD on or before 1/29/03.

NEED PART NUMBERS
Description P/N QTY Upper Arm (Class III) TBD 1 pair
Lower Arm (Class III) TBD 1 pair
Small Arm Bearing (Class III) TBD 1 pair
Boot Sizing Insert (Class III) TBD 1 pair
Canted Waist (Class III) TBD 1 each LCVG (Class III) TBD 1 each

Ref SA 319
EMU Small Suit HUT Development and Certification Program
The contractor shall deliver a Class III Small Planar HUT (P/N 0102-110102-01) for training purposes on or before 6/19/03.
The contractor shall complete certification 8/25/03**

** Certification closure is based on parallel certification testing with the first and second Class
III Small HUTs.

Ref. SA 321
Upgrade of PLSS 1001 and SOP 1020
The deliverables are as follows:

Item Delivery Date (On or Before)

PLSS 1001 Class II EMUM 2/28/03

PLSS 1001 (SV26098) 2/28/03
NASA JSC Building 7, Houston, TX

SOP 1020 (SV799045-00-02)* 4/11/03
USA 16850 Buccaneer Lane, Houston, TX

SOP Cover (SV769988-3) 11/16/01
HSSSI Bonded Stores, Windsor Locks, CT

Primary Regulator (SV778873-14) 12/19/02
HSSSI Bonded Stores, Windsor Locks, CT
Will be used in support of certification Shearplate Build after Delivery

* Part Number to be modified pending incorporation of new Item 215 Pressure Transducer
currently under certification

3. The Following Government Furnished Property will be provided to the contractor:

Item Due Date
PLSS Shipping Container (PK8918)
with shipping fixture (SV767700CT002) 01/28/03

SOP Shipping Container (PK8923)
with shipping fixture (SV767710CT001) 03/11/03

Item 122 IR CO2 Sensor* 11/16/02
New Item 215 Transducer (SV823476) Bonded Stores
(Utilized to build Item 200 SOP S/N 1020)
Item 210 SOP Bottles (2) and Cover Bonded Stores
Items 112, 114, 128, 132, 137, 138 & 171 as required

* Item 122 IR CO2 Sensor will be removed and returned to USA in the event of urgent field need as determined by the NASA

Ref. SA 352
Phase VI Implementation
F.2 Option to Extend Completion Date (JSC 52.2217-90) add the following to Option
Period 2:

The deliverables shall be delivered during FY 03 are as follows:

DESCRIPTION QTY
Phase VI Customization 8 pr
Of these 8 prs the following crewmember has been identified:
Maclean 6MN12TBDFuglesand6FG12TBD
Phase VI Production Flight Gloves 51 pr
Phase VI TMGs 51 pr
Phase VI Bladders 9 pr

Ref. SA 365
F.2 Option to Extend Completion Date (JSC 52.2217-90) add the following to Option Period 2:


SECTION J-6 / DELIVERABLES

Refurbishment of Item I-171/172 shall be delivered on or before November 11, 2002. GFE required by March 21, 2002.


Ref. SA 352
Phase VI Implementation
F.2 Option to Extend Completion Date (JSC 52.2217-90) add the following to Option
Period 3:

The deliverables shall be delivered during FY 04 are as follows:


DESCRIPTION QTY
Phase VI Customization 8 pr
Phase VI Production Flight Gloves 18 pr
Phase VI TMGs 25 pr
Phase VI Bladders 8 pr

SA 380
Deferral Mod.

(Reference SA 352, Phase VI Implementation)

The following Quantities are revised:

FROM:
FY 03
PVU Gloves 8
Flight Gloves 51
TMGs 51
Bladders 9

TO:
FY 03
PVU Gloves 12
Flight Gloves 37
TMGs 28
Bladders 9

SA 380
Deferral Mod.
. J-5 Program Provisioning, Supplier Supportability and Technology Obsolescence

(Reference PPDO 00-2.2.5A-201 and R1 DCM/FPS Electronic Parts Procurement)

The following effort is deferred from FY 01 to FY 03:

Base:

Re-tin leads on parts that have been in HSSSI Stores for more than three (3) years
Update operation sheets for the CWS
Assemble, test, process and final inspect two (2) sets of CWS PC board assemblies
Double bag and place PC board assemblies in HSSSI Stores

R1:

Prepare summary Engineering Change information



Option 3
Ref. SA 380
Deferral Mod.

(Reference SA 352, Phase VI Implementation)

The following Quantities are revised:

FROM:
FY 04
PVU Gloves 8
Flight Gloves 18
TMGs 25
Bladders 8

TO:
FY 04
PVU Gloves
Flight Gloves 48
TMGs 51
Bladders 15




Ref. SA 358

Pressure Transducer I-215 14 April 21, 2003

Certification closure by October 24, 2002.


Ref. SA 262
F.2 Option to Extend Completion Date (JSC 52.2217-90) add the following to Option Period 2:

Hardware Deliveries/Section J-6
1 Malfunction Simulator, P/N TBD, delivered to MOD on or before 1/31/03**
2 Acceptance Test Rigs, P/N TBD, delivered to USA on or before 2/28/03
**These rigs will utilize the 2 sets of boards assembled and tested during the development program and assumes boards will be functional prior to installation into these rigs
OPTION 1 OPTION 2 OPTION 3
(GFY 02) (GFY 03) (GFY 04)

Clause F.5 - Completion of Work
amended to read: 9/30/02 9/30/03 9/30/04

Clause B.3 - Estimated Program
Provisioning Cost
is increased by TBD TBD TBD

52.245-7--Use of Gov’t Facilities
Extended to: 9/30/02 9/30/03 9/30/04

(End of clause)




SA 377
N=12
F.2 Option to Extend Completion Date (JSC 52.2217-90) add the following to Option
Period 2:
Section J-6 Hardware Quantities and Delivery Schedules Deliverables:




ITEM 


PART NO.




DESCRIPTION


QTYON OR BEFORE DELIVERY DATE 132SV767793-7Feedwater Supply Pressure Sensor49/30/03137SV767660-10Feedwater Shutoff Valve212/31/02138SV767793-8Feedwater Pressure Sensor89/30/03139SV792503-1Temperature Sensor Harness49/30/03146SV787036-11Positive Pressure Relief Valve19/30/03171SV784982-3Solenoid Valve5
412/31/02
9/30/03213SV799042-3Secondary O2 Pressure Control Module13/31/03
(HS Bonded)411SV778865-4Oxygen High Pressure Line49/30/03412SV771722-12Potable Line Hose (Sets)29/30/03418SV771717-7Condensate Water Regulator6
63/30/03
9/30/03419SV772190-6Regulator, Water Supply Pressure5
53/30/03
9/30/03425*SV771763-3SCU Electrical Harness1
2
3
310/31/02
11/30/02
1/31/03
9/30/03SECTION J-7 Hardware Refurbishment Schedule:



ITEM NO



PART NO.



DESCRIPTION


MAINTENANCE DESCRIPTION



QTYGFE RECEIPT DATE FROM USA*ON OR BEFORE DELIVERY DATE 100SV799100Primary Life Support System20 to 30 Year Life Extension Refurbishment1(FL)
Received4/30/03115SV824133Shear Plate Assembly20 to 30 Year Life Extension Refurbishment1
1
1
105/06/02
01/02/03
05/20/02
11/04/0201/31/03
05/30/03
04/15/03
10/31/03123SV787994Fan/Pump/Separator Assembly15 to 25 Year Life Extension Refurbishment109/23/0209/30/03131SV824131Primary Water Tank20 to 30 Year Life Extension Refurbishment1(FL)
Received4/30/03200SV799045Secondary Oxygen Pack (SOP)Component Replacements2
202/01/03
06/01/03
05/31/03
09/30/03350SV792291DCM Electronics Assembly15 to 25 Year Life Extension Refurbishment1
109/23/02
05/22/0305/30/03
09/30/03470SV767680Airlock Adapter Plate (AAP)20 to 30 Year Life Extension Refurbishment109/23/02
02/02/03





ITEM NO



PART NO.



DESCRIPTION


MAINTENANCE DESCRIPTION



QTYGFE RECEIPT DATE FROM USA*ON OR BEFORE DELIVERY DATE 139/
140SV805280Sublimator and Harness Assembly20 to 25 Year Life Extension Refurbishment109/23/0209/30/03123SV787994Fan/Pump/Separator Assembly25 to 35 Year Life Extension Refurbishment109/23/0209/30/03113SV778873Primary O2 Pressure Regulator20 to 30 Year Life Extension Refurbishment1
1
1
1

See Note (1)


See Note (1)

F.2 Option to Extend Completion Date (JSC 52.2217-90) add the following to Option
Period 3:

Section J-6 Hardware Quantities and Delivery Schedules
Deliverables:





ITEM 


PART NO.




DESCRIPTION


QTYON OR BEFORE DELIVERY DATE 125SV769480-4Pitot Actuated Valve39/30/04
127SV805180-1Pump Inlet Filter
5
9/30/04135SV769404-7Feedwater Relief Valve39/30/04139SV792503-1Temperature Sensor Harness109/30/04143SV769406-2Water Check Valve19/30/04153*SV789153-6
ORU Kit consists of:
SV823046-1 (Qty. 1)
SV823046-2 (Qty. 1)
AN565BC6H2 (Qty. 6)Caution and Warning Harness1 Kit
33/31/04
9/30/04171SV784982-3Solenoid Valve59/30/04311SV767706-6DCM Suit Pressure Gage39/30/04410SV778872-24SCU Common Multiple Connector 29/30/04419SV772190-6Regulator, Water Supply Pressure39/30/04425*SV771763-3SCU Electrical Harness19/30/04
* These harnesses are being redesigned, the P/Ns will change accordingly.




3. SECTION J-7 Hardware Refurbishment Schedule:

Add the following hardware:



ITEM NO



PART NO.



DESCRIPTION


MAINTENANCE DESCRIPTION


QTYGFE RECEIPT DATE FROM USA*ON OR BEFORE DELIVERY DATE 113SV778873Primary O2 Pressure Regulator20 to 30 Year Life Extension Refurbishment1
1
1
1
1
1
1

See Note (1)


See Note (1)
 115SV824133Shear Plate Assembly20 to 30 Year Life Extension Refurbishment

1
1
1
104/01/03
07/01/03
12/01/03
09/01/0301/30/04
05/31/04
09/30/04
07/30/04123SV787994Fan/Pump/Separator Assembly25 to 35 Year Life Extension Refurbishment1
105/24/03
09/23/0305/31/04
09/30/04139/
140SV805280Sublimator and Harness Assembly25 to 30 Year Life Extension Refurbishment109/23/0309/30/04
200SV799045Secondary Oxygen Pack (SOP)Component Replacements2
2
210/01/03
02/01/04
06/01/0401/31/04
05/31/04
09/30/04350SV792291DCM Electronics Assembly15 to 25 Year Life Extension Refurbishment101/22/0405/30/04420SV778504Filter Assembly, Oxygen and Orifice15 to 25 Year Life Extension Refurbishment2105/24/0409/30/04470SV767680Airlock Adapter Plate (AAP)20 to 30 Year Life Extension Refurbishment109/23/0302/02/04
An I-113 refurbishment is shown as a separate line item task but is included as part of an I-115 Refurbishment. The I-113 is removed from an I-115 Shear Plate received as GFE from USA. The I-113 is then sent to the supplier for refurbishment, returned, and delivered to HSSSI Stores to await re-assembly to a refurbished I-115 for final delivery to USA.

*The above GFE shall not be assembled together, except for Items 100/131.
All GFE Shall be complete end items

Note: All refurbishment/replacement effort is based on the life extension report. Any EEE parts issues with technology obsolescence shall be within the program provisionin g section of the contract.


SA 378
H7044R3 ECWS
F.2 Option to Extend Completion Date (JSC 52.2217-90) add the following to Option
Period 2:
Section J-6 Hardware Quantities and Delivery Schedules
Deliverables:

Qty.Part NumberItemDelivery Date On or beforeCert ClosureCertification closure of the Enhanced Caution & Warning System9/30/031SV827600-1Delivery of the certification Enhanced Caution & Warning System unit9/30/031SV827600-1Enhanced Caution & Warning System (Flight)*7/31/03Cert ClosureCertification closure of the I-156 Harness9/30/031SV827765-1Delivery of the certified I-156 Harnesses9/30/031SV827765-1I-156 Harnesses (Flight)*7/31/032SV827765-1I-156 Harnesses (Flight)9/30/03*Ship to CTSD with Open Certification


Ref. SA 396
CCBD H7221 EMU SSA Combination Purge Valve (CPV) Gasket Replacement and Flow Test Performance


The contractor is directed to obtain, evaluate, certify, and incorporate a new silicone base material used to manufacture CPV gaskets by completing the following activities on or before April 03,2003.
Complete the performance of CPV/Helmet leak testing with gaskets made from the proposed replacement material.
Conduct MATCO testing.
Revise Air-Lock CPV Assembly Drawings and gasket drawings to reflect incorporation of new gaskets.
Generate certification documentation including ECO’s, CIARS, and CERT report.

In addition, the contractor is directed to revise the Helmet S/AD Part ii and PDA documents to allow Air-Lock Inc. to perform the same CPV flow test that NASA/JSC used to perform to verify the CPV bore diameter. The Helmet S/AD part II and PDA documents, as well as the Air-Lock acceptance documents will be revised to reflect this change. There will be a no certification impact CIARS processed with the flow test ECO (021-0227).





F.2 Option to Extend Completion Date (JSC 52.2217-90) add the following to Option
Period 3:

Section J-6 Hardware Quantities and Delivery Schedules
Deliverables:

Qty.Part NumberItemDelivery Date On or before2SV827600-1Enhanced Caution & Warning System (Flight)10/15/033SV827600-1Enhanced Caution & Warning System (Flight)2/15/043SV827600-1Enhanced Caution & Warning System (Flight)6/15/043SV827765-1I-156 Harnesses (Flight)1/31/043SV827765-1I-156 Harnesses (Flight)5/31/043SV827765-1I-156 Harnesses (Flight)9/30/04

F. 3 STOPWORK ORDER (52.24215) (AUG 1989)ALTERNATE I (APR 1984)xe "F. 3 STOPWORK ORDER (52.24215) (AUG 1989)ALTERNATE I (APR 1984)"

(a) The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause.
Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the
Contracting Officer shall either--

(1) Cancel the stop-work order; or

(2) Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

(b) If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if--

(1) The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

(2) The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

(c) If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

(d) If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.
(End of clause)

F.4 DELIVERY SCHEDULE

All items required to be furnished by this contract shall be delivered in accordance with:

Section J-1 - Data Requirements List
Section J-6 - Hardware Quantities and Delivery Schedules
Section J-7 - Hardware Refurbishment Quantities and Schedules
Section J-13 - NAS 9-17873 Carry-Over Effort

F.5 COMPLETION OF WORK (JSC 52.212.95) (Sep 1988)

All work required under this contract, including submission of all reports shall be completed on or before September 30, 2003 (Ref. SA 400) (Ref. SA 324).

F.6 SHIPMENT BY GOVERNMENT BILLS OF LADING (NASA 18-52.247-73) (MARCH 1997)

(a) The Contractor shall ship items deliverable under this contract, if the transportation cost per shipment exceeds $100, by Government bills of lading (GBLs). At least 15 days before shipment, the Contractor shall request in writing GBLs from: JSC Transportation Officer, Mail Code JB7, Attention: Julie Pate, NASA Lyndon B. Johnson Space Center, Houston, Texas 77058. If time is limited, requests may be by telephone: 713-483-6528. Requests for GBLs shall include the following information.
(1) Item identification/ description.

(2) Origin and destination.

(3) Individual and total weights.

(4) Dimensions and total cubic footage.

(5) Total number of pieces.

(6) Total dollar value.

(7) Other pertinent data.

(b) The Contractor shall prepay transportation charges of $100 or less per shipment. The Government shall reimburse the contractor for these charges if they are added to the invoice as a separate line item supported by the paid freight receipts. If paid receipts in support of the invoice are not obtainable,
a statement as described below must be completed, signed by an authorized company representative, and attached to the invoice.
"I certify that the shipments identified below have been made, transportation charges have been paid by (company name), and paid freight or comparable receipts are not obtainable.

Contract or Order Number: _____________________

Destination: _________________________________"

(End of clause)

F.7 SHIPPING INSTRUCTIONS (JSC 52.24794) (APR 1997)

(a) All documentation shall be shipped to the addresses cited in Section J-1 Data Requirements List.

(b) Shipment of hardware end items, except Customer Returned Materials (CRM) and CTSD support items shall be as follows:

Ref. SA 94
Delivery Location: United Space Alliance, LLC
16850 Buccaneer Land
Houston, TX 77058

Delivery Location: Boeing Aerospace Operations
16850 Buccaneer
Houston, TX 77058

(c) The contractor must prepare DD Form 250, Material Inspection and Receiving Report, in an original and two copies, for each shipment (excluding reports and documentation) made under the terms of this contract. Block 19, "Unit Price," and Block 20 "Amount," of the DD Form 250 must be completed. Where the form is not used as an invoice for payment purposes, the amounts entered may be the Contractor's best estimate.

(d) Address the original for each data pack, one copy to ND32, and one copy JF5.

(e) Delivery location for all CRM shall be defined by the Hamilton Standard CRM
Administrator.

(f) Ship CTSD support items to JSC Building 7, Bond Room. Support items include EMU equipment used by CTSD to support EMU development, certification, and EVA procedures development testing:

Parcel Post Shipments and Freight Shipments

Ship to: Transportation Officer, Building 421
NASA Johnson Space Center
2101 NASA Road 1
Houston, TX 77058-3696
Mark for: Accountable Property Officer 807402
Mark with: Contract Number: NAS 997150
For reissue to: ______________________________________
(Name) (Mail Code) (Bldg.) (Rm)

(End of clause)

F.8 FLIGHT ITEM (JSC 52.247-95) (SEP 1989)

Block 16 of each DD Form 250 prepared for hardware or equipment to be shipped under this contract must be annotated as follows in 1/4-inch letters or larger by handprinting or rubber stamp:

"THIS IS A FLIGHT ITEM" or "THIS IS MISSION ESSENTIAL GROUND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT," as applicable.

G.1 LISTING OF CLAUSES INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

The following clauses are hereby incorporated by reference:

18-52.227-70 New Technology (Jul 19953)
18-52.227-71 Request for Waiver of Rights to Inventions (Apr 1984)
18-52.227-72 Designation of New Technology Representative and Patent
Representative (JUL 1997); in paragraph (a) add: NASA Lyndon B. Johnson Space Center,
HA/ Technology Transfer and Commercialization Office, Houston, TX 77058; and
HA/Patent (same address)
18.52.242-73 NASA Contractor Financial Management Reporting
Jul 1997)
18-52.245-71 Installation-Accountable Government Property (Jul 1997)
18.52.245-73 Financial Reporting Of NASA Property In The Custody Of
Contractors (Sep 1996)

G.2 SUBMISSION OF INVOICES (JSC 52.232-90) (OCT 1993)

Invoices shall be prepared and submitted in quadruplicate unless otherwise specified. Invoices shall contain the following information as applicable: contract and order number, item numbers, description of supplies or services, sizes, quantities, unit prices, and extended totals. Invoices shall be submitted to:

1. Cost Vouchers, forwarded not more often than once every
two (2) weeks:

Defense Contract Audit Agency (DCAA)
Northeastern Region
Hamilton Standard Division
Windsor Locks, Connecticut 06096-0463

2. Fee Vouchers, forwarded not more often than once a month.

NASA Lyndon B. Johnson Space Center
BL3 / EVA Business Management Office
Attn: Robin P. Chapman
Houston, Texas 77058

3. Copy of cost voucher, forwarded by DCAA:

NASA Lyndon B. Johnson Space Center
BL3 / EVA Business Management Office
Attn: Robin P. Chapman
Houston, Texas 77058

4. For payment:

NASA Lyndon B. Johnson Space Center
LF2 / Commercial Accounts Group
Houston, Texas 77058

5. The Contractor shall prepare vouchers as follows:

a. One original Standard Form (SF) 1034, SF 1035, or equivalent Contractor's attachment.

b. Seven copies of SF 1034A, SF 1035A, or equivalent
Contractor's attachment.

c. The Contractor shall mark SF 1034A copies 1, 2, 3, 4, and such other copies as may be directed by the Contracting Officer by insertion in the memorandum block the names and addresses as follows:

(1) Copy 1 NASA Contracting Officer;
(2) Copy 2 Auditor;
(3) Copy 3 Contractor;
(4) Copy 4 Contract administration office; and
(5) Copy 5 Project management office.

In the event that amounts are withheld from payment in accordance with the New Technology Clause or other provisions of this contract, a separate invoice for the amount withheld will be required before payment for that amount may be made.

(End of Clause)

G.3 TECHNICAL DIRECTION ( NASA 18-52.242-70) (SEP 93)

(a) Performance of the work under this contract is subject to the written technical direction of a Contracting Officer's Technical Representative (COTR), who shall be specifically appointed by the Contracting Officer in writing in accordance with NFS 1842.270. "Technical direction" means a directive to the Contractor that approves approaches, solutions, designs, or refinements; fills in details or otherwise completes the general description of work or documentation items; shifts emphasis among work areas or tasks; or furnishes similar instruction to the Contractor. Technical direction includes requiring studies and pursuit of certain lines of inquiry regarding matters within the general tasks and requirements in Section C of this contract.

(b) The COTR does not have the authority to, and shall not, issue any instruction purporting to be technical direction that –

(1) Constitutes an assignment of additional work outside the statement of work;
(2) Constitutes a change as defined in the Changes clause;
(3) Constitutes a basis for any increase or decrease in the total estimated
contract cost, the fixed fee (if any), or the time required for contract
performance;
(4) Changes any of the expressed terms, conditions, or specifications of the contract; or
(5) Interferes with the Contractor's rights to perform the terms and
conditions of the contract.

(c) All technical direction shall be issued in writing by the COTR.
(d) The Contractor shall proceed promptly with the performance of technical direction duly issued by the COTR in the manner prescribed by this clause and within the COTR's authority. If, in the Contractor's opinion, any instruction or
direction by the COTR falls within any of the categories defined in paragraph (b) above, the Contractor shall not proceed but shall notify the Contracting Officer in
writing within 15 calendar days after receiving it and shall request the Contracting Officer to take action as described in this clause. Upon receiving this notification, the Contracting Officer shall either issue an appropriate contract modification within a reasonable time or advise the Contractor in writing within 30 days that the instruction or direction is –

(1) Rescinded in its entirety; or
(2) Within the requirements of the contract and does not constitute a change
under the Changes clause of the contract, and that the Contractor should
proceed promptly with its performance.

(e) A failure of the Contractor and Contracting Officer to agree that the instruction or direction is both within the requirements of the contract and does not constitute a change under the Changes clause, or a failure to agree upon the contract action to be taken with respect to the instruction or direction, shall be subject to the Disputes clause of this contract.

(f) Any action(s) taken by the Contractor in response to any direction given by any person other than the Contracting Officer or the COTR shall be at the Contractor's risk.
(End of Clause)

G.4 LIMITATION ON PAYMENT OF AWARD FEE
A. The amount of award fee which can be awarded is limited to the amount set forth in paragraph (b) of Clause 18-52.232-81 in Section B.
B. Payment of the incentive fee and award fee shall be made as specified in the Award Fee Plan; provided that, after payment of 80 percent of the incentive fee, if any, and potential award fee, the Contracting Officer may withhold further payment of the incentive fee and award fee until a reserve is set aside in an amount that the Contracting Officer considers necessary to protect the Government's interest. This reserve shall not exceed 15 percent of the total incentive fee and potential award fee or $100,000, whichever is less.
(End of clause)

G.5 AWARD FEE FOR END ITEM CONTRACTS (18-52.216-77) (JANUARY 1997)

(a) The contractor can earn award fee, or base fee, if any, from a minimum of zero dollars to the maximum stated in Clause B.3, "Estimated Cost and Fee Arrangement" in this contract. All award fee evaluations, with the exception of the last evaluation, will be interim evaluations. At the last evaluation, which is final, the Contractor's performance for the entire contract will be evaluated to determine total earned award fee. No award fee or base fee will be paid to the Contractor if the final award fee evaluation is "poor/unsatisfactory."
(b) Beginning 6* months after the effective date of this contract, the Government will evaluate the Contractor's interim performance every 6 months to monitor Contractor performance prior to contract completion and to provide feedback to the Contractor. The evaluation will be performed in accordance with the Performance Evaluation (Fee) Plan (Section J-4) to this contract. The Contractor may submit a self-evaluation of performance for each period under consideration. These self-evaluations will be considered by the Government in its evaluation. The Government will advise the Contractor in writing of the evaluation results. The plan may be revised unilaterally by the Government prior to the beginning of any rating period to redirect emphasis.

(c) (1) Base fee, if applicable, will be paid in installments based on the percent of completion of the work as determined by the Contracting Officer.

(2) Interim award fee payments will be made to the Contractor based on each interim evaluation. The amount of the interim award fee payment is limited to the lesser of the interim evaluation score or 80 percent of the fee allocated to that period less any provisional payments made during the period. All interim award fee payments will be superseded by the final award fee determination.

(3) Provisional award fee payments will be made under this contract pending each interim evaluation. If applicable, provisional award fee payments will be made to the Contractor on a monthly basis. The amount of award fee which will be provisionally paid in each evaluation period is limited to 80 percent of the prior interim evaluation score (see Section J-4) Provisional award fee payments made each evaluation period will be superseded by the interim award fee evaluation for that period. If provisional payments made exceed the interim evaluation score, the Contractor will either credit the next payment voucher for the amount of such overpayment or refund the difference to the Government, as directed by the Contracting Officer. If the Government determines that (i) the total amount of provisional fee payments will apparently substantially exceed the anticipated final evaluation score, or (ii) the prior interim evaluation is "poor/unsatisfactory," the Contracting Officer will direct the suspension or reduction of the future payments and/or request a prompt refund of excess payments as appropriate. Written notification of the determination will be provided to the Contractor with a copy to the Deputy Chief Financial Officer (Finance). This determination is not subject to the Disputes clause.

(4) All interim provisional fee payments will be superseded by the fee determination made in the final award fee evaluation. The Government will then pay the Contractor, or the Contractor will refund to the Government the difference between the final award fee determination and the cumulative interim provisional fee payments. If the final award fee evaluation is "poor/unsatisfactory", any base fee paid will be refunded to the Government.

(5) Payment of base fee, if applicable, will be made based on submission of an invoice by the Contractor. Payment of award fee will be made by the LF2 Commerical Accounts Group based on the issuance of a unilateral modification by the Contracting Officer.

(d) Award fee determinations made by the Government under this contract are not subject to the Disputes clause.
G.4 INDIRECT COST CEILINGS (JSC 52.232-94) (DEC 1993)
Without otherwise affecting the applicability of the cost principles set forth in part 31 of the Federal Acquisition Regulation, which are a part of this contract pursuant to the clause entitled "Allowable Cost and Payment," the following agreements are made as to contract ceilings and cost categorization:
A. Costs
Indirect Costs - To Be Negotiated

B. Provisional and Ceiling Cost Rates
Overhead and General and Administrative (G&A) Expense are subject to the provisional and ceiling rates set forth below. To prevent substantial over or under payment (except where ceiling is reached), the provisional billing rates may, at the discretion of the Contracting Officer, be revised, either upward or downward, and such revision shall be set forth in an amendment to this contract.
PROVISIONAL CEILING
     RATE       PERIOD     RATE    PERIOD
Overhead
G&A TBD
Costs attributable to a rate increment in excess of the ceiling rates set forth immediately above shall be unallowable unless caused by (a) compliance with new state or federal legal requirements, or (b) depreciation of capital investment when that investment has contributed directly and substantially to increased productivity. If the Contractor incurs costs in excess of the ceiling rates because of either of these reasons and wishes to obtain reimbursement, the contractor shall submit a proposal setting forth fully and completely the facts and circumstances believed to be responsible for the incurrence of costs above the ceiling(s). An equitable adjustment will be made in the contract ceiling(s) if and to the extent that the Contractor's proposal demonstrates that the costs incurred in excess of the ceilings were attributable to the circumstances described in (a) or (b) and were not reasonably susceptible to being offset by reasonable and prudent reductions in indirect costs in other areas within the Contractor's control. Any unallowable costs shall not be recovered under this or any other Government contract.
The base for computing the Overhead rates (both provisional and ceiling) shall be _______________________________________________.
The base for computing the G&A rates (both provisional and ceiling) shall be ________________________________________________________.
G. 6 SMALL BUSINESS, SMALL DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS, AND
WOMEN- OWNED SMALL BUSINESS CONCERNS

(a) NASA’s objective is to ensure the execution of a vigorous program at the prime contract and subcontractor levels which will optimize the opportunity for subcontract participation of small business, small disadvantaged business, and women-owned small business concerns. To this end the Contractor shall comply with the approved subcontract plan set forth in Section J-2. Changes to the plan will be authorized only by contract modification. Performance by the Contractor in exerting its best effort to operate in accordance with this plan shall be a factor in determining award fee under this contract.

(b) Subcontracting goals are expected to equal or exceed the following percentages of total contract value:

Small Businesses 10%*
Small Disadvantaged Businesses 6%
Women-Owned Small Businesses 2%

* Includes Small and Small Disadvantaged Business and Women-Owned Small
Business
(End of Clause)

G.7 USE OF JSC CALIBRATION LABORATORY (JSC 52.204-92) (JUL 1996)
In accordance with the requirements of JSC Management Directive 8070.1, "Metrology and Calibration Services (12/12/91)," the Contractor shall utilize the services of the JSC Calibration Laboratory to the maximum extent practicable for calibration of all instruments (Government property or Contractor property) utilized under this contract, the total cost for maintenance of which would otherwise be a direct charge to the Government. The procedures for obtaining calibration of instruments are described in "JSC Handbook 5151.2".
(End of Clause)
G.8 JSC HAZARDOUS MATERIALS USE (JSC 52.223-92) (NOV 1994)
A. This clause is JSC-unique, and the requirements are in addition to any U.S. EPA, U.S. OSHA, or other Federal or state regulations or statutes. Therefore, the clause requirements do NOT negate any statutory or regulatory requirements otherwise applicable to this contract. In the event of a conflict between applicable Federal or state law and this clause, this clause shall not be controlling.
B. "Hazardous materials," for the purposes of this clause, consist of the following:
(1) Those materials defined as "highly hazardous chemicals" in OSHA Process Safety Management Regulation, 29 CFR 1010.119, without regard for quantity.
(2) Those "extremely hazardous substances" subject to the emergency planning requirements in the EPA Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Regulation, 40 CFR 355, Part 355, without regard for quantity.
(3) Those "hazardous substances" subject to the release notification requirements under EPA's Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Regulation, 40 CFR 302.4, without regard for quantity.
(4) Any radioisotope material or device that produces ionizing radiation.
(5) Any Class II, III, or IV laser, as defined by the American National Standards Institute No. Z136.1 (1986).
(6) Any explosive or any pyrotechnics.
(7) Any pesticide.
C. The contractor shall develop and maintain an inventory listing the identity and quantity of hazardous materials stored or used on site at JSC for the performance of the contract.
D. The contractor shall ensure that the proper training of its employees in the use and inherent hazards of these materials is accomplished prior to use.
E. The contractor shall notify the JSC Occupational Health Office (SD2) prior to any initial use or different application of these materials.
F. The contractor shall use all hazardous materials properly and take all necessary precautions to ensure no harm is done to humans or the environment.
G. The contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this Paragraph G with appropriate changes of designations of the parties, in subcontracts under which hazardous materials will be utilized or may reasonably be expected to be utilized on site at JSC.
H. In the event the contractor fails or refuses to comply with any aspect of this clause, such failure or refusal may be considered a material breach of this contract.
(End of clause)

G.9 IDENTIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES (JSC 52.242-92) (MAY 1993)
At all times while on Government property, the Contractor, subcontractors, their employees and agents shall wear badges which will be issued by the NASA Contract Badge and Pass Office, located in building No. 110. Badges will be issued only between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Monday through Friday. Each individual who wears a badge will be required to sign personally for the badge. The Contractor will be held accountable for these badges, and immediately after completion of the work they shall be returned to the NASA Contract Badge and Pass Office. Failure to turn in badges upon completion of the work may result in final payment being delayed.

(End of clause)
G.10 LIST OF INSTALLATION-ACCOUNTABLE PROPERTY AND SERVICES
(NASA 18-52.245-77) (JULY 1997)

In accordance with the clause at 1852.245-71, Installation-Accountable Government Property, the Contractor is authorized use of the types of property and services listed below, to the extent they are available, in the performance of this contract within the physical borders of the installation which may include buildings and space owned or directly leased by NASA in close proximity to the installation, if so designated by the Contracting Officer.

(a) Office space, work area space, and utilities. Government telephones are available for official purposes only; pay telephones are available for contractor employees for unofficial calls.

(b) General- and special-purpose equipment, including office furniture.

(1) Equipment to be made available is listed in Section J-11. The Government retains accountability for this property under the clause at 1852.245-71, Installation-Accountable Government Property, regardless of Its authorized location.

(2) If the Contractor acquires property, title to which vests in the Government pursuant to other provisions of this contract, this property also shall become accountable to the Government upon its entry into Government records as required by the clause at 1852.245-71, Installation-Accountable Government Property.

(3) The Contractor shall not bring to the installation for use under this contract any property owned or leased by the Contractor, or other property that the Contractor is accountable for under any other Government contract, without the Contracting Officer's prior written approval.

(c) Supplies from stores stock.

(d) Publications and blank forms stocked by the installation.

(e) Safety and fire protection for Contractor personnel and facilities.

(f) Installation service facilities:

(g) Medical treatment of a first-aid nature for Contractor personnel injuries or illnesses sustained during on-site duty.

(h) Cafeteria privileges for Contractor employees during normal operating hours.

(i) Building maintenance for facilities occupied by Contractor personnel.

(j) Moving and hauling for office moves, movement of large equipment, and delivery of supplies. Moving services shall be provided on-site, as approved by the Contracting Officer.

(k) The user responsibilities of the Contractor are defined in paragraph (a) of the clause at 1852.245-71, Installation-Accountable Government Property.

(End of clause)

G.11 LIST OF GOVERNMENTFURNISHED PROPERTY (NASA 1852.24576) (OCT 1988)

For performance of work under this contract, the Government will make available Government property identified below on a nochargeforuse basis. The Contractor shall use this property in the performance of this contract at contractor and subcontractor facilities and at JSC and at other location(s) as may be approved by the Contracting Officer. Under the FAR 52.245 Government Property clause of this contract, the Contractor is accountable for the identified property.

All property previously provided under contract NAS 9-17873 as identified in Government Physical Property Report dated February 2, 1997

Remarking of the above Government Property, upon transfer of accountability, with the new contract number is not required. Any additional STE or tooling required to be manufactured against existing NAS 9-17873 drawings will continue to be marked with Contract NAS 9-17873 and will be used on NAS 9-97150. Similarly, if any existing NAS 9-17873 drawing requires a configuration change, the drawing will not be revised to update the new contract number.

(End of clause)
G.12 CONTRACTOR REQUESTS FOR GOVERNMENT-OWNED EQUIPMENT (NASA 1852.24570) (JULY 1997)
(A) "equipment," as used in this clause, means commercially available items capable of stand-alone use, including those to be acquired for incorporation into special test equipment or special tooling.
(b)(1) upon determination of need for any government-owned equipment item for performance of this contract, the contractor shall provide to the contracting officer a written request justifying the need for the equipment and the reasons why contractor-owned property cannot be used, citing the applicable far or contract authority for use of government-owned equipment. Equipment being acquired as a deliverable end item listed in the contract or as a component for incorporation into a deliverable end item listed in the contract is exempt from this requirement.
(2) the contractor's request shall include a description of the item in sufficient detail to enable the government to screen its inventories for available equipment or to purchase equipment. For this purpose, the contractor shall (i) prepare a separate dd form 1419, dod industrial plant equipment requisition, or equivalent format, for each item requested and (ii) forward it through the contracting officer to the industrial property officer at the cognizant nasa installation at least 30 days in advance of the date the contractor intends to acquire the item. Multiple units of identical items may be requested on a single form. Instructions for preparing the dd form 1419 are contained in nasa far supplement 1845.7102. If a certificate of nonavailability is not received within that period, the contractor may proceed to acquire the item, subject to having obtained contracting officer consent, if required, and having complied with any other applicable provisions of this contract.
(c) contractors who are authorized to conduct their own screening using the nasa equipment management system (nems) and other government sources of excess property shall provide the evidence of screening results with their request for contracting officer consent. Requests to purchase based on unsuitability of items found shall include rationale for the determined unsuitability.

(End of Clause)

G.13 REPAIR OF GOVERNMENT PROPERTY (JSC 52.245-91) (JUN 1986)
When removal of Government-owned property from its place of use for repair is necessary, the Contractor must prepare a JSC Form 1318 prior to removing the equipment. The form and instructions regarding its use are available from the Equipment Management Section, Building 419, Room 162, phone number 483-6524. The repaired Government property is to be returned to the location from which it was removed unless otherwise directed by the Government.

(End of clause)

G.14 CHANGE IN GOVERNMENT-PROVIDED SERVICES (JSC 52.245-98)
(FEB 1991)

If the Government fails to provide the services specified in Clause 18-52.245-77, List of Installation-Provided Property and Services, and that failure adversely affects the Contractor's ability to perform the contract, the Contracting Officer shall, upon timely
written request from the Contractor, (1) make a determination of the effect on the Contractor, and (2) equitably adjust the contract in accordance with the procedures provided in the Changes clause of this contract. Equitable adjustments made pursuant to this clause, however, shall not include adjustments in fee.

(End of Clause)


H.1 LISTING OF CLAUSES INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

(a) The following clauses are incorporated by reference:

1852.208-81 Restrictions on Printing and Duplicating (AUG 1993)
1852.223-70 Safety and Health (MAR 1997)
1852.228-72 Cross-Waiver of Liability for Space Shuttle Services
(SEP 1993)
1852.228-76 Cross-Waiver of Liability for Space Station Activities
(DEC 1994)
1852.242-71 Travel Outside of the United States (DEC 1988)
1852.246-70 Mission Critical Space System Personnel Reliability Program
(MAR 1997)

(b) The following clause is incorporated by reference and applies only to field activity effort of this contract:

1852.236-73 Hurricane Plan (DEC 1988)

H. 2 PROGRAM PROVISIONING PROCEDURES

FY’ 98
(a) There are areas within the contract which are possible to anticipate, estimate, and negotiate in the near term, but are not possible to reasonably predict future requirements. Work activities which fall under this provision are defined in Section 2.2 Program Provisioning of the Statement of Work. Contractor cost performance under program provisioning shall not be subject to the incentive provisions of the contract, but shall be evaluated under award fee provisions. Cost reporting under the contract shall be sufficient to ensure that cost subject to award fee provisions will not be commingled with those subject to cost incentive provisions.

( b) The estimated cost and fee for the first contract year of EMU program
provisioning is included in Clause B.3. The specific tasks to be performed are defined in Section J-5 Program Provisioning. Subsequent program provisioning requirements shall be incorporated into the contract on an annual basis in accordance with the following procedure:

(1) The Government shall identify program provisioned content for each program year by May 1 of each contract year. The contractor shall submit a proposal, based upon these annual requirements, on or before July 1 of each contract year. Such proposals shall contain time phased costs for all requirements which have been identified, as well as, estimates for the completion of this effort beyond the current contract year. The contractor and Government will negotiate and definitize annual program provisioning tasks and adjust the contract cost and fee as appropriate.

(2) Should the Government choose to add or modify a work task, the Contracting Officer will issue written direction in the form of a unilateral Program Provisioning Change Order (PPCO) to the contractor. Such direction will not result in a change to contract cost or fee in accordance with the procedures of the “Changes” clause provided that the net result of these changes is estimated to be within the negotiated annual value. PPCOs issued over and above the negotiated annual value shall give rise to an equitable adjustment in contract cost and fee. A PPCO is issued unilaterally by the Contracting Officer and will be used as the contractual document to update the Attachment J-5 of the contract.

FY’ 99
Ref. SA 87

(a) There are areas within the contract where it is possible to anticipate, estimate and negotiate work required in the near term, but not possible to reasonably predict future requirements. Contract requirement's subject to provisioning include SOW paragraphs: 2.0 Engineering, 3.0 Hardware, 4.0 Assured EMU Availability (AEA) Program and 5.0 Safety, Mission Assurance and Product Assurance. Contractor cost performance under a cost-plus contract arrangement shall not be subject to the incentive provisions of the contract, but shall be evaluated under award fee provisions. Cost reporting under the contract shall be sufficient to ensure that cost subject to award fee provisions will not be commingled with those subject to cost incentive provisions.

(b) The estimated cost and fee for FY-98 program provisioning and for individual program provisioning delivery orders are included in Clause B.3. The specific tasks to be performed are defined in Section J-5 Program Provisioning Delivery Orders. Subsequent program provisioning requirements shall be incorporated into the contract on an annual basis in accordance with the following procedure or through the issuance of individual delivery orders as individual requirements are identified. Program provisioning delivery orders may exceed the annual period in which they were initiated if the scope of such activities can be clearly defined and quantified.

(1) The contractor shall submit a firm priced proposal for all annual program provisioned content identified by the Government by May 1 of each contract year. A proposal, based upon these annual requirements, shall be submitted by the contractor on or before July 1 of each contract year. Such proposals shall contain time phased costs for all requirements which have been identified, as well as, estimates for the completion of this effort beyond the current contract year. The contractor and Government will negotiate annual program provisioning requirements and adjust contract cost and fee under through the issuance of a delivery order.”


FY98 Program Provisioning Carry-Over Determination:

A one-time FY-98 program provisioning carry-over fee adjustment is reflected in Section J-4 Award Fee Plan and Clause B-3 Estimated Cost and Fee Summary of the contract. No further carry-over adjustments are anticipated under an IDIQ contract format.

a. The award fee associated with undirected FY98 program provisioning effort is
determined as follows:

FY98 Cost: $ 11,700,000

Directed Cost: $ 10,461,000

Undirected Cost: $ 1,239,000

Award Fee: $ 122,848

Less COM: $ 10,516

Total Adjusted Award Fee: $ 112,332

b. The total award fee associated with FY98 carry-over is reallocated from award fee period 2 to award fee periods 3 and 4 as follows:

Program Provisioning Award Fee

Period 2 Period 3 Period 4

From: $ 553,016 $ 0 $ 0

To: $ 440,684 $ 56,166 $ 56,166

Delta: - $ 112,332 + $ 56,166 + $ 56,166



H.3 HARDWARE PROVISIONING

(a) Attachment J-8 contains a list of spare hardware items that may be required under this contract. Accordingly, from time to time during the life of this contract, the Contracting Officer may issue a provisioning order (PO) for any such item(s) in accordance with this clause. Such orders, if issued, will specify the item of hardware, quantity, and delivery date required.

(b) Within 60 days of receipt of a PO, the contractor shall submit a proposal detailing the estimated cost and fee of providing the hardware ordered. The contract will thereafter be appropriately modified to reflect the target cost, target fee, and delivery dates negotiated for the items ordered, and any updates or amendments to the requirements pertaining to such items. If the parties cannot agree on any aspect of a PO, the Contracting Officer may unilaterally modify the contract and such modification shall be subject to the “Disputes” clause of this contract.

(c) “Hardware provisioning” as used herein is separate and distinct from “program provisioning” as defined in Clause H.2. Hardware items ordered in accordance with this Clause H.3 shall be subject to the incentive fee provisions of this contract.

H.4 FIELD TEST EQUIPMENT

(a) The Contractor shall provide "field test equipment" in the manner and within the limitations provided herein.

(b) Field Test Equipment (FTE) is defined as ground test equipment, tools, and fixtures necessary for checkout and test of hardware, including that required to support EMU certification, PDA and PIA testing at NASA JSC and ILC Dover, Inc., Frederica, Delaware. In furnishing FTE, the Contractor shall use, to the maximum extent practicable, existing Ground Support Equipment compatible with the Space Shuttle EMU for testing support. Control of FTE hardware shall be in accordance with SVP No. 245, latest revision as controlled by Hamilton Standard records.

(c) Field test equipment shall be ordered in writing by the Contracting Officer by the issuance of directions specifying the items to be provided and any limitations thereon. An equitable adjustment shall be made for the Contractor fabrication or acquisition of the field test equipment.

H.5 SPECIAL PROVISION FOR CONTRACT CHANGES

(a) Notwithstanding the provisions of the Changes clause and the Government Property clause, the parties agree that no change made pursuant to the Changes clause shall give rise to a formal proposal for equitable adjustment in the estimated cost or fee, delivery schedule, or any other contract provision, when said change causes an increase or decrease in estimated cost of $1 million or less in this contract, including option periods. The parties specifically agree that this provision shall be subject to the following guidelines:

(1) During the 4-year basic period of performance the estimated cumulative cost of changes issued under this provision shall not exceed $17M nor shall the cumulative cost of changes issued under the 3 option periods exceed $13M. The contract estimated cost baseline shall be adjusted to reflect the value of individual changes as they are issued by the Contracting Officer.

(2) During the 4-year basic period of performance the estimated cumulative value of fee compensation associated with changes issued under this provision shall not exceed $1.7M nor shall the cumulative value of fee compensation associated with changes issued under the 3 option periods exceed $1.3M. A contract fee adjustment shall be set forth in individual contract modifications issued by the Contracting Officer.

(3) Any changes issued in excess of the estimated values indicated in (1) and (2) above, shall give rise to an equitable adjustment in estimated cost and fee.

(b) Each change shall be controlling in making the above determination, and such change shall not, for purposes of determining the applicability of this clause, be added to any other change(s). The parties recognize that several changes may be grouped together in a single contract modification for issuance or definitization; however, the dollar value of each individual change will be controlling in determining whether or not an equitable adjustment different from this agreement is in order.

H.6 CONTINUOUS IMPROVEMENT

(a) The Contractor shall implement and maintain vigorous continuous improvement (CI) activities for the full duration of this contract with the overarching goals of improving productivity, achieving cost savings, and achieving other economies and efficiencies across the full spectrum of its performance of this contract and the performance of its subcontractors (at all tiers) whose subcontracts exceed a total of $10 million over the base period of this contract. The Contractor’s plan is incorporated herein as Section J-2 Program Management Plan.

(b) As part of its CI activities, the Contractor shall maintain data regarding its achievement of each of the Performance Requirements specified Section J-3 Contract Metrics to this contract and its performance in relationship to those Performance Requirements. Although the Contractor may use any system and format to maintain this data, the data must be easily and continuously accessible to
the Government pursuant to the Access to Contractor Data clause and be complete enough to be meaningful.

(c) The parties recognize that the Government may need to change policies or requirements in this contract in order to enable the Contractor to achieve specific efficiencies under this contract. The Contractor, therefore, is encouraged to request these changes when they may result in additional improvements or cost savings. The Government will, in good faith, consider accepting these changes. In the event that the Government cannot accept a suggestion, it will provide rationale to the Contractor as to why the suggestion was unacceptable. When possible, the Government shall propose modifications to a suggestion in order to make it acceptable. The Government’s rejection of a suggestion submitted pursuant to this clause shall not provide the basis for a dispute under the Disputes clause, any equitable adjustment in accordance with the Changes clause, or an adjustment of fee that might otherwise have been earned.

(d) This clause is not an advance agreement on the part of NASA to accept any changes made pursuant to this clause. Moreover, the Contractor shall not request any changes that degrade either the safety of the program or the ability to meet the flight manifest. Additionally, the Government cannot accept any change which modifies or otherwise is contrary to a statute, an Executive Order, or a regulation issued by another Government agency.

(e) The Changes clause shall not apply to any suggestion accepted pursuant to this clause. Instead, this clause shall be cited as authority for any changes that are required to accept the Contractor’s suggestion. Additionally, for a period of three years after implementation of a specific cost savings idea, an equitable adjustment shall not be required for changes resulting from this clause.

(f) The Contractor understands and agrees that, this clause notwithstanding, it is
responsible for performance of all contract requirements.

H.7 POTENTIALLY HAZARDOUS ITEMS

The Contractor shall furnish complete design information and drawings showing all details of construction, including materials, for the following items designated as potentially hazardous: Pressure Vessels

The Contractor shall promptly notify the Contracting Officer, in writing, of any other items which he may, during the term of this contract, believe to be potentially hazardous.

H.8 MANAGEMENT AND PROTECTION OF INFORMATION

(a) It is anticipated that the Contractor will have access to, be furnished, or use the following types of recorded information:

(1) Information of third parties with limited rights or restricted rights notices submitted to NASA or directly to the Contractor.
(2) Information of third parties which NASA has agreed to handle under protective arrangements.
(3) Information of which NASA intends to control the use and dissemination.

(b) In order to provide appropriate management for protecting such information, the Contractor agrees with respect to such information to (1) use and disclose such information only to the extent necessary to perform the work required under this contract, with particular emphasis on restricting the information to those “need to know” employees, and (2) to establish the necessary procedures to preclude disclosure of such information outside the Contractor employees assigned work area, except in accordance with the written instructions of the Contracting Officer.

H.9 SPECIAL AGREEMENT REGARDING INDEPENDENT RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT (IR&D)

The Contractor `, as part of the consideration for the award of this contract, hereby agrees to allocate and expend Independent Research and Development ((R&D) funds amounting to at least $500,000 per year for the base period and all option periods. The parties agree that none of the funds shall be expended toward the performance of tasks set forth in this contract; rather, the funds shall be directed toward appropriate research and development activities unique to the design of future advanced space suits for EVA related activities. Finally, the parties agree that NASA will be granted unlimited rights to the data and related information developed with these funds and that such information will be reported to NASA personnel from time to time in such format and manner as the Contracting Officer may request.

H.10 SAFETY AND HEALTH PLAN

(a) The standards, plans, and reporting procedures contemplated by Clause 18-52.223-70 entitled "Safety and Health," are described in the Section J-6 Safety and Health Plan.

(b) The Contractor shall provide for safety inspection and acceptance of work imposed by the SOW. Safety inspection and corrective action reports shall be made available to the Contracting Officer upon request.

(c) The Contractor shall immediately report to the cognizant center Director of Safety and Mission Assurance and the cognizant Contracting Officer (by telephone if possible) accidents and incidents which result in serious personal injuries or death; and incidents which result in substantial damage to resources, equipment or facilities used or occupied by the Contractor. Prepare and submit a NASA Mishap Report per local center requirements.

H.11 GOVERNMENT INSIGHT

(a) Definitions. For the purpose of this contract, the following definitions apply:

“Insight,” as used in this clause, means technical visibility into the Program, maintained through audit, surveillance, assessment of trends and metrics, software independent verification and validation, the flight readiness review process, and review or independent assessment of out-of-family anomalies occurring in any phase of the program.

“Surveillance,” as used in this clause means continual monitoring and verification of the status of manufacturing, testing, and processing of Shuttle
hardware, software and operations preparations to ensure that requirements are being fulfilled. Items to be monitored and verified are selected—this is not an all inclusive activity.

H.12 ENGINEERING CHANGE PROPOSALS

(a) Definitions.

"ECP" means an Engineering Change Proposal (ECP) which is a proposed engineering change and the documentation by which the change is described, justified, and submitted to the procuring activity for approval or disapproval. "NSTS 07700" means the NASA publication entitled, Space Shuttle Flight and Ground Specifications.

(b) Either party to the contract may originate ECPs. The originator shall forward proposed ECPs to the Contracting Officer. Unless otherwise required by the Contracting Officer, the ECP formats, forms and controls specified in NSTS 07700, Volume IV, Book 1 shall be used for Shuttle operations and in ISS 41170 for Space Station operations. Implementation of an approved ECP may occur by either a supplemental agreement or, if appropriate, as a written change order to the contract.

(c) Any ECP submitted to the Contracting Officer over $1M, shall include a "not-to-exceed" estimated cost increase or decrease adjustment amount, if any, and the required time of delivery adjustment, if any, acceptable to the originator of the ECP. If the change is originated within the Government, the Contracting Officer shall obtain a written agreement with the contractor regarding the "not-to-exceed" estimated cost and delivery adjustments, if any, prior to issuing an order for implementation of the change. An ECP accepted in accordance with the Changes clause of this contract shall not be considered an authorization to the Contractor to exceed the estimated cost in the contract Schedule, unless the estimated cost is increased by the change order or other contract modification.

(d) The contractor shall, in accordance with FAR 15.804-6, provide a completed Standard Form 1411, Contract Pricing Proposal Cover Sheet (Cost or Pricing Data Required), with appropriate attachments. At the time of agreement on the estimated cost amount, the contractor may be required to execute and submit to the Contracting Officer a Certificate of Current Cost or Pricing Data (FAR 15.804-2 and 15.804-4).

H.13 SPACE FLIGHT MOTIVATION AWARENESS PROGRAM

The Contractor shall maintain a product and performance-oriented motivation (awareness) program in accordance with Safety NHB 1700.1 (VI-B). The Program objective shall be the prevention of human error by instilling in individuals performing on the contract and on critical subcontracts an awareness of individual responsibility for ISS, Shuttle, and any other ancillary mission/payloads related to human space flight. As a minimum, goals should be to assure mission success, flight crew safety, and recognition of exemplary performance necessary to achieve success. The program shall include as a minimum:

(a) Participation in NASA-Industry Space Flight Awareness Program.

(b) Goal setting and measurement to provide documented practical goals and performance standards for the reduction and elimination of human errors at organizational and individual employee levels. (c) Error Cause Identification and Removal System for detecting human errors, relating them to an identifiable cause, and action to remove the cause.

(d) Methods to obtain and distribute motivational information and materials to concerned Contractor personnel, subcontractors, and vendors supplying critical flight and ground support hardware and software.

(e) Motivational (awareness) indoctrination for Contractor supervisory personnel and indoctrination of the work force in workmanship needs.

(f) Recognition of personnel who demonstrate their awareness through exceptional craftsmanship, error free workmanship, and attention to careful performance in their job responsibility. The Contractor shall flow down the provisions of this clause to all critical subcontractors.

H-14 HUMAN SPACE FLIGHT ITEM NASA 18.52.246-73 (MARCH 1997)

The Contractor shall include the following statement in all subcontracts and purchase orders placed by it in support of this contract, without exception as to amount or subcontract level:

"FOR USE IN HUMAN SPACE FLIGHT; MATERIALS, MANUFACTURING, AND WORKMANSHIP OF HIGHEST QUALITY STANDARDS ARE ESSENTIAL TO ASTRONAUT SAFETY.

IF YOU ARE ABLE TO SUPPLY THE DESIRED ITEM WITH A HIGHER QUALITY THAN THAT OF THE ITEMS SPECIFIED OR PROPOSED, YOU ARE REQUESTED TO BRING THIS FACT TO THE IMMEDIATE ATTENTION OF THE PURCHASER."

H.15 REQUIREMENT FOR COST TRACKING

Costs for the Space Shuttle and ISS shall be tracked and reported separately in order to comply with requirements that accurate and timely reporting of ISS costs to the Congress can be accomplished by NASA. These costs, to be reported in accordance with the requirements of 1852.242-73, NASA Contractor Financial Management Reporting. Cost tracking data shall be reported on the Earned Value Report (DRD No.3)

H.16 KEY PERSONNEL (1852.235-71) (MAR 1989)

The personnel and/or facilities listed below (or specified in the contract Schedule) are considered essential to the work being performed under this contract. Before removing, replacing, or diverting any of the listed or specified personnel or facilities, the Contractor shall (1) notify the Contracting Officer reasonably in advance and (2) submit justification (including proposed substitutions) in sufficient detail to permit evaluation of the impact on this contract.

The Contractor shall make no diversion without the Contracting Officer’s written consent: provided that the Contracting Officer may ratify in writing the proposed change, and that ratification shall constitute the Contracting Officer’s consent required by this clause.

The list of personnel and/or facilities (shown below or as specified in the contract Schedule) may, with the consent of the contracting parties, be amended from time to time during the course of the contract to add or delete personnel and/or facilities.


FOIA b4 exemption – Key Personnel




H.16 REPRESENTATIONS, CERTIFICATIONS, AND OTHER STATEMENTS OF
OFFERORS (JSC 52.209-90) (SEPTEMBER 1988)

This contract incorporates Section K, Representations, Certifications, and Other Statements of Offerors, as set forth in the contractor's proposal No. HSPC 97T21 dated June 23, 1997, by reference, with the same force and effect as if it were given in full text.

THIS CLAUSE WAS INCORPORATED INTO SAs 267 & 269 ONLY
2. Employee Stock Ownership Plan ("ESOP") Costs Clause:

On 10 February 2000, the U.S. Government’s Corporate Administrative Contracting Officer issued an initial finding that United Technologies Corporation does not comply with Cost Accounting Standard 415.50(e)(1) regarding the measurement of costs on the Corporation’s ESOP. The Corporation disagrees with this finding. The estimated cost of this contract is subject to reduction in the event the Government’s position on the alleged CAS 415 noncompliance is finally upheld by a Board of Contract Appeals or court of competent jurisdiction, or by mutual agreement. The parties to this contract agree that the estimated cost of this contract contains disputed ESOP costs. The estimated cost will be adjusted in a manner mutually agreeable to the parties once total allowable ESOP costs are finally determined. The amount of the adjustment will include the excess ESOP costs paid under this agreement, and applicable interest, in accordance with FAR 52.230-2 (a)(5). If this contract is over ceiling or target cost, the parties agree to negotiate an equitable reduction in the adjustment otherwise required to account for costs in excess of the ceiling / target.

I.1 Listing Of Clauses Incorporated By Reference xe "I. 1 LIST OF SECTION I CLAUSES INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE"

The following clauses are incorporated by reference in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 52.252-2 CLAUSES INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (JUN 1988):

I. FEDERAL ACQUISITION REGULATION (48 CFR CHAPTER 1)

52.202-1 DEFINITIONS (OCT 1995)
52.203-3 GRATUITIES (APR 1984)
52.203-5 COVENANT AGAINST CONTINGENT FEES (APR 1984)
52.203-6 RESTRICTIONS ON SUBCONTRACTOR SALES TO THE GOVERNMENT (JUL 1995)
52.203-7 ANTI-KICKBACK PROCEDURES (JUL 1995)
52.203-8 Cancellation, REsCiSSION, and recovery of funds for illegal or improper activity (Jan 1997)
52.203-10 PRICE OR FEE ADJUSTMENT FOR ILLEGAL OR IMPROPER ACTIVITY (JAN 1997)
52.203-12 LIMITATION ON PAYMENTS TO INFLUENCE CERTAIN FEDERAL TRANSACTIONS (JuN 1997)
52.204-2 SECURITY REQUIREMENTS (AUG 1996)
52.204-4 PRINTING/COPYING DOUBLE SIDED ON RECYCLED PAPER (JUN 1996)
52.209-6 PROTECTING THE GOVERNMENT'S INTEREST WHEN SUBCONTRACTING WITH CONTRACTORS DEBARRED, SUSPENDED, OR PROPOSED FOR DEBARMENT (JUL 1995)
52.211-5 NEW MATERIAL (MAY 1995)
52.211-7 OTHER THAN NEW MATERIAL, RESIDUAL INVENTORY, AND FORMER GOVERNMENT SURPLUS PROPERTY (MAY 1995)
52.211-15 DEFENSE PRIORITY AND ALLOCATION REQUIREMENTS
(SEP 1990)
52.215-2 AUDIT AND RECORDS--NEGOTIATION (AUG 1996)
52.215-22 PRICE REDUCTION FOR DEFECTIVE COST OR PRICING DATA (OCT 1995)
52.215-24 SUBCONTRACTOR COST OR PRICING DATA (OCT 1995)
52.215-26 INTEGRITY OF UNIT PRICES (Jan 1997) --ALTERNATE I (JAN 1997)
52.215-27 TERMINATION OF DEFINED BENEFIT PENSION PLANS (MAR 1996)
52.215-33 ORDER OF PRECEDENCE (JAN 1986)
52.215-39 REVERSION OR ADJUSTMENT OF PLANS FOR POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS OTHER THAN PENSIONS (PRB) (MAR 1996)
52.215-40 notification of ownership changes (FEB 1995)
52.215-42 requirements for cost or pricing data or information
other than cost or pricing data - modifications (JAN 1997)
52.216-7 ALLOWABLE COST AND PAYMENT (MAR 2000) REF. SA 272
52.216-10 INCENTIVE FEE (MAR 1997)
52.216-18 ORDERING (Oct. 1995) Ref. sa 87
52.216-19 order limitations (oct. 1995) ref. sa 87
52.216-22 indefinite quantity (oct. 1995) ref. sa 87
52.219-8 UTILIZATION OF SMALL, SMALL DISADVANTAGED AND WOMEN-OWNED SMALL BUSINESS CONCERNS (Jun 1997)
52.219-9 SMALL, SMALL DISADVANTAGED AND WOMEN-OWNED SMALL BUSINESS SUBCONTRACTING PLAN (AUG 1996)
52.219-16 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES--SUBCONTRACTING PLAN (OCT 1995)
52.222-2 payment for overtime premiums (jul 1990) - zero
52.222-20 WALSH-HEALEY PUBLIC CONTRACTS ACT (DEC 1996)
52.222-26 EQUAL OPPORTUNITY (APR 1984)
52.222-28 EQUAL OPPORTUNITY PRE-AWARD CLEARANCE OF SUBCONTRACTS (APR 1984)
52.222-35 AFFIRMATIVE ACTION FOR SPECIAL DISABLED AND VIETNAM ERA VETERANS (APR 1984)
52.222-36 AFFIRMATIVE ACTION FOR HANDICAPPED WORKERS (APR 1984)
52.222-37 EMPLOYMENT REPORTS ON SPECIAL DISABLED VETERANS AND VETERANS OF THE VIETNAM ERA (JAN 1988)
52.223-2 CLEAN AIR AND WATER (APR 1984)
52.223-3 hazardous material identification and material safety data (JAN 1997) alt 1 (jul 1995)
52.223-3 Hazardous Material IDENTIFICATION and MAterial Safety Data (jan 1997)
52.223-6 DRUG FREE WORK PLACE (JAN 1997)
52.223-14 TOXIC CHEMICAL RELEASE REPORTING (OCT 1996)
52.225-9 BUY AMERICAN ACT-Trade Agreements-balance of payments program (JAN 1996)
52.225-10 DUTY-FREE ENTRY (APR 1984)
52.225-11 RESTRICTIONS ON CERTAIN FOREIGN PURCHASES (OCT 1996)
52.227-1 AUTHORIZATION AND CONSENT (JUL 1995)
52.227-2 NOTICE AND ASSISTANCE REGARDING PATENT AND COPY-RIGHT INFRINGEMENT (AUG 1996)
52.227-14 rights in data - general (jun 1987) (alt ii) (jun 1987)
52.227-16 additional data requirements (jun 1987)
52.228-7 INSURANCE--LIABILITY TO THIRD PERSONS (MAR 1996)
52.230-2 COST ACCOUNTING STANDARDS (APR 1996)
52.230-6 ADMINISTRATION OF COST ACCOUNTING STANDARDS (APR 1996)
52.232-9 LIMITATION ON WITHHOLDING OF PAYMENTS (APR 1984)
52.232-17 INTEREST (JUNE 1996)
52.232-22 LIMITATION OF FUNDS (APR 1984) as modified by NASA FAR Supplement 18-32.705-2
52.232-23 ASSIGNMENT OF CLAIMS (JAN 1986)
52.232-25 PROMPT PAYMENT (JUN 1997) (b)(2), second sentence, shall have a 30 day period for any contract financing payments
52.232-33 MANDATORY INFORMATION FOR ELECTRONIC FUNDS TRANSFER PAYMENT (AUG 1996)
52.233-1 DISPUTES (OCT 1995) - ALTERNATE I (DEC 1991)
52.233-3 PROTEST AFTER AWARD (AUG 1996) - ALTERNATE I (JUN 1985)
52.237-2 PROTECTION OF GOVERNMENT BUILDINGS, EQUIPMENT, AND VEGETATION (APR 1984)
52.242-1 NOTICE OF INTENT TO DISALLOW COSTS (APR 1984)
52.242-3 PENALTIES FOR UNALLOWABLE COSTS (OCT 1995)
52.242-4 CERTIFICATE OF FINAL INDIRECT COSTS (JAN 1997)
52.242-13 BANKRUPTCY (JUL 1995)
52.243-2 CHANGES--COST-REIMBURSEMENT (AUG 1987)
52.243-7 notification of changes (apr 1984)
52.244-2 SUBCONTRACTS (COST-REIMBURSEMENT AND LETTER CONTRACTS) (FEB 1997)--ALTERNATE I (AUG 1996) {paragraph (e) is "None"}
52.244-5 COMPETITION IN SUBCONTRACTING (DEC 1996)
52.244-6 SUBCONTRACTS FOR COMMERCIAL ITEMS AND COMMERCIAL COMPONENTS (OCT 1995)
52.245-5 GOVERNMENT PROPERTY (Cost-reimbursement, time-and-materials, or labor-hour contracts) (JAN 1986)
52.245-18 SPECIAL TEST EQUIPMENT (FEB 1993)
52.245-19 GOVERNMENT PROPERTY FURNISHED "AS IS" (APR 1984)
52.246-24 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY--HIGH VALUE ITEMS (FEB 1997)
52.248-1 VALUE ENGINEERING (MAR 1989)
52.249-6 TERMINATION (COST-REIMBURSEMENT) (SEP 1996)
52.249-14 EXCUSABLE DELAYS (APR 1984)
52.251-1 GOVERNMENT SUPPLY SOURCES (APR 1984)
52.253-1 COMPUTER GENERATED FORMS (52.2531) (JAN 1991)

II. NASA FEDERAL ACQUISITION REGULATION (48 CFR CHAPTER 18)

18-52.215-84 OMBUDSMAN (OCT 1996) The JSC Ombudsman is CHARLES J. PRECOURT, COL USAFTHOMAS at 281-483-3699. The NASA Ombudsman is S. LUEDTKE AT 202-358-2090.
18-52.219-74 use of rural area small businesses (sep 1990)
18-52.219-75 small business and small disadvantaged business subcontracting reporting (JUN 1997)
18-52.219-76 nasa 8 Percent Goal (jul 1997)
18-52.227-14 RIGHTS IN DATA - GENERAL
1852.228-75 MINIMUM INSURANCE COVERAGE (oct 1988)
18-52.235-70 CENTER FOR AEROSPACE INFORMATION SERVICES (NOV 1992)
18-52.237-70 EMERGENCY EVACUATION PROCEDURES (DEC 1988)
18-52.243-70 engineering change proposals alternatE i & ii (MAR 1997)
18-52.244-70 geographic participation aerospace program (apr 1985)

iii. CLAUSES INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE WHICH ARE APPLICABLE TO THE CARRY-OVER EFFORT FROM NAS 9-17873

a. cost-plus-Incentive-fee; cost-plus-fixed-fee

52.202-1 DEFINITIONS (SEP 1991) (ALTERNATE I) (APR 1984)
52.209-6 PROTECTING THE GOVERNMENT'S INTEREST WHEN SUBCONTRACTING
WITH CONTRACTORS DEBARRED, SUSPENDED, OR PROPOSED FOR
DEBARMENT (NOV 1992)
52.212-8 DEFENSE PRIORITY AND
ALLOCATION REQUIREMENTS (SEP 1990)
52.215-1 EXAMINATION OF RECORDS
BY COMPTROLLER GENERAL (FEB 1993)
52.215-2 AUDIT--NEGOTIATION (FEB 1993)
52.215-21 CHANGES OR ADDITIONS TO MAKE BUY PROGRAM (ALTERNATE II)
(apr 1994)
52.215-23 PRICE REDUCTION FOR DEFECTIVE COST OR PRICING DATA - MODIFICATIONS) (dec 1994)
52.215-24 SUBCONTRACTOR COST OR PRICING DATA (DEC 1994)
52.215-25 SUBCONTRACTOR COST OR pRICING DATA - MODIFICATIONS (DEC 1994)
52.223-3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
IDENTIFICATION AND MATERIAL SAFETY DATA (NOV 1991)
52.225-3 BUY AMERICAN ACT--SUPPLIES (JAN 1994)
52.225-11 RESTRICTIONS ON CERTAIN fOREIGN PURCHASES (MAY 1992)
52.230-2 COST ACCOUNTING STANDARDS (AUG 1992)
52.230-5 ADMINISTRATION OF COST ACCOUNTING STANDARDS (FEB 1995)
52.232-25 PROMPT PAYMENT (MAR 1994)
52.233-1 DISPUTES (MAR 1994)
52.245-18 SPECIAL TEST EQUIPMENT (FEB 1993)

II. NASA FAR SUPPLEMENT (48 CFR CHAPTER 18)

18-52.223-70 SAFETY AND HEALTH (SEP 1993)
18-52.223-73 SAFETY & HEALTH PLAN (DEC 1988)
18-52.228-72 CROSS WAIVER OF LIABILITY cOVERING SHUTTLE OPERATIONS
(SEP 1993)
18-52.215-78 MAKE OR BUY PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS (DEC 1988)
18-52.228-76 CROSS WAIVER OF LIABILITY FOR SPACE STATION ACTIVITIES
INFORMATION IN THE AEROSPACE PROGRAM (DEC 1994)
18-52.243-70 ENGINEERING CHANGE PROPOSALS (SEP 1993) ALTERNATE I (SEP 1990) $400,000
18-52.245-70 ACQUISITION OF CENTRALLY REPORTABLE EQUIPMENT(MAR 1989)
18-52.245-73 FINANCIAL REPORTING OF NASA PROPERTY IN THE CUSTODY OF CONTRACTORS (SEP 1996)

b. Fixed price cLAUSES:

52.208-1 REQUIRED SOURCES FOR JEWEL BEARINGS AND RELATED
ITEMS (APR 1984)
52.229-4 FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL TAXES (NONCOMPETITIVE CONTRACT) (JAN 1991)
52.232-1 PAYMENTS (APR 1984)
52.232-8 DISCOUNTS FOR PROMPT PAYMENT (APR 1989)
52.232-11 EXTRAS (APR 1984)
52.232-16 PROGRESS PAYMENTS (JUL 1991)
52.242-15 STOP-WORK ORDER (AUG 1989)
52.242-17 GOVERNMENT DELAY OF WORK (APR 1984)
52.243-1 CHANGES—FIXED-PRICE (AUG 1987)
52.245-2 GOVERNMENT PROPERTY (FIXED-PRICE CONTRACTS) (DEC 1989)
52.246-16 RESPONSIBILITY FOR SUPPLIES (APR 1984)
52.249-2 TERMINATION FOR THE CONVENIENCE OF THE GOVERNMENT
(FIXED-PRICE) (SEP 1996)
52.249-8 DEFAULT (FIXED-PRICE SUPPLY AND SERVICE) (APR 1984)


B. NASA/FAR SUPPLEMENT (48 CFR CHAPTER 18) CLAUSES

18-52.212-70 notICE OF DELAY (DEC 1988)

(End of By Reference Section)

I.2 APPROVAL OF CONTRACT (52.204-1)

This contract is subject to written approval of the JSC Procurement Officer and shall not be binding until so approved.

(End of Clause)


I.3 LIMITATION ON WITHHOLDING OF PAYMENTS (52.2329) (APR 1984)xe "I. 3 LIMITATION ON WITHHOLDING OF PAYMENTS (52.2329) (APR 1984)"

If more than one clause or Schedule term of this contract authorizes the temporary withholding of amounts otherwise payable to the Contractor for supplies delivered or services performed, the total of the amounts withheld at any one time shall not exceed the greatest amount that may be withheld under any one clause or Schedule term at that time; provided, that this limitation shall not apply to

(a) Withholdings pursuant to any clause relating to wages or hours of employees;

(b) Withholdings not specifically provided for by this contract;

(c) The recovery of overpayments; and

(d) Any other withholding for which the Contracting Officer determines that this limitation is inappropriate.

(End of Clause)

i. 4 CLAUSES INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (52.2522) (JUN 1988)xe "I. 6 CLAUSES INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (52.2522) (JUN 1988)"

This contract incorporates one or more clauses by reference, with the same force and effect as if they were given in full text. Upon request, the Contracting Officer will make their full text available.
(End of Clause)


I.5 ALTERATIONS IN CONTRACT (52.252-4) (APR 1984)

Portions of this contract are altered as follows:

Clause 52.243-2, Changes - Cost-Reimbursement, is modified by deleting the 30-day reference and inserting a reference to 60 days in lieu thereof.

(End of Clause)


Attachment Title

J-1 Data Requirements List (DRL) & Data Requirements Documents

J-2 Program Management Plan

J-3 Contract Metrics

J-4 Performance Evaluation (Fee) Plan

J-5 Program Provisioning

J-6 Hardware Quantities and Delivery Schedules

J-7 Hardware Refurbishment Quantities
and Schedules

J-8 Hardware Provisioning List

J-9 Safety and Health Plan

J-10 Government Furnished Property

J-11 Installation Provided Services

J-12 Applicable Documents

J-13 NAS 9-17873 Carry-Over Effort

J-14 Quality Plan

J-15 Subcontracting Plan








a. Title of Contract, Project, SOW, etc.b. Contract/RFP No.
999c. DRL Date/Mod DateEMU Program ContractNAS 9-971503/21/971. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 1 b. number1Program Management PlanARPrint: 4
Electronic: 17. Data type:X(1) Written approval(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksTechnical Manager Resource Analyst
Contracting Officer Data Center
90 days after contract award and all revisions.1. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 1 b. number2Work Breakdown Structure (WBS) and DictionaryARPrint:
Electronic: 17. Data type:X(1) Written approval(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksTechnical Manager Resource Analyst
Contracting Officer Data Center
90 days after contract award and all revisions.1. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 2 b. number3Earned Value Financial Management ReportMonthlyPrint: 5
Electronic: 17. Data type:(1) Written approvalX(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksTechnical Manager Financial Management Analyst
Contracting Officer Data Center
Resource Analyst
Baseline Plan - 30 days after contract award. Monthly reports due on the 20th calendar day of the month.1. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 1b. number4Metrics PlanARPrint: 4
Electronic: 17. Data type:(1) Written approvalX(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksTechnical Manager Resource Analyst
Contracting Officer Data Center
JSC Form 2323 (Rev May 91) (MS Word Aug 95)

a. Title of Contract, Project, SOW, etc.b. Contract/RFP No.c. DRL Date/Mod DateEMU Program ContractNAS 9-971503/21/971. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 1b. number5Configuration Management PlanARPrint: 4
Electronic: 17. Data type:X(1) Written approval(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksTechnical Manager Resource Analyst
Contracting Officer Data Center90 days after contract award and all revisions.1. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 1b. number6Data Management PlanARPrint: 4
Electronic: 17. Data type:X(1) Written approval(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksTechnical Manager Resource Analyst
Contracting Officer Data Center90 days after contract award and all revisions.1. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 1b. number7Government Property Management PlanARPrint: 4
Electronic: 17. Data type:X(1) Written approval(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksTechnical Manager Property Administrator
Contracting Officer Data Center90 days after contract award and all revisions.1. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 2b. number8Logistics Operations ReportingARPrint: 3
Electronic: 17. Data type:(1) Written approvalX(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksContracting Officer
Property Administrator
Data CenterJSC Form 2323 (Rev May 91) (MS Word Aug 95)

a. Title of Contract, Project, SOW, etc.b. Contract/RFP No.c. DRL Date/Mod DateEMU Program ContractNAS 9-971503/21/971. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 2b. number9New Technology ReportAnnuallyPrint: 2
Electronic: 17. Data type:(1) Written approvalX(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksContracting Officer
Data Center1. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 2b. number10EMU Processing and Constraints Document
(FEMU-R-001)ARPrint: 6
Electronic: 17. Data type:(1) Written approvalX(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksTechnical Manager S&MA
SSM ILC
Data Center BAO/FEPC ConfigurationAs amended.1. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 1b. number11Interface Control Documents (ICD's)ARPrint: 4
7. Data type:X(1) Written approval(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksTechnical Manager BAO/FEPC Configuration
SSM Data Center
1. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 2b. number12Mass Properties ReportTYPrint: 5
Electronic: 17. Data type:(1) Written approvalX(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksTechnical Manager SR&QA
Contracting Officer
SSM
As part of Program Review package.JSC Form 2323 (Rev May 91) (MS Word Aug 95)









a. Title of Contract, Project, SOW, etc.b. Contract/RFP No.c. DRL Date/Mod DateEMU Program ContractNAS 9-971503/21/971. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 1b. number13Certification Plan / Procedures / ReportARPrint: 5
Electronic: 1 7. Data type:X(1) Written approval(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksTechnical Manager SR&QA
SSM S&MA
Data CenterCert plan and procedures requirements Section (a-i) 15 working days prior to PDR as part of DRD 42. Test parameter Section (J-P) 15 working days prior to CDR as part of DRD 34. Cert report submitted 30 days after test completion.1. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 2b. number14NASA EMU LSS and SSA DatabookAnnuallyPrint: 145
7. Data type:(1) Written approvalX(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksCOTR
SSM120 days after contract definitization.1. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 1b. number15S&MA Certification Approval Request (SMACAR)ARPrint: 4
Electronic: 17. Data type:X(1) Written approval(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksSSM SR&QA
Data Center S&MATo be included as part of DRD 13 (Cert Report).1. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 1b. number16Field Operation Support Plan RESERVEDARPrint: 4
Electronic: 17. Data type:X(1) Written approval(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksTechnical Manager Resource Analyst
Contracting Officer Data Center
90 days after contract award and all revisions.JSC Form 2323 (Rev May 91) (MS Word Aug 95)

a. Title of Contract, Project, SOW, etc.b. Contract/RFP No.c. DRL Date/Mod DateEMU Program ContractNAS 9-971503/21/971. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 2b. number17Development and Design Test Procedures/ReportARPrint: 5
Electronic: 17. Data type:(1) Written approvalX(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksTechnical Manager SR&QA
SSM S&MA
Data CenterTest procedures due 30 days prior to test. Report due 30 days after test complete.1. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 1b. number18Problem Reporting and Corrective Action (PRACA)ARPrint: 5
Electronic: 17. Data type:X(1) Written approval(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksTechnical Manager SR&QA
SSM S&MA
Data Center1. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 1b. number19Limited Life Items List (LLIL)ARPrint: 6
Electronic: 17. Data type:X(1) Written approval(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksTechnical Manager SR&QA
SSM S&MA
Data Center BAO/FEPC ConfigurationSubmitted with DRD 34 15 working days prior to CDR and as required.1. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 2b. number20Master Authorized Change Record (MACR) ReportARPrint: 27. Data type:(1) Written approvalX(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksData Center
BAO/FEPC ConfigurationJSC Form 2323 (Rev May 91) (MS Word Aug 95)

a. Title of Contract, Project, SOW, etc.b. Contract/RFP No.c. DRL Date/Mod DateEMU Program ContractNAS 9-971503/21/971. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 1b. number21Predelivery Acceptance Test (PDA)ARPrint: 4
Electronic: 17. Data type:X(1) Written approval(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksSSM SR&QA
Data Center S&MA20 working days prior to start of test initiate procedures by TPS which will be approved at TRR.1. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 2
b. number22Hazardous Waste Quantity ReportAnnuallyPrint: 1
Electronic: 17. Data type:(1) Written approvalX(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksContracting Officer90 days after contract definitization beginning of each calendar year.1. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 2b. number23NASA/GIDEP Alert System DocumentationARPrint: 5
Electronic: 17. Data type:(1) Written approvalX(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksTechnical Manager S&MA
Contracting Officer
Data Center
SSMAlert report within 5 days of problem identification. Response to NASA alert within 21 days.1. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 2b. number24Space Shuttle GFE Safety Analysis Report (SAR) and Hazard Report (HR)Semi-AnnuallyPrint: 3
Electronic: 17. Data type:(1) Written approvalX(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksSSM S&MA
Data Center
BAO/FEPC Configuration15 working days prior to CDR along with DRD 34 with updates as required and 15 working days prior to PDR along with DRD 42. JSC Form 2323 (Rev May 91) (MS Word Aug 95)

a. Title of Contract, Project, SOW, etc.b. Contract/RFP No.c. DRL Date/Mod DateEMU Program ContractNAS 9-971503/21/971. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 2b. number25Accident/Incident Report and Safety Activities ReportMonthlyPrint: 3
Electronic: 17. Data type:(1) Written approvalX(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksTechnical Manager
Contracting Officer
Data Center1. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 2b. number26Pressure Vessel Historical DataARPrint: 1
Electronic: 17. Data type:(1) Written approvalX(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksData Center1. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 2b. number27Pressure Vessel System RecertificationARPrint: 3
Electronic: 17. Data type:(1) Written approvalX(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksTechnical Manager S&MA
SSM
Data Center1. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type b. number28Space Station GFE Failure Modes and Effects Analysis (FMEA) and Critical Items List (CIL)Semi-AnnuallyType 1, 2
Print: 47. Data type:X(1) Written approvalX(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksTechnical Manager S&MA
SSM
Data CenterNote: FMEA is Type II document; CIL is Type I document; 15 working days prior to CDR along with DRD 34, with updates as required; and 15 working days prior to PDR along with DRD 42. JSC Form 2323 (Rev May 91) (MS Word Aug 95)

a. Title of Contract, Project, SOW, etc.b. Contract/RFP No.c. DRL Date/Mod DateEMU Program ContractNAS 9-971503/21/971. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 1b. number29Reliability & Maintainability PlanARPrint: 4
Electronic: 17. Data type:X(1) Written approval(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksTechnical Manager Data Center
SSM
S&MA90 days after contract definitization and all revisions.1. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 2b. number30EEE Parts Data RequirementsARPrint: 4
Electronic: 17. Data type:(1) Written approvalX(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksSSM SR&QA
Data Center S&MAIrregular EEE parts usage submit 21 days prior to parts procurement. EEE parts qualification test submit 20 working days prior to test. EEE parts specification submit 15 working days prior to PDR or 30 days after placement of order, whichever comes first. EEE part qualification test report submit 30 days after completion of test.1. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 1b. number31SR&QA Program PlanARPrint: 4
Electronic: 17. Data type:(1) Written approvalX(2) Mandatory Submittal
(Ref. SA 285)(3) Submitted upon request 8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksTechnical Manager Data Center
SSM SR&QA90 days after contract definitization and all revisions.1. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 1b. number32Acceptance Data Package (ADP)ARPrint: 17. Data type:X(1) Written approval(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksSee Section 9.One copy with each EMU hardware end item.JSC Form 2323 (Rev May 91) (MS Word Aug 95)

a. Title of Contract, Project, SOW, etc.b. Contract/RFP No.c. DRL Date/Mod DateEMU Program ContractNAS 9-971503/21/971. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 2b. number33Authorized Change RecordARPrint: 17. Data type:(1) Written approvalX(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksSubmitted as part of DRD 32.1. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 2b. number34Critical Design Review Data PackageARPrint: 20
Electronic: 1 (less drawings)7. Data type:(1) Written approvalX(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksTechnical Manager SR&QA
SSM S&MA
Data Center15 working days prior to CDR.1. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 2b. number35Microfilming of Engineering and Associated Lists DocumentARPrint: 27. Data type:(1) Written approvalX(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksData Center
BAO/FEPC ConfigurationReleased drawings and associated lists.1. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 2b. number36Engineering Change OrderARPrint: 27. Data type:(1) Written approvalX(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksData Center
BAO/FEPC ConfigurationJSC Form 2323 (Rev May 91) (MS Word Aug 95)

a. Title of Contract, Project, SOW, etc.b. Contract/RFP No.c. DRL Date/Mod DateEMU Program ContractNAS 9-971503/21/971. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 2b. number37Engineering Drawings and Associated ListsPrint: 27. Data type:(1) Written approvalX(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksData Center
BAO/FEPC Configuration1. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 1b. number38Fracture Control PlanARPrint: 6
Electronic: 17. Data type:X(1) Written approval(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksTechnical Manager SR&QA
SSM Data Center
BAO/FEPC Configuration S&MA90 days after contract definitization.1. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 1b. number39Development Test(s) PlanARPrint: 5
Electronic: 17. Data type:X(1) Written approval(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksTechnical Manager SR&QA
SSM
Data CenterPlan Identified in 2 sections: Section 1 due with PDR package 15 working days prior to PDR along with DRD 42; Section 2 due 20 days prior to test.1. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 1
b. number40Material Control and Verification Program Plan (MATCO)Print: 3
Electronic: 17. Data type:X(1) Written approval(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksTechnical Manager
Materials
Data Center90 days after contract definitization and all revisions.JSC Form 2323 (Rev May 91) (MS Word Aug 95)

a. Title of Contract, Project, SOW, etc.b. Contract/RFP No.c. DRL Date/Mod DateEMU Program ContractNAS 9-971503/21/971. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 2b. number41Preliminary Design Review (PDR) and Critical Design Review (CDR) ReportARPrint: 20
Electronic: 1 (less drawings)7. Data type:(1) Written approvalX(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksTechnical Manager SR&QA
SSM S&MA
Data CenterDelivery 10 after RID or action items review. 1. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 2b. number42Preliminary Design Review Data PackageARPrint: 20
Electronic: 1 (less drawings)7. Data type:(1) Written approvalX(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksTechnical Manager SR&QA
SSM S&MA
Data Center15 working days prior to PDR.1. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 2b. number43Specification/Assembly Drawing (S/AD)ARPrint: 57. Data type:(1) Written approvalX(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksSSM
Data Center BAO/FEPC Configuration
SR&QASubmit with PDR package 15 working prior to PDR along with DRD 42; submit with CDR package (DRD 34) 15 working days prior to CDR. 1. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 1b. number44Structural Stress Analysis Report
ARPrint: 3
Electronic: 17. Data type:X(1) Written approval(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksSSM
Data Center
S&MA
To be accomplished for all new or structural redesigned hardware.JSC Form 2323 (Rev May 91) (MS Word Aug 95)

a. Title of Contract, Project, SOW, etc.b. Contract/RFP No.c. DRL Date/Mod DateEMU Program ContractNAS 9-971503/21/9971. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 1b. number45System Design and Performance Requirements Document (SN07800)ARPrint: 5
Electronic: 17. Data type:X(1) Written approval(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksTechnical Manager SR&QA
SSM S&MA
Data Center30 days after contract definitization and all revisions.1. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 1b. number46Cleaning, Preservation, Packaging, Handling, Storage, and Shipping ProcedureARPrint: 5
Electronic: 17. Data type:X(1) Written approval(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksTechnical Manager Data Center
SR&QA BAO/FEPC Configuration
S&MA 15 working days prior to CDR with DRD 34.1. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 2b. number47Maintenance and Repair ManualARPrint: 37. Data type:(1) Written approvalX(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksData Center
BAO/FEPC Configuration
S&MA1. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 1b. number48Safety PlanARPrint: 4
Electronic: 17. Data type:X(1) Written approval(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksTechnical Manager SR&QA
Data Center
S&MA 90 days after contract definitization and all revisions.JSC Form 2323 (Rev May 91) (MS Word Aug 95)

a. Title of Contract, Project, SOW, etc.b. Contract/RFP No.c. DRL Date/Mod DateEMU Program ContractNAS 9-971503/221/971. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 1b. number49Material Review BoardARPrint: 4
Electronic: 17. Data type:X(1) Written approval(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksTechnical Manager SR&QA
SSM Data Center
S&MASubmitted as part of DRD 31.1. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 1b. number50Pre-Installation Test/Acceptance Plan and ProcedureARPrint: 3
Electronic: 17. Data type:X(1) Written approval(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksSSM S&MA
Data Center
SR&QAPlan shall be included in each end item S/AD.1. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 1
b. number51Test Performance Sheet for Test ProceduresAR7. Data type:X(1) Written approval(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksRetain at contractor facility.20 working days prior to start of test.1. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 1b. number52Test Readiness Review (TRR) Package
ARPrint: 4
Electronic: 17. Data type:X(1) Written approval(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksTechnical Manager SR&QA
SSM S&MA
Data Center30 days prior to certification testing.JSC Form 2323 (Rev May 91) (MS Word Aug 95)

a. Title of Contract, Project, SOW, etc.b. Contract/RFP No.c. DRL Date/Mod DateEMU Program ContractNAS 9-971503/21/971. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 1b. number53Waiver/Deviation RequestARPrint: 5
Electronic: 17. Data type:X(1) Written approval(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksTechnical Manager Data Center
Contracting Officer SR&QA
SSM S&MASubmit as part of CCBD.1. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 2b. number54Geographic Economic Impact ReportsAnnuallyPrint: 2
Electronic: 17. Data type:(1) Written approvalX(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksContracting Officer
Resource AnalystBeginning of calendar year.1. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 2b. number55Small Business, Women-Owned Small Business and Small Disadvantaged Business concerns Plan/ReportsSee 9Print: 1
Electronic: 17. Data type:(1) Written approvalX(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksContracting OfficerSF294 - Semi-annually
SF295 - Quarterly1. Line item no.
2. DRD Title3. Frequency4. As-of-Date5. 1st subm. date6. Copiesa. type 2b. number56Material Usage Agreement (MUA)ARPrint: 3
Electronic: 17. Data type:(1) Written approvalX(2) Mandatory Submittal(3) Submitted upon request8. Distribution (Continue on a blank sheet if needed)9. RemarksTechnical Manager S&MA
Data Center
MaterialsJSC Form 2323 (Rev May 91) (MS Word Aug 95)

1. DRD Title2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No. PROGRAM MANAGEMENT PLAN1/27/9719-BL3-08-7-03P4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)This document shall be the master plan which describes the overall contractor system for the conduct and implementation of the contract statement of work.
5. DRD Category: (check one)TechnicalxAdministrativeSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)CSD-SH-021, REV A
8. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)
1. SCOPE: The Management Plan shall describe the basis for the contractor management organization, approach, and systems. It shall provide a comprehensive integration of all management systems of the prime, subcontractors, and major vendors. The systems will include those specifically required to accomplish the Statement of Work, as well as those systems and procedures that are to be set in place by the contractor.

2. CONTENT: The Management Plan shall address the contractor’s plans for work definition and authorization, scheduling, budgeting, data accumulation, Safety and Mission Assurance, Program recovery process, subcontract/material control, indirect cost management, baseline control, and organization structure.

This document shall be the master plan which describes the overall contractor system for the conduct and implementation of this program. The plan contents should be summary in nature but should provide sufficient information to define the concepts and techniques to be employed by the contractor in his approach to program management.

The plan shall consist of the requirements for each of the following areas and an index of the contractor’s internal operation plans, directives, and procedures for each of the following areas with a brief discussion as to how they will be utilized in managing the program and fulfilling the requirements:

Program Management
Performance Management
Configuration Management
Risk Management
Data Management
Quality Assurance Management
Verification and Validation Management
Ref. h. Cleaning Test Management
Mod. 11 i. Reliability and Safety Management
j. Systems Engineering Management
k. Project Engineering Management
l. Subcontract Management
m. Small Business Goals
Procurement Management
o. Manufacturing Management
p. Product Support Management q. Spares Logistics Management r. Transportation, Shipping, Receiving, Warehousing and Distribution Management

The contractor may add subject as deemed appropriate and necessary in order to convey his total program plan.

The plan shall include master phasing and milestone charts for the overall program which portray major milestones; e.g.,; beginning and completion of major activities; points at which major decisions must be made; and major action and events affecting the program requiring action by the Government as well as major subcontractors.

The plan shall include a current organization chart of that portion of your firm assigned responsibility for conducting the program. The chart shall show lines of authority and how the program fits within your corporate organization structure. In conjunction with this chart, the contractor shall identify by name the key management personnel in the functional areas of (a) Program Management; (b) Safety, Reliability, and Quality Assurance; (c) Systems Engineering; (d) Development; (e) Production; and (f) Product Support. Supporting documentation shall be furnished to show how you intend to blend the talents, skills, and experience of personnel in the various functional areas.

Upon NASA approval, the plan shall form the basis for the contractor’s overall program management system and shall be updated and submitted to NASA for approval as revisions are required.

This Data Requirement Description (DRD) establishes the requirement for the contractor to establish a detailed plan of operation for support at field sites.

This plan shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

Introduction - shall include the location and scope of operation for all support personnel.

Basic Requirements - shall describe the general approach to be used in implementation of this plan.

Management - shall describe the organization of the contractor and the field site personnel. This shall also include the general responsibilities of the field site personnel and the interfaces with NASA Safety, Reliability, and Quality Assurance (SR&OA) disciplines.

Data Control - shall describe the handling of technical documents, quality control documents, and engineering drawings by the field site personnel to ensure incorporation of all required changes with complete control and distribution thereof.

Control of Contractor-Acquired and Government-Furnished Property - shall describe the responsibilities and necessary steps in assuring Government property is received and maintained in good condition and repair in accordance with the Government-Furnished Property Clause.

Control of Contractor Fabricated Articles - shall describe the inspection and testing methods and procedures for fabricated articles.

Nonconforming Material Control - shall describe the various steps to take for nonconforming materials such as disposition of Discrepancy Reports (DR’s) follow-up action, recordkeeping, and requirements, etc.

Preservation, Packaging, Handling, Storing, and Shipping - shall describe the controls to be placed on these operations.

Training and Certification of Field Personnel - shall describe the training programs which shall be established to familiarize all concerned personnel with all equipment to which they may be exposed, methods of operation (with tests) showing personnel are certified by completion of training.

Data Reporting and Corrective Action - shall describe the responsibilities of personnel in relation to the collection, analysis, and follow-up of discrepancies and failures occurring in the field. This shall also include documents and records related to these discrepancies or failures.

Control of Ground Support Equipment (GSE) - shall describe the necessary steps and procedures to assure GSE is acceptable and maintained in good repair and that associated documentation is correct and properly maintained.

Testing - shall describe the responsibilities of personnel in support of all testing, requirements, and associated documentation is correct and properly maintained.

Logistics - shall describe personnel responsibilities in implementing all phases of logistics and associated documentation.

Engineering Data Center - shall describe the responsibilities of personnel and procedures used in establishing, storing, controlling, and distributing engineering data from a centrally established facility.

Spares - shall describe personnel responsibilities to ensure control and documentation of sparing requirements and that such documentation is maintained.

Other items as required.


DRD Title
2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No. (Procurement completes)Work Breakdown Structure (WBS) and Dictionary3/19/97
29-BL3-08-7-03P4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)The WBS and dictionary shall provide the framework for structuring the program implementation plans, establishing and tracking budgets, preparing schedules, developing work force and material estimates, preparing work authorization documents, and reporting contract performance.5. DRD Category: (check one)TechnicalXAdministrativeSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)NoneNonePreparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)






1. SCOPE: The WBS shall encompass all the products required to achieve all the requirements of this contract. The WBS shall subdivide the work to be accomplished into elements that serve as the basis for detailed planning and control, and in addition, permit collection of cost and schedule data for each element.

2. APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS: None

3. CONTENTS: The WBS shall depict a family tree composed of all the work required by the contract. The dictionary contains a concise description of contract tasks to be performed an products to be delivered, subdivided by WBS element. A WBS element may represent an identifiable product, a set of data, a service, a task, or a budget function. The structure shall be at least at the level of detail in the RFP SOW with additional levels as required by the contract. Lower levels of detail, which the contractor uses for its own management purposes to validate information reported to NASA, shall be compatible with NASA requirements and be accessible to NASA. The relationship between the WBS and the contractor’s internal organizations and processes should also be provided.

4. FORMAT: The WBS tree is to be in organization chart format and the associated WBS narrative (WBS Dictionary) in text form an arranged as stated in “CONTENTS” of the DRD. The WBS tree and dictionary shall be provided in both electronic and hard copy form. Contractor shall conform to Government-approved style and layout formats per DRD 6 - Data Management Plan, or per Contracting Officer approval. Electronic data shall be formatted and delivered as the approved by the Contracting Officer. In case where format requirements conflict, Contractor shall obtain resolution from Contracting Officer.

5. MAINTENANCE: The WBS and WBS Dictionary shall be updated to reflect contract changes as they affect the WBS coverage. Revisions shall be incorporated by change page or complete reissue.




1. DRD Title2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No. EARNED VALUE - FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT REPORT1/23/9739-BL3-08-7-03P4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)


Earned value reporting will provide contract performance and financial data to NASA in support of its insight responsibilities. 5. DRD Category: (check one)TechnicalxxAdministrativeSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional) NPG 9501.2C; HSPPCS-TS6041


9501.2C
8. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)
SCOPE:

The contractor shall measure, analyze, and report EMU Program cost, schedule, and performance data on an earned value basis throughout the contract period of performance. Earned value reporting shall consist of integrate financial and performance measurement data which fully describes the interrelationship of these performance measurement variables. Variance analysis and recommended corrective action shall be provided for all unfavorable monthly cost and schedule variances with a value greater than 5% and $150K. Variance at completion analysis and recommended corrective action shall be required for all unfavorable cumulative variances with a value greater than 5% and $250K. Earned value reporting data shall correlate to all other contractor generated performance generated reporting and measurement reports.

CONTENT:

The contractor shall prepare financial management and performance measurement data in accordance with the NASA Contractor Financial Management Reporting, NASA Procedures and Guidelines (NPG) 9501.2C, (Current Version) and Hamilton Standard Program Planning Control System TS6040, respectively. Earned value data shall be reported on a cumulative basis from contract inception under each contract arrangement including Cost-Plus-Award-Fee, Cost-Plus-Incentive-Fee, and Cost-Plus-Fixed-Fee (Carry-Over).

Earned value reporting shall include, but not be limited to:

Baseline Program plans and schedules, as amended.
Actual cost performance data measured against the contract value including undefinitized contract actions, and against the budgeted cost of work performed.
Cost and man hour loading projections which demonstrate that resources are adequate to meet program schedules requirements.
Planning, monitoring, and controlling data used to manage program resources.

The data contained in the earned value reports must be auditable using Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. All supplemental cost performance reports submitted by the contractor will be reconcilable to the Earned Value Report. All costs will be reported on an accrual basis - cost to be reported in the period in which benefits are received without regard to time of payment.

FORMAT: - Earned Value Report Format

Column 7a (Budgeted Cost of Work Scheduled for the month) and 8a (Cumulative Budgeted Cost of Work Scheduled on Format 1) of the Earned Value Report represent the negotiated baseline plan for the contract. There may not be a relationship between the estimates provided in columns 7a and 8a of the Earned Value Report to columns 9a and 9b. Columns 7a and 8a represent the negotiated contract baseline plan plus all definitized contract changes.

Column 7a (Budgeted Cost of Work Scheduled for the month) and 8a (Cumulative Budgeted Cost of Work Scheduled on Format 2) of the Earned Value Report represent the performance measurement baseline for the contract. There may not be a relationship between the estimates provided in columns 7a and 8a of the Earned Value Report to columns 9a and 9b. Columns 7a and 8a represent the performance measurement baseline which includes all directed activity. Format 2 of the Earned Value Report will only include data associated with development tasks.

Short and long-term cost estimates, which include all data entered in columns 9a, 9b, and 10b on the Earned Value Report, shall be based on the most current and reliable information available.

Prior period cost adjustments should be reported in column 7c and 8c of Earned Value Report with a footnote discussing the reasons for and amounts of the adjustments.

Monthly earned value reporting is no longer required once the contract is physically complete, provided the final cost report includes actual cost only (no estimates or forecasts). The contractor must continue to submit monthly Earned Value Reports as long as estimates for the following period are included. If the final cost of a contract changes after the submission of the “final” contractor cost report, the contractor must submit a revised Earned Value Report in the month the cost change is recognized.

Earned value reporting shall be in Microsoft Excel format (numeric data) and Microsoft Word format (text) or a similar format which is accessible to NASA.

1. DRD Title2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No. METRICS PACKAGE1/27/9749-BL3-08-7-03P4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)To provide the contractor’s plan for measuring key aspects of the EMU Program contract effort.
5. DRD Category: (check one)TechnicalxAdministrativeSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)DRD 1- Program Management Plan8. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)

1. SCOPE:

This document provides a description of the measurements that the contractor will use to manage the EMU Program contract including Program and Business Management, Engineering, hardware provisioning EUM enhancements, AEA Program implementation, and Safety, Mission, Assurance, and Product Assurance.


2. APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS:

JSC-36112 DA3 Development Project Metrics Handbook
JSC-26010 DA3 Software Sustaining Engineering Metrics Handbook
JSC-26458 DA3/SSO Sustaining and Operations Performance Management Metrics Handbook.


3. CONTENTS:

The Metric’s Package shall contain:

a. Metric description and rationale
b. Definition of supporting terms
Mechanics of collecting and reporting the information
Correlation to other performance based reporting requirements - e.g. Earned Value Report

FORMAT: - Contractor’s format is acceptable


5. MAINTENANCE: - Changes shall be incorporated as required, by change page or complete reissue

1. DRD Title2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No. CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT PLAN1/27/9759-BL3-08-7-03P-BL3-4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)To describe the methods used in assuring proper configuration identification, control, and accounting during the program.
5. DRD Category: (check one)xTechnicalXXAdministrativeSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)CSD-SH-021, REV. A8. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)
1. SCOPE: The contractor shall prepare and submit a Configuration Management Plan, which shall include the information necessary to demonstrate the understanding of configuration management. The plan shall detail the methods to be used in implementing configuration management during the program. The contractor shall define the methods described above in accordance with the provisions of CSD-SH-021. In addition, satisfaction of all requirements of the applicable documents shall be addressed within the Configuration Management Plan.

NOTE: Any desired deletions, modifications, etc., to these sections to make them appropriate for the program shall be outlined in the plan, as exceptions, for the procuring activity approval.

2. CONTENT: The contractor shall prepare and submit a Configuration Management Plan which shall conform, in general, to the following format. Deviations may be made to this format, and paragraphs shown may be further divided to more clearly present applicable procedures.

CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT PLAN FORMAT

INTRODUCTION

PURPOSE

SCOPE

ORGANIZATION

Figure 1 Corporate Organization
Figure 2 Organization of the Contractor’s EMU Program Office
Figure 3 Organization of the Contractor’s EMU Configuration Management Office

BASELINE CONTROL
Figure 4 Baseline Management

SPECIFICATIONS/ASSEMBLY DRAWINGS AND DRAWINGS

INTERFACE CONTROL

CONFIGURATION CONTROL

CONFIGURATION IDENTIFICATION

CONFIGURATION ACCOUNTING

SUBCONTRACTOR/VENDOR CONTROL

VERIFICATION MANAGEMENT

CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT PLAN CONCEPT

1.0 PURPOSE
This section shall establish the purpose of the plan.

2.0 SCOPE

This section shall establish the scope of the contractor plan related to the contract, the contractor, and the end items to be controlled. This section shall include a specification list.

3.0 ORGANIZATION

Organizational Structure

The contractor shall prepare an organizational chart which illustrates the corporation structure for program management. The chart, either through the use of detailed narrative description or flow diagrams, shall illustrate the functional relationships in meeting the expressed contractual requirements. These organizational charts shall portray the contractor’s in-house design change control board or group and their relationship with other processing elements.

Relationship to Program Manager

The contractor shall present a description of the relationship of the Program Manager to the Configuration Management Organization indicating a direct line of authority to act for him in matters concerning configuration management.

Breakout and Responsibilities

The contractor shall identify the membership representation requirements within the in-house design control group as well as the lines of authority and responsibility. The control and administration shall indicate the relationship of change control to specification/assembly drawing preparation, engineering release ECP preparation, configuration management design reviews, first article configuration inspection, and configuration inspection, and configuration indexing and accounting.

Policy Directives

The contractor shall reference or incorporate those policies or policy directives which ensure the implementation of the configuration management program in accordance with contractual coverage. Specific management directives generated by this program shall be referenced. This plan shall indicate how planned directives are to accomplish an effective configuration management program and how management decisions are to be made in regard to engineering or design change.

BASELINE CONTROL

The contractor’s understanding of the baseline established and how the control techniques apply to these three baselines shall be described. The plan shall indicate a thorough understanding of the relationship of the specification/assembly drawings to configuration management, and demonstrate an adequate engineering release system to control these baselines. Reference shall be made to the requirements of the engineering release record requirements system of Section 6.0 with Sections 2.0 and 3.0 of CSD-SH-021.

Design Requirements Baseline

The contractor shall indicate an understanding of the design requirements baseline established at the beginning of the design phase and describe an intention to control changes to this baseline until CDR.

Certification Configuration Baseline

The plan shall show an understanding of the certification configuration baseline established at CDR and describe configuration management constraints and control of changes to this baseline until the product configuration baseline.

Product Configuration Baseline

The plan shall show the requirement for the normal configuration management constraints and an understanding of the exact meaning of the requirements in the specification part of the Specification/Assembly Drawing, drawings, and documentation. The contractor shall describe the control of changes to this baseline.

5.0 SPECIFICATION/ASSEMBLY DRAWINGS AND DRAWINGS

Engineering Drawings

The contractor’s understanding of the requirement to prepare engineering drawings in accordance with DOD-1000 and CSD-SH-021 and how reidentification and identification are related to the configuration management process shall be presented. The contractor shall also indicate his understanding of the interrelationship of the drawing system with the engineering release records described in Section 6.0 and with the identification requirements included in Sections 4.0 and 5.0 of CSD-SD-021.

Specification/Assembly Drawing

The contractor shall present an understanding of the specification/assembly drawing requirements for this program with particular emphasis on the end item specification/assembly drawing and how it is approved and updated, along with an
understanding of the detailed end item specification/assembly drawing preparation and use.

INTERFACE CONTROL

The contractor’s understanding of how to accomplish the control of interface with the associated contracts and the integrating contractor on this program shall be presented.

Specification/Assembly Drawing Role

The plan shall provide for control of the interface through the specification / assembly drawing as established in CSD-SH-021. This shall include a discussion of the procedures required to control the end item detail specification/assembly drawings of Section 2.0 after the establishment of the product configuration baseline on how the interfaces are to be controlled through the hardware. The plan shall further establish the means for providing joint operating agreements with associated contractors which describe the interface requirements and relationships. This description shall include a requirement for integration of the various baselines between the associated contractors and, further the means, of communication to be used.

Role of Specification/Assembly Drawing Maintenance in Interface Control

The contractor shall describe an understanding of the specification/assembly drawing maintenance system of Section 2.0 and how the contractor design organization plans to use the specification/assembly drawing identification index as a working tool for review of interface changes. The contractor shall further describe how interface changes are to be jointly submitted between the associated contractors.

CONFIGURATION CONTROL

The contractor shall indicate the objectives for establishment, implementation and control coordination and/or approval of Class I, Class II, and Class III changes to contractor end items. He will indicate contractor change control procedures for in-house and field changes to EMU Hardware and specification/assembly drawing management.

CONFIGURATION IDENTIFICATION

The contractor shall indicate his method of configuration identification relative to assignment of identification numbers, use of the Engineering Release System, and formal reviews.

Role of the Index

The contractor shall detail the role and the purpose of configuration identification. The contractor shall describe a planned use of this method as a working tool in the control of the configuration. This shall also contain an understanding of the meaning of Sections 9.0 and 10.0 of CSD-SH-021 as related to contractor requirements.

Role of Configuration Accounting

The contractor’s plan shall describe an intention of implement the updating of the configuration accounting report and the internal means that are available to ensure incorporation of changes into the hardware. Also presented shall be the establishment of the joint operating agreements with the procuring activity and associated contractors whereby configuration identification and status accounting of all systems and end items are reviewed and reported expeditiously.

SUBCONTRACTOR/VENDOR CONTROL

The contractor shall indicate his proposed system from control over subcontractors and vendors. Particular emphasis shall be placed on the selection of subcontractors/vendors for their capability to support the requirements of configuration management. This shall include the requirement to comply with drawing and data requirements specified in CSD-SH-021. Provisions for review and approval of all Class I, Class II, and Class III changes of the subcontractor shall be included.

VERIFICATION MANAGEMENT

The plan shall describe the contractor’s program to ensure and demonstrate that the hardware/software processing requirements have been correctly implemented and to ensure and demonstrate that the hardware/software as-built configuration is in accordance with the approved requirements documents and the approved engineering. The plan shall also describe how identified “deltas” between the approved requirements/engineering will be handled including documenting the authority for any approved deltas.

The plan shall describe the contractor’s verification policies, procedures, implementation approach, and control systems that are to be used to ensure proper performance of all required contract VM activities. In addition, satisfaction of all the requirements of NSTS 07700, Volume XI shall be addressed within the VM plan.

EXHIBITS

The contractor may incorporate, as necessary, exhibits which will detail the requirements of the sections above. The exhibits shall provide sufficient insight into the contractor’s operating methods and controls which shall conform to the referenced or related documents or DRD/DRL’s.

1. DRD Title2. Current ersion Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No. DATA MANAGEMENT PLAN1/27/97
69-BL3-08-7-03P 4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)To outline the contractor's planned method for preparation, release, change, revision, and control of data prepared in the performance of the contract5. DRD Category: (check one)TechnicalxxAdministrativeSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)CSD-SH-021, Rev. A8. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)
1. SCOPE:

This DRD delineates the requirements for the preparation of the contractor's Data Management Plan for management of all data generated under the contract.

CONTENT:

REQUIREMENTS

The plan shall contain details of the methods and procedures to be used to satisfy contractually imposed documentation requirements, including electronic mail, scheduling system, documentation system, budget planning, engineering databases, teleconferencing/video conferencing. The plan shall include policy and controls reflecting administrative and management approaches as well as detailed instructions for the handling of the data as defined herein. The plan shall include the following data management elements as a minimum:

a. Methods and procedures for providing EMU contract “look-In” capabilities including the real-time implementation of all contract changes.

b. Methods for management and control of data elements presented on the DRL as well as internal documents used in the performance of the contract, including internal distribution and control, external controls, schedules monitoring to assure timely deliveries of data, and the submittal of these schedules in the monthly progress report.

c. Methods and procedures for assuring implementation of data requirements on subcontractors / vendors to assure attainment of overall document objectives.

d. Methods and procedures for identification, definition, and justification of new data requirements. Requirements shall be the minimum necessary to satisfy the discipline requirements. Redundant requirements shall be combined in one document when practicable. The contractor's methods for reviewing and monitoring existing data for continuing needs shall be included.

e. Organizational structure of the contractor's data management system, including responsibilities and lines of communication with the Program Manager and related disciplines.

f. Procedures for recall, replacement or change to released drawings, process specifications or other data to assure latest or proper documentation is being used during manufacture, test, maintenance, etc.

g. Methods and procedures for generating each DRL data requirement.

DEFINITIONS

The following definitions contain requirements applicable to JSC contractors:

a. Basic Issuance. Refers to the initial approved issuance of a drawing, specification assembly/drawing, or document.

b. Change. An official correction to a document resulting from changed conditions or from more complete information.

c. Change Sheet. A device for formally transmitting changes in content or corrections to an existing document.

d. Revision. A major change, extensive enough to require retype, reprint, and reissuance of an entire document. Revisions shall not normally be required or justified since the Document Change Notice (DCN) and Engineering Change Order procedures in CSD-SH-021 are designed to adequately reflect changes. No document revisions shall be prepared without the approval of the NASA JSC/CSD Data Manager.

e. Supplement. A collection of data, printed or otherwise, providing more detailed information on the subject of the basic document. Supplements may be too voluminous to be included in the general distribution of a document. Supplements, when printed and included in a document, will be a volume or part of the basic document.

DOCUMENT MAINTENANCE

a. Change sheets shall be prepared for each change.

b. Revisions shall require data manager approval, as stated in DEFINITIONS, paragraph d. Revision of this DRD. Revisions, when approved, shall be prepared in the same manner as basic documents. Previously modified page, paragraph and figure numbers, as well as previous change symbols, shall be eliminated. Change symbols shall identify new or revised material in the table of contents.

PROCEDURAL DOCUMENTS

Documents containing procedures which require entry of accomplishment of observed values shall be prepared using test data sheets, prepared as attachments or prepared using the test Preparation Sheet in accordance with the DRL.




1 DRD Title 2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No. GOVERNMENT PROPERTY MANAGEMENT PLAN1/27/977 9-BL3-08-7-03P4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)To describe the method of administering government real and personal property.
5. DRD Category: (check one)TechnicalxAdministrativeSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)
8. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)

1. SCOPE: The Government Property Management Plan defines the contractor’s use, maintenance, repair, protection, and preservation of Government real and personal property.

2. APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS:

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) Part 45
NASA FAR Supplement (NFS) Part 1845
NMI 4000.3 Supply and Equipment Management
NHB 4100.1 NASA Materials Inventory Management Manual
NHB 4200.1 NASA Equipment Management Manual User’s Handbook for Property Custodians
NHB 4300.1 NASA Personal Property Disposal Manual

3. CONTENTS:

This plan shall consist of those procedures which constitute the contractor’s Property Management Manual and shall include at a minimum the following categories:

Property management i. Reports
Acquisition j. Consumption
Receiving k. Utilization
Identification l. Maintenance
Records m. Subcontractor control
Movement n. Disposition
Storage o. Contractor close-out
Physical Inventories p. Reconcile contractor records with NASA’s financial records

4. FORMAT: Contractor format is acceptable.

MAINTENANCE:

Changes shall be incorporated as required by change page or complete reissue.

1. DRD Title2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No. LOGISTICS OPERATIONS REPORTING1/27/97
8 9-BL3-08-7-03Pb4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)To monitor the volume of logistics activity onsite and off-site including contractor Government Owned Property reporting.
5. DRD Category: (check one)xTechnicalAdministrativeSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)NHB 4100.1BNFSD Part 18-52.245 and Alternate #18. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)
I. On-Site Logistics Operations Reporting

The following reports are required to be prepared when onsite storage of material exceeds $20,000 for stores stock or $75,000 for program stock in one location (such as a storeroom):

1. Material Inventory Report (Line Items) - This semiannual report defines the following data elements as of March 15 and September 15 of each year: Total number of line items; total number of receipts during the past 6 months; total number of issues in the last 6 months; new line items added to the inventory; and items from inventory stock deleted since the last report.

2. Material Inventory Report (Dollar Value) - This semiannual report defines the following data elements as of March 15 and September 15 of each year: Starting price; price of receipts; price of issues; and ending price.

NOTE: This will be broken out by each Object Class code stocked in the storeroom. (See the JSC Stores Stock Catalog preface for a detailed explanation of these codes.)

3. Logistics Personnel Resources - This semiannual report identifies the number of man-hours expended by the contractor in their logistics functions: Equipment Management; NASA Equipment Management System (NEMS) Planning and Analysis; and Supervision. Productive man-hours only are to be shown. This report is to also include any off-site man-hours that may be devoted to operation of the onsite storeroom(s). The information required in this report applies only to those personnel who spend more than 50 percent of their time in support of onsite logistics operations.

4. Physical Inventory of Material Report - This report identifies the sampling inventory actions completed by the contractor. This report contains the following data by Object Class code: Line items and dollar value of items inventories; number of line items with variances; and dollar value of discrepant items, including overages, shortages, and gross discrepancies. This report shall also identify whether inventoried items are stores, program, or standby stock, and it will also identify the staff hours and dollar value expended in accomplishing and reconciling the inventory.

The report will also contain a brief explanation as to why the discrepancies arose and what will be done to minimize the chance for recurrences.

NOTE: Reports 1 through 4 above are to treat Contractor-Acquired Material (CAM) and Government-Furnished Material (GFM) as one lot.


5. Quarterly Report of CAM - This report will consist of two transfer documents (DD Form 1149 or similar) that identify material purchased and received by the contractor for onsite use. The two documents will be differentiated as follows:

a. Items bought for direct consumption onsite.

Items issued to the storeroom(s) that will impact the dollar value of assets on-hand.

The DD Form 1149 will be transferring accountability of these assets to NASA and will be accompanied be either attaching copies of the acquisition documentation or by including a listing that includes: Purchase Order number national stock number or Model Number (quantity and unit total value of items received; and date of receipt. DD Form 1149 will identify total number of line items and total value.

NOTE: All of these reports are to be submitted in the JSC Property Administer, Mail Code JB3, and are due 15 days after fiscal year quarters.

Contractor with Stock Valued at $20,000 and Over - Submit quarterly report consisting of DD Form 1149 indicating value of balance ( as of first period), receipts, issue, and new balance ( as of last day of period). This should be submitted to the Contacting Officer and Supply and Equipment Management Officer.

II. Off-Site Logistics Operations Reporting

NASA Form 1018, “Financial Reporting of NASA Property in the Custody of Contractors,” must be delivered to the JSC Financial Management Officer no later than October 5 of each year. The effective date of the report is to be September. See 18 -52.245.73 (September 1996)

Report of Offsite Physical Inventory Performance. Due annually (within 30 calendar days of inventory completion). This report will provide the date of inventory completion, discrepant line items discovered during the physical inventory, and summaries of completed and in-process efforts. Where in-process actions are shown, a completion schedule will be included. The materials inventory adjustments must be reported on NASA Form 1256; the equipment inventory adjustments will be reported in a format mutually agreed upon by the contractor and the cognizant Property Administrator.



1. DRD Title2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No. NEW TECHNOLOGY REPORT1/27/9799-BL3-08-7-03P4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)Provides NASA with technical information relating to the contractor's Technology Transfer Policy and Plan concerning any invention, discovery, improvement, or innovation made by a contractor in the performance of work under this contract for the purpose of disseminating this information to obtain increased use.
5. DRD Category: (check one)TechnicalxAdministrativeSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)8. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)
1. SCOPE:

The contractor shall submit New Technology Reports pertaining to activities conducted under the contractor's Technology Transfer Plan. These reports shall include technical detail as is necessary to identify and fully describe all "Reportable Items." These reports shall include all technology transfer activities that identify promising technologies having dual-use application developed under this contract.

2. APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS:

NFS 18-52.227-70 New Technology Clause
FAR 52.227-11 Patent Rights - Retention by Contractor (Short Form) (June 1989) - as modified by NASA
FAR Supplement 1852.227-70

3. CONTENTS:

The report shall be limited to the following elements as appropriate. The report shall be accompanied by a copy of NASA Form 666A (April 1985) completed in accordance with instructions on the reverse of the form. Use of this form is optional, provided all information listed below is included in each report:

Name and address of the contractor submitting the report.

The contract number of the contract under which the report is being submitted.

Title of the item reported.

Brief (abstract) description of the item reported.

Detailed description in the following order:

General purpose of the item (if not explained in the abstract description).

Improvement and/or advantage over prior methods materials, or devices.

Principle of operation of device, details of the preparation of the process and/or materials, etc. Technical data, drawings, and sketches should be included as required to fully describe the item.

Feature of the item believed to be new.

Additional information needed to fully describe the item.

f. APPLICATIONS: Include possible industrial and other non-aerospace users. Identify specific industries, processes, or products in which the "Reportable Item" might find application or to which it might be related.

g. Description of possible extensions of this item.

h. Degree of development. Indicate applicable stage:

Concept only.
Development completed, prototype available.
Limited production.

i. Innovator's name(s) and social security number(s), mailing address, and telephone number.

j. Identification of any previous publication of the disclosure. List publications or reports pertaining to this item. If company-originated, state where they may be obtained; if not company-originated, indicate source and where publication may be obtained, if known.

k. Technical supervisor or innovator(s).

4. FORMAT:

The New Technology Reports shall bed in letter format commensurate with their intended use.

MAINTENANCE:

None required.



















1. DRD Title2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No. EMU PROCESSING AND CONSTRAINTS DOCUMENT
(FEMU-R-001)1/27/97109-BL3-08-7-03P4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)To provide processing/test requirements and information to the EMU processing contractor (FEPC)
5. DRD Category: (check one)xTechnicalAdministrativeSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)SEMU-43-001; SEMU-44-001; FEMU-R-0028. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)
The contractor shall prepare and submit a document covering the processing and between flight testing
of EMU hardware end items.

The document shall include, but not be limited to the following:

a. Special processing constraints unique to each end item.
b. Ground test requirements for
1) Flight use
2) Chamber use
3) Post flight
c. Component change out retest requirement.
d. Overall processing flow diagram.
e. Detailed maintenance information on each EMU hardware end item.
f. General information on WETF hardware maintenance.

3. This document must comply with the Volume X master verification plan for ground turnaround.


1. DRD Title2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No. INTERFACE CONTROL DOCUMENTS (ICD)1/27/97119-BL-08-7-03Pb04. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)Interface control documents shall be used to delineate the physical details and functional characteristics of an interface.
5. DRD Category: (check one)xTechnicalAdministrativeSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)MIL-STD-100A8. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)
1. POLICY:

This DRD establishes the requirement for preparation, review, approval, distribution, and subsequent revisions of interface control drawings or documents (ICD). This system of drawings, diagrams, facility construction drawings, and specifications shall record agreements between the contractor and the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA).

These data shall be prepared under instructions provided and in accordance with referenced documents above.

The required drawings and documents shall show the configuration to which interfacing hardware is designed with the effectivity of that configuration specified. A change in design affecting existing interface agreements shall be added to the ICD.

All contractor interface control documentation activity shall be coordinated internally. Contractor generated ICD’s will be added to specifications by formal change control.

The contractor is responsible to ensure that all interface requirements of other contractors are properly documented and that such documentation is prepared, coordinated, and negotiated.

Negotiations with NASA, or other contractors, required to obtain acceptance of the interface control agreement, shall be conducted by the contractor.

2. RELEASE:

The contractor shall be responsible to ensuring the ICD’s are properly prepared and internally coordinated. He is further responsible for conducting all negotiations with NASA, and other contractors involved; these negotiations being required to obtain acceptance of interface control agreements.

Following contractor review and approval of an ICD, and negotiations with the customer or with other contractors, the master of the ICD is to be forwarded to NASA, for their approval signatures. Such forwarding shall be by registered mail, “Return Receipt Requested.”

The ICD shall be considered to be effective on the date of the final approval signature.

The approved master is returned to the ICD originator for reviews for accuracy, completeness, etc., and a release letter, including a distribution list.

3. CONTENTS: The document shall contain the following, as applicable:

Purpose and function of the interface.
Total system information flow across the interface.
Facility to systems interfaces—power, signal, grounding, physical, environmental, and equipment layouts.
Data formats and data handling conventions between major systems and subsystem interfaces, both hardware and software.
Physical and electrical characteristics between major systems and subsystem interfaces logic levels, data rates, control mechanisms, timing, cable types, and impedence.
Identification of applicable standards.
Identification of responsibilities of participating organizations.
Interface constraints.

ICD’s external to NASA shall be Data Type 1; all others shall be Data Type 2.



1 DRD Title 2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No,MASS PROPERTIES REPORT2/5/97129-BL3-08-7-03P4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)Present weight status, specification weights, current weights, changes, etc.
5. DRD Category: (check one)xxTechnicalAdministrativeSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)
8. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)
1. The contractor shall prepare a report in accordance with this DRD, which shall contain, but not be limited to, the following type of information: specification and current weights, current weight changes, discussion of changes, pending changes, problems, etc. As items progress from developmental to operational, individual status shall be shown as soon as the designs become distinguishable.


2. The format of these reports shall present the following minimum data:

Weight Summary Statement - per Sample Format ‘A’.

Current Change Analysis - A narrative discussion of significant changes. Number each change and cross reference changes to applicable entries in the Weight Summary Statement. Reference the authorization (letter, meeting, etc.) for each change. Identify changes previously listed as pending change. Reference drawing numbers of components changed.

Pending Changes - A narrative discussion of potential changes. Assign an identification number to each change. Changes should eventually be implemented or discarded. If implemented, reference identification number in Current Analysis. If discarded, retain identification number and note disposition. Reference the approximate date of item serial incorporated number when pending change will be

Discussion of Problem Areas.

1. DRD Title2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No.
CERTIFICATION PLAN / PROCEDURE/ REPORT1/27/97139-BL3-08-7-03P4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)To provide NASA/JSC with cognizance of the elements of the contractor's plan for hardware certification
5. DRD Category: (check one)xxTechnicalAdministrativeSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)ISO 90018. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)
The Certification Plan

The certification plan shall define the specific methods to be used to verify that the hardware meets the technical requirements of the applicable EMU hardware end item specification. When a method other than test is to be used, the specific method (i.e., stress analyses, thermal analyses, radiographic inspections, etc.) shall be identified, and the objectives of these methods shall be defined. The Certification Plan shall include the following as applicable:

a. Part name and number of the article being certified.

b. Serial and part numbers of drawing number of specimens to be tested.

c. Environments and life/cycle requirement.

d. Certification method (test, analysis, etc.) including sequence (include the supporting rationale when analysis is performed in lieu of test).

e. Environmental acceptance test requirements.

f. Statement of requirement for functional test prior to and following qualification test and list appropriate references.

g. Number of specimens and allocation to test.

h. Type of tests to be conducted.

i. Objective of the test.

j. Test duration.

k. Environmental and performance test condition (including pass/fail criteria and tolerance).

l. Operational mode of the equipment during test (on or off).

m. Retest requirement.

n. Allowable maintenance during test.

o. Disposition of test specimen(s).

p. QTRR (qualification test readiness review) and QSA (qualification site approval).

Certification by test shall be in accordance with the specific contract requirements. Certification test hardware components which are to be disassembled after completion of testing for inspection (to determine margins of safety and potential failure modes) shall be identified in the Certification Plan.

Certification methods to verify that the hardware meets the technical requirements of the applicable EMU hardware end item specification shall be defined in a certification matrix which shall be prepared in accordance with the form shown in Figure 1 and included in the Certification Plan, except when the Plan is included in the specification Assembly Drawing.

Certification Procedure

This Data Requirement Description establishes the requirements for the preparation of Certification Test Procedures. The procedure format shall provide detailed documentation of all testing required to demonstrate that the item under test is in conformance with all applicable specification requirements.

The procedure shall contain a list of tests, sequence of tests, conditions to be established for each test, instrumentation requirements, detailed procedures to be followed in conducting each test, data recording requirements, values and tolerances required, and data sheets for recording values to be obtained. The procedure shall also contain a cross-reference to the applicable specification requirements governing the individual tests.

a. The procedure shall, in addition, include the following:

1) Assure the attainment of repeatable conditions both standard and simulated.
2) Establish and determine significant failure modes.
3) Determine the effects of varied stress levels and performance parameter.
4) Determine the effects of combinations of tolerances and drift of design parameters.

3. Certification Report

The report shall contain the formal certification data that is required to allow a hardware item to be certified. The report shall include complete results of the conducted tests and all analysis which were generated in lieu of test requirements.

a. The engineering analysis will contain:

1) Requirement definition.

2) Analysis objective.

3) Analysis logic and details.

b. The test report shall include:

Test objective.

Test hardware description.

Test setup including photographs and drawings.

As-run test procedure with proper validations.

Failures, variance in hardware performance, departure from test procedure and anomaly details.

Test results and complete reduction of the test data; analysis and conclusions.

Laboratory notes with validation.

The certification report shall contain as a conclusion a formal certification recommendation. The certification plan shall be included as an appendix.


1. DRD Title2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No. NASA EMU LSS & SSA DATA BOOK1/27/9714 9-BL3-08-7-03P4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)
To provide operational and technical information to assist in preparation of the Program Operations Handbooks.5. DRD Category: (check one)xTechnicalAdministrativeSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)8. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)
The contractor shall prepare and submit to NASA data pertaining to the description, operation and performance of all EMU hardware for which the contractor is responsible.

The following type of data shall be provided in the following areas:

a. Descriptive information, including pictorials and figures, about the EMU hardware and its subsystems.

b. Malfunction logic which encompasses the recognition, and diagnosis of system malfunctions.

c. Performance characteristics of the EMU hardware and its subsystems.

Narrative data shall be typed on 8.5” X 5.5” standard paper. Graphs, pictorials, and figures shall be of reproducible quality.

The data shall be transmitted in book form.













1. DRD Title2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No. Safety & Mission Assurance Certification Approval Request (SMACAR)016 Aug 96159-BL3-08-7-03P4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)The SMACAR is the approval form for flight hardware certification.
5. DRD Category: (check one)TechnicalAdministrativexSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)SAR 8. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)
SCOPE: The SMACAR, with attached documentation, meets the information requirement for a certification approval request (CAR) as submittal and approval of the hardware certification. The SMACAR may serve as the certification report, when a formal certification report document is not submitted. The SMACAR may also serve as the certification requirements (CR), commonly documented in the program requirements document and the certification plan, when pre-approved as such.


CONTENTS: All sections shall be filled out unless they are marked N/A. As used in the SMACAR, “Test” document shows the test was done and verified. All documents listed in the SMACAR as verification of a requirement or specification must be attached to the SMACAR as part of this certification report.


FORMAT: The SMACAR was created using Microsoft Word for Windows 6.0. The form has also been converted for Macintosh Word 4.1. Conversion to other formats is available upon request. These forms and instructions are available upon request.

SAFETY & MISSION ASSURANCE CERTIFICATION APPROVAL REQUESTPageNASA - Johnson Space Center PAGE 201 of Part Number Part NameSystem
Assemblies (Part Number | Part Name) for Ccertification and SshippingManifest Change Directive
and Bboard/PanelChange Control Authority (Board Nname)Certification PlanRequirements DocumentICD #Criticality
Func/Hdwr/Fnc
SSM/PE:Phone #:Mail Code:# of mMissions Ccertified1st FflightLimited LifeWeightDimensionsFMEA/CIL
Document #Safety Analysis Report Document #Criticality Rationale Summary:


Does test hardware configuration differ from flight hardware configuration?Installation Information: Mounted: Locker Stowed: Stowed Other:Launch Location:Crew Cabin: Payload Bay:Space Lab/Hab:Other:Landing Location: Same or list otherOperational Location:Crew Cabin: Payload Bay:Space Lab/Hab:Other:General Operational Information:







Operational Performance Requirements:




Crew Procedures Data Book:Flight Rules (List all by FR# and Ttitle):

Approvals:
Subsystem ManagerPreparerBattery ManagerSubsystem ManagerMaterials Control ManagerStructuresSR&QA StructuresNS/Flight System Safety and Mission AssuranceJSC Form 1296

SAFETY & MISSION ASSURANCE CERTIFICATION APPROVAL REQUESTPageNASA - Johnson Space Center PAGE 203 of Part Number Part NameSystem

Materials:
JSC Materials Certification Memorandum:
(Signature Required if no Memo #)MATL -MUA Numbers: Materials compatible:IVA:EVA: Other:

Electrical Interfaces:
(List all power and signal interfaces to the Orbiter or other equipment, including bBattery size and type if applicableies).
Power Interface Location:
(D&C Panel #)Orbiter Circuit Protection:Hardware Nominal Amps:Bonding Verification:Hardware Circuit Protection:Batteries:Other:

Electromagnetic Compatibility Information: EMC/EMI TEST24V to 32VDC Power Performance Test

Temperature Validation: QTT Range:QTT Test:TPSCycles:QTVT Range:QTVT Test:TPSCycles:Non-operatingSurvivable Temperature Limits:Operating Temperature Limits:Survivable Mission Operational Time Limit:Touch Temperature Test:
Acceptance Thermal:Cycles
ATT Range:ATT Test:TPSCycles:QATT Range:QATT Test:TPSCycles:ATVT Range:ATVT Test:TPSCycles:QATVT Range:QATVT Test:TPSCycles:


Structural Validation:
Factor of Safety for Test: Factor of Safety for Analysis:Structural Integrity Verification Plan:Stress Analysis:Fracture Control Summary Report:Fracture Plan:QVT Amplitude:QVT Test:TPSDuration:20G Crash TestTPS:Shock Test: TPSLimit Loads:Limit Loads Test:TPSLife Cycles:Life Ccycle Ttesting: TPSCaptive Fastener Ccycle Llife:Fastener Llife Traceability Pper:
Pressure Systems:System Operational Pressure Range
Proof Pressure:Burst Pressure:System Operational Pressure Range:JSC Form 1296

SAFETY & MISSION ASSURANCE CERTIFICATION APPROVAL REQUESTPageNASA - Johnson Space Center PAGE 205 of Part Number Part NameSystem

Acceptance Vibration: AVT Amplitude:? .04 g2/Hz (+ X,Y,Z)AVT Test:TPSDuration:1 minQAVT Amplitude:? .067 g2/Hz (+ X,Y,Z)QAVT Test:TPSDuration:5 min



Acoustics/Noise:O/A dB LevelAcoustics TestTPS

Performance Verification:AcceptancePre-flight Testing Functional Checkout Procedure, ATP, or PIAother/PDA/OMI/OMRSDInterface Verification Test: IVT/SAIL/OMRSD/KSC TPS/CEIT/etc.Pre-flight Functional Checkout Procedure PIA/OMI/OMRSD/etc.Other Functional performance testing

Waivers or Requirements Deviations:Requirement Waived:CR#





If this certification is NOT for 100 Missions:Give the reason here for the limitation, and indicate which flights the hardware is approved for.

If no SAR or HAW, list potential hazards, controls, and verificationMaterials Flammability, Toxicity, Offgassing Verified Controlled per Materials memo .MechanicalImpact/Structural FailureVerified Controlled per Stress Analysis and testing listed.PhysiologicalSharp Edges/Corners/Pinch PointsVerified Radius requirement from ( JSC 17481) listed on drawingscontrolled perPhysiologicalAcoustical NoiseVerified controlled per acoustic test aboveElectricalEMI/EMCVerified Controlled per test data listedPhysiologicalHot/Cold SurfacesVerified Controlled per test data listedContaminationVerified Controlled per Materials memo and Electrical Discharge/ShockVerified Controlled perOtherExplosionVerified Controlled perOtherOtherOther
To be completed by JSC FSSR&MQA:
Did you inspect this hardware?
Did you review the drawings?
Is hazard analysis or certification mission specific?
If Yes, give reason why and list how this will be identified as open for other missions.








JSC Form 1296


Instructions for the Safety and Mission Assurance Certification Approval Request.

The SMACAR is the approval form for certification. The SMACAR, with attached documentation, meets the NSTS 07700 Vol. V information requirement for a certification approval request (CAR) as submittal and approval of the hardware certification. The SMACAR may also serves as the certification report, when a formal certification report document is not submitted. The SMACAR may also serve as the certification requirements (CR), commonly documented in the program requirements document and the certification plan, when pre-approved as such. The form is submitted by Engineering to FSS&MA for review and approval. All sections must be filled out unless they are marked N/A. As used in the SMACAR, “Test” document may be a TPS or equivalent document, or a procedure, which shows the test was done and stamped off by Quality Assurance. All documents listed in the SMACAR as verification of a requirement or specification must be attached to the SMACAR as part of this certification report.
The SMACAR was created using Microsoft Word for Windows 6.0. The form has also been converted for Macintosh Word 4.1. Conversion to other formats is available upon request. These forms and instructions are available on the SR&QA file server BHFS03\SHUTTLE\SMACAR, or from JSC FSS&MA, Mail Code NS. Questions concerning data elements of this form should be directed to the FSS&MA subsystem engineer (SSE) responsible for that hardware, the SSEs Lead Engineer, the NS2 Section Lead, or any other NS2 SSE.


Assemblies (Part Number | Part Name) for Ccertification and SshippingList all assemblies and subassemblies that are covered by this certification. These are the only part numbers that will go into the SR&QA database and be approved for shipment. If it’s not in this list, it’s not certified.


Manifest Change Directive
and Bboard/PanelChange Control Authority (Board Nname)Certification PlanRequirements DocumentICD #Criticality
Func/Hdwr/FncGive the directive # such as CCBD G4114, which manifests this hardware, along with the board or panel name that is responsible.Give the board responsible for configuration control or change control.Type the certification plan doc. number, or what document is used for this.Type the PRD number or other document which defines the requirements. Type the interface control doc. number if there is one.Type the highest criticality, function and hardware, as determined by the FMEA.

SSM/PE:Phone #:Mail Code:Type the name, phone # and mail code of the Subsystem Manager or Engineering Project Manager Responsible for the hardware.


# of mMissions Ccertified1st FflightLimited LifeWeightDimensionsFMEA/CIL
Document #Safety Analysis Report Document #Type how many missions the design is certified forType the flight number for the first flight of the hardware.List the limited life document or all items which do not meet the 10 years/100 missions design life.List the hardware weight.Type the dimensions and units (inches or cm) of the hardware. Type the FMEA document number or indicate worksheets or other for the data.Type the SAR document number or indicate if an HAW or other data is attached. The last page of the SMACAR may be used to substitute for a SAR.
Criticality Rationale Summary:
Type the rationale for the criticality listed above.
Does test hardware configuration differ from flight hardware configuration? (Yes or No and indicate difference if no)
Installation Information: Mounted: Locker Stowed: Stowed Other:Launch Location:Crew Cabin: Payload Bay:Space Lab/Hab:Other:Landing Location: Same or list otherOperational Location:Crew Cabin: Payload Bay:Space Lab/Hab:Other:Choose the correct category to indicate how the hardware is installed, the launch, landing, and operational location. More than one category may be used for systems that are located in more than one location.

General Operational Information:

Type the operational description of the hardware, crew interaction, activation, mission use, etc. This information is a detailed management summary of the hardware and operations that the certification covers.

Operational Performance Requirements:
Type the operational performance requirements that are verified. These should be found in the Program requirements document or other specifications. 

Crew Procedures Data Book:Type the flight data file number where crew procedures are located.Flight Rules (List all by FR# and Ttitle): Type the flight rules by flight rule number and title. Ideally, this section will be the entire rule, pasted from the flight rules document located on the JSCDA8 file server.
Materials:
JSC Materials Certification Memorandum:
(Signature Required if no Memo #)MATL -MUA Numbers: Materials compatible:IVA:EVA: Other:Type the material approval memo (ex. MATL-95-105) and any MUA’s for the hardware. Also, indicate the environment the material is approved for.
If there is no approval memo, a signature from the JSC Materials Manager is required.

Electrical Interfaces: N/A if not applicable.
(List all power and signal interfaces to the Orbiter or other equipment, including bBattery size and type if applicableies).
Power Interface Location:
(D&C Panel #)Type the Orbiter panel number for the switches, outlets, and circuit protection.Orbiter Circuit Protection:Type the rating of the fuse or breaker to protect the Orbiter wiring.Hardware Nominal Amps:Type the nominal operating current for the hardware.Bonding Verification:Type the documented test number or procedure which verifies Electrical bonding.Hardware Circuit Protection:Type the hardware circuit protection such as built in fuses or breakers.Batteries:Type the quantity of cells, type of cells (D-cell), chemistry, voltage of battery pack, Other:Type other pertinent electrical interface information not described in the other data fields.
Electromagnetic Compatibility Information: N/A if not applicable.EMC/EMI TESTType in the test document number that performed the EMC test.24V to 32VDC Power Performance TestType in the test document number that performed the Voltage swing test and verified the hardware was operational at the required limits.

Temperature Validation: N/A if not applicable.QTT Range:Type the temperature rangeQTT Test:TPSType in the test document number that performed the test.Cycles:Type the number of cyclesQTVT Range:Type the temperature rangeQTVT Test:TPSType in the test document number that performed the test.Cycles:Type the number of cyclesNon-operatingSurvivable Temperature Limits:Type the survivable temperature limits for the hardware when not activated.Operating Temperature Limits:Type the survivable temperature limits for the hardware when activated.Survivable Mission Operational Time Limit:Type the worst case mission time limit for operation of the hardware based on temperature limits.Touch Temperature Test:Type in the test document number that performed the test.
Acceptance Thermal:N/A if not applicable.Cycles
ATT Range:Type the temperature rangeATT Test:TPSType in the test document number that performed the test.Cycles:Type the number of cyclesQATT Range:Type the temperature rangeQATT Test:TPSType in the test document number that performed the test.Cycles:Type the number of cyclesATVT Range:Type the temperature rangeATVT Test:TPSType in the test document number that performed the test.Cycles:Type the number of cyclesQATVT Range:Type the temperature rangeQATVT Test:TPSType in the test document number that performed the test.Cycles:Type the number of cycles

Structural Validation: N/A if not applicable.
Factor of Safety for Test: Type the required Factor of Safety Factor of Safety for Analysis: Type the required Factor of SafetyStructural Integrity Verification Plan:Type Document #Stress Analysis:Type Document # Fracture Control Summary Report:Type Document #Fracture Plan:Type Document #QVT Amplitude:Type the spectrum information for the X,Y, & Z axis vibration spectrum.QVT Test:TPSType in the test document number that performed the test.Duration:Type the duration of the vibration test per axis. (ex. 1 min/axis)20G Crash TestTPS:Type in the test document number that performed the test.Shock Test: TPSType in the test document number that performed the test.Limit Loads:Type the “certified to” load limits information pertinent to the use of the hardware.Limit Loads Test:TPSType in the test document number that performed the test.Life Cycles:Type the “certified to” life cycle limits.Life Ccycle Ttesting: TPSType in the test document number that performed the test.Captive Fastener Ccycle Llife:Indicate any cycle life limited items, such as captive fasteners, and how many cycles are acceptable.Fastener Llife Ttracability Pper:Indicate how the installation/removal of limited cycle items, such as fasteners, are tracked.
Pressure Systems:N/A if not applicable.System Operational Pressure Range


Acceptance Vibration: N/A if not applicable.AVT Amplitude:? .04 g2/Hz (+ X,Y,Z) Type in the acceleration amplitude if different from the normal AVT levels.AVT Test:TPSType in the test document number that performed the test.Duration:Type the duration of the vibration test per axis. (ex. 1 min/axis)QAVT Amplitude:? .067 g2/Hz (+ X,Y,Z) Type in the acceleration amplitude if different from the normal QAVT levels.QAVT Test:TPSType in the test document number that performed the test.Duration:Type the duration of the vibration test per axis. (ex. 1 min/axis)
Acoustics/Noise:N/A if not applicable.O/A dB LevelType the O/A level determined by the acoustic test.Acoustics TestTPSType in the test document number that performed the test.
Performance Verification:N/A if not applicable.AcceptancePre-flight Testing Functional Checkout Procedure, ATP, or PIAother/PDA/OMI/OMRSDInterface Verification Test: IVT/SAIL/OMRSD/KSC TPS/CEIT/etc.Type in the test document number that performed the acceptance test.Type in the test document number that performed the interface verification test.Pre-flight Functional Checkout Procedure PIA/OMI/OMRSD/etc.Other Functional performance testingType in the test document number that performed the pre-flight verification test.Type in the test document number that performed the test.
Waivers or Requirements Deviations: N/A if not applicable.Requirement Waived:Type requirement that was waived.CR#Type in the Change Request number which documents the waiver approval.

If this certification is NOT for 100 Missions:Give the reason here for the limitation and indicate which flights the hardware is approved for.
If the hardware is certified for one or more missions, but less than 100, indicate if the design is limited or each serial number is limited, and list the flights that the hardware is approved for. An example is if the hardware is certified for 1 mission, indicate if the design is limited to one specific mission or if each serial number is limited to one flight. (An item may be certified for one mission based on specific mission environmental or operational information and has only been tested or analyzed for that specific mission. This type of certification is a mission specific certification and the certification will be revoked after that mission. An item may be certified for one mission based on other factors such as qualification testing which only encompassed one missions worst case exposure. This type of certification is not mission specific and any serial number may be flown for one mission. This would be a limited life item that can be tracked.
If no SAR or HAW, list potential hazards, controls, and verificationMaterials Flammability, Toxicity, Offgassing Verified Controlled per Materials memo.MechanicalImpact/Structural FailureVerified Controlled per Stress Analysis and testing listed.PhysiologicalSharp Edges/Corners/Pinch PointsVerified Radius requirement from ( JSC 17481) listed on drawingscontrolled perPhysiologicalAcoustical NoiseVerified controlled per acoustic test aboveElectricalEMI/EMCVerified Controlled per test data listedPhysiologicalHot/Cold SurfacesVerified Controlled per test data listedContaminationVerified Controlled per Materials memo and Electrical Discharge/ShockVerified Controlled perOtherExplosionVerified Controlled perOtherOtherOther
A SAR is required for all hardware. The Safety Section above is only used when a SAR has not been provided as a separate document. The information contained in the SMACAR should provide verification of most hazard controls. If there is no SAR or HAW or other Safety analysis documentation submitted, the SMACAR can serve as the documentation but all information must be provided. Examples of the generic hazards to explore are indicated in the table above. List other hazards as appropriate and provide the verification of the controls.

Acronyms

ATP - Acceptance Test Procedure
ATT - Acceptance Thermal Test (See JSC-SP-T-0023)
AVT - Acceptance Vibration Test (See JSC-SP-T-0023)
CEIT - Crew Equipment Interface Test
D&C - Display and Control
EMC - Electromagnetic Compatibility (See JSC-SL-E-0001 and SL-E-0002)
EMI - Electromagnetic Interference (See JSC-SL-E-0001 and SL-E-0002)
EVA - Extravehicular activity
ICD - Interface Control Document
IVA - Intravehicular activity
IVT - Interface Verification Test
MUA - Materials usage agreement.
OMRSD - Operations Maintenance Requirements Specification Document
PDA - Pre Delivery Acceptance
PIA - Pre Installation Acceptance
QATT - Qualification Acceptance Thermal Test (See JSC-SP-T-0023)
QAVT - Qualification Acceptance Vibration Test (See JSC-SP-T-0023)
QTT - Qualification Thermal Test (See JSC-SP-T-0023)
QTVT - Qualification Thermal Vacuum Test (See JSC-SP-T-0023)
QVT - Qualification Vibration Test (See JSC-SP-T-0023)
TPS - Test preperation sheet



1 DRD Title RESERVED2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No. FIELD OPERATION SUPPORT PLAN1/27/97169-BL3-08-7-03P4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)To provide a plan of operation for the contractor support group at field sites.
5. DRD Category: (check one)xTechnicalAdministrativeSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)
8. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)
This plan shall include, but not be limited, the following:

Introduction - shall include the location and scope of operation for all support personnel.

Basic Requirements - shall describe the general approach to be used in the implementation of this plan.

Management - shall describe the organization of the contractor and the field site personnel. This shall also include the general responsibilities of the field site personnel and the interfaces with NASA Safety, Reliability, and Quality Assurance (SR&QA) disciplines.

Data Control - shall describe the handling of technical documents, quality control documents, and engineering drawings by the field site personnel to ensure incorporation of all required changes with complete control and distribution thereof.

Control of Contractor - Acquired and Government-Furnished Property - shall describe the responsibilities and necessary steps in assuring Government property is received and maintained in good condition and repair in accordance with the Government-Furnished Property Clause.

Control of Contractor Fabricated Articles - shall describe the inspection and testing methods and procedures for fabricated articles.

Non-conforming Material Control - shall describe the various steps to take for non-conforming materials such as disposition of Discrepancy Reports (DR’s) follow-up action, record keeping, and requirements, etc.

Cleaning Preservation, Packaging, Handling, Storing, and Shipping - shall describe the controls to be placed on these operations.

Training and Certification of Field Personnel - shall describe the training programs which shall be established to familiarize all concerned personnel with all equipment to which they may be exposed, methods of operation (with tests) showing personnel are certified by completion of training.

Data Reporting and Corrective Action - shall describe the responsibilities of personnel in relation to the collection, analysis, and follow-up of discrepancies and failures occurring in the field. This shall also include documents and records related to these discrepancies or failures.

Control of Ground Support Equipment (GSE) - shall describe the necessary steps and procedures to assure GSE is acceptable and maintained in good repair and that associated documentation is current and properly maintained.


Testing - shall describe the responsibilities of personnel in support of all testing, requirements, and associated documentation is correct and properly maintained.

Logistics - shall describe personnel responsibilities of personnel in implementing all phases of logistics and associated documentation.

Engineering Data Center - shall describe the responsibilities of personnel and procedures used in establishing, storing, controlling, and distributing engineering data from a centrally established facility.

Spares - shall describe personnel responsibilities to ensure control and documentation of sparing requirements and that such documentation is maintained.

Other items as required.

1. DRD Title2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No. DEVELOPMENT AND DESIGN TEST PROCEDURES / REPORT1/27/97179-BL3-08-7-03P4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)These detailed procedures are to be followed in the performance of tests and reporting to be conducted in accordance with specification requirements to assure verification of design of the end item.
5. DRD Category: (check one)xTechnicalAdministrativeSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)8. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)1. The contractor shall prepare and submit Design Verification Test (DVT) Procedures for each component, assembly, system, etc., to be tested as required by contract. The procedures shall provide detailed documentation of all testing required to demonstrate that the item is in compliance with all applicable specification requirements.
2. The procedure, in a format acceptable to the procuring activity, shall contain a list of tests, sequence of tests, conditions to be established for each test, instrumentation requirements, detailed procedures to be followed in conducting each test, data recording requirements, values and tolerances required, provisions for recording and evaluating non-conformances, data sheets for recording values to be obtained, and time duration of each test.
3. The procedure shall, in addition, including the following:
Assure the attainment of repeatable conditions both standard and simulated.
Establish and determine significant failure modes.
Determine the effects of varied stress levels and performance parameters.
Determine the affects of combinations of tolerances and drift of design parameters.
4. The contractor shall prepare and submit to NASA test reports covering the applicable testing program, in accordance with the following:
Except as otherwise specified on the applicable Data Requirements List (DRL), test reports shall be prepared in accordance with a standard format.
The report shall include complete descriptions of each test conducted. These descriptions shall cover the test objective, test procedure, test result, and discussion and significant events pertaining to the test.
The report shall include drawings, graphs, tables, photographs, etc., as necessary to show or support the test or equipment. These may also be provided to show or establish before-and-after conditions, results, requirements, etc.
When the test procedures are not included in the body of the report, the report shall include, as an appendix, the complete approved test procedure, and data sheets.

1. DRD Title2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No. Problem Reporting and Corrective Action (PRACA)29 Mar 96189-BL3-08-7-03P4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)To report problems (as defined below) and describe their resolutions.
5. DRD Category: (check one)TechnicalAdministrativexSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)JSC 24636 8. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)
Reference Documents:
JSC 24636, “JSC Orbiter and Government Furnished Equipment (GFE) Problem Reporting and
Corrective Action (PRACA) Requirements”

SCOPE:

PRACA reportable problems are defined as functional failures, overstress or potential overstress of hardware, unsatisfactory conditions, and unexplained anomalies which occur on flight products, flight-like products, or ground support equipment (GSE) during qualification testing and during or subsequent to acceptance testing. GSE reporting is limited to GSE problems which could result in injury, loss of personnel capability, or loss of vehicle systems.

CONTENTS:

A. Initial notification/report shall occur within 24 hours after isolation to the Line Replaceable Unit/Orbital Replacement Unit level or lower and shall include the following data:
1. A uniquely identifiable report number;
2. The date the problem occurred if known, if unknown the date it was detected;
3. The location at the time of occurrence/detection;
4. The test or operation (code)* being performed at time of occurrence;
5. The prevalent conditions (code)* at time of occurrence;
6. The non-conforming product identification:
a. part name;
b. part number;
c. serial number, logistical control number, lot number, or version number (if applicable);
d. manufacturer.
7. Contractor end item model number;
8. Brief narrative description of nonconformance, including comparison of expected events with actual events (or results);
9. A brief title;
10. Technical point of contact name;
11. Technical point of contact phone number


B. Additional preliminary data shall be delivered within 5 working days after the initial notification. Data shall include any additions/modifications to previous submittal plus:
1. Vehicle effectivity
2. Subsystem(s) affected (if known);
3 Next higher assembly (as applicable) identification:
a. part number;
b. part name;
c. serial number, logistical control number, or version number;
d. manufacturer.
4. Time/cycles in use (if applicable);
5. FMEA number (if applicable);
6. Non-conforming product manufacturer’s CAGE code;
7. Planned date of resolution;

C. The final resolution (close-out) shall include the following additional data:
1. Resolution narrative which includes
a. Corrective action that has been established including reference to released documentation establishing this corrective action, or
b. When not establishing corrective action to preclude recurrence of the problem provide a narrative explanation which documents the rationale. This narrative shall also include the following:
(1.) Effects on mission, if nonconformance recurred, and recommended operational work around procedures;
(2.) Methods of detecting the problem inflight/on-orbit. Indicate how the crew will be made aware of the problem or what automatic system detects or corrects the problem;
(3.) When last test of product, prior to mission, is performed;
(4.) Assurance that explanations using redundancy and/or alternate modes of operation as one of the elements do not negate each other;
2. Criticality or severity of the nonconformance with relationship to mission effects;
3. All end items and/or missions that may be affected by the problem;
4. Previous history of non-conforming product;
5. Problem report numbers related to the same problem;
6. Cause (code)* which indicates what action caused the failure;
7. Defect (code)* which indicates what defect caused the failure;
8. Material (code)* which indicates the material that failed;
9. Recurrence control (code)* which indicates what action was taken as a result of the nonconformance;
10. Indication as to whether or not the problem will cause a revision to a CIL;
11. Related document identification (waiver number, CCB directive, etc.);
12. Date of resolution.

*Codes are per SSP 30524, D.1-3.1, Table F Type Element Code Translations


FORMAT:
All problems common to the Shuttle Program GFE and Station Program GFE are entered initially into the ISS PRACA system. The ISS PRACA system can be accessed via the World Wide Web. To access PRACA reports or to submit failure reports use the PRACA on the WEB home page using the following address:
http://issa-www.jsc.nasa.gov/ss/issapt/praca_on_the_web.html

If a message comes back "Forbidden" then apply for Space Station Team Page Bulletin Board access using the following URL address:
http://issa-www.jsc.nasa.gov/ss/admin/ro.html


MAINTENANCE: Update as required.

1. DRD Title2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No. LIMITED-LIFE ITEM LIST29 Mar 96199-BL3-08-7-03P4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)Identify and control limited-life items.
5. DRD Category: (check one)TechnicalAdministrativexSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)See “Reference Documents” under item 8 below.8. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)
Reference Documents:
a. NHB 5300.4, 1D-2, "Safety, Reliability, Maintainability, and Quality Provisions for the Space Shuttle Program"
b. JSC 17057, “GFE Limited Cycle Time/Age Life Items Requirements”

1. SCOPE: Identify time/cycle-sensitive components and age-controlled items and related requirements for inspection, maintenance, and replacement of these items. Limited-life items include limited-shelf life, limited-operating life, time-action control sensitive items, or a combination of these. Maintain time/cycle historical log evaluation of accrued time to determine remaining life.

2. FORMAT: Electronic tables for entry into NASA databases.

3. CONTENT:
a. Items shall be identified by part name and number, life limit, life limiting parameter, or part/material; its function; any limitations on number of refurbishments; and any data related to operational use, test, handling, or inspection.

b. Requirements for maintenance of historical equipment data and records to verify that time/cycle- and age-sensitive items are controlled within acceptable limits. Entries to the equipment data records shall be complete and self-explanatory, and shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

Part Data:

Shuttle & Station:
Part Name
Part Number
Serial number
Date of manufacture
Time (age) limit/cycle limit

Part instance limited-life data:
Next higher assembly part number
Part instance location code
Part instance Logistics Control Number (LCN)
Life-limit cycles
Life-limit mean time between failures
Mean time between failure units (e.g., hrs.)
Beginning of life-limit accrual criteria
Part instance "birthday"

Serialized Part Life Accrual Data:
Next higher assembly part number
Part instance location code
Part instance Logistics Control Number (LCN)
Accrued cycles
Accrued In-service Time
Date/Time of last accumulation
Projected cycles remaining
Projected life remaining
Absolute life end date

c. The status reports shall include the accrued time and cycles for each item by part and/or serial number, location, and remaining life.

d. Waiver reports are required to document instances where an item has exceeded its time/cycle limit and rationale for accepting an item for flight or in support of flight. The waiver shall include item name, number, serial number, time or cycle limit, reason the item has (or will) exceed its time/cycle limit, and contractor rationale for accepting the item for flight or proposed action.

e. The Limited-Life Items List data requirements applies to all flight hardware. For Station, Limited-Life Items List data must be accessible in the Vehicle Master Database (VMDB) 145 days prior to the IDR that covers the first flight deployment of the hardware.

4. MAINTENANCE: Update as required. Multiple deliveries of the GFE do not require corresponding data deliveries.

1. DRD Title2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No. MASTER AUTHORIZED CHANGE RECORD (MACR)1/27/97209-BL3-08-7-03P-4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)To provide a historical record of authorized Class I and Class III changes for interchangeable end items/components within one EMU hardware number
5. DRD Category: (check one)XTechnicalAdministrativeSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)CSD-SH-021, REV A
8. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)
1. A Master Authorized Change Record (MACR) shall be prepared for all deliverable contract end items or separable components having its own change tracking requirement within one EMU hardware number. The MACR shall be prepared for each serialized group of end items/components which are fully interchangeable as described in CSD-SH-021, as contractually applicable.

2. Class I and Class III changes shall be entered on the MACR when:

The change has been contractually authorized by issuance of a Contract Change Order (CCO) or Supplemental Agreement (SA) and:

When a change previously submitted as Class I has been approved as a Class II change and is for record purposes only; or

The authorization creates a new end item/component under the requirement of 1 above and a new MACR is prepared; or

The authorization is not effective to the total serialized end items of one EMU hardware number family, and a new MACR is prepared for the unique, non-interchangeable serialized group; or

The authorization changes the quantity of end items/components; or

e. The authorization requires a Class I or Class III change to engineering drawings; or

The change is effective to the Specification/Assembly Drawing (S/AD) but requires tracking for end item accomplishment; i.e., a change to a numerical value of the S/AD (torque, pressure, relief, etc.) for which the end item/component must be retested or adjusted; or

When a record of physical interface fit/function must be performed and recorded as completed.

3. The MACR shall provide the information as shown on the attached MACR form.

4. The MACR shall be provided by the responsible preparer to the organization responsible for maintenance of the end item/component ADP (Acceptance Data Package) or manufacturing record (when an ADP is not authorized) for updating of the end item/component ACR (Authorized Change Record).


5. The MACR shall be completed as follows:

Enter the end item name from the drawing.

Enter the serialized block of end items for this MACR effectivity.

Enter the approval authority of the MACR contractor’s Configuration Manager.

Enter page number and total pages.

Date of this issue.

This letter revision.

Superseded revision and date.

Contractual authorization for this line end item (contractors only).

The authorizing CCBD (JSC Configuration Change Board Decision) number.

The contractor’s responding or initiated ECP (Engineering Change Proposal).

The contractor’s or JSC document which releases the engineering change in total to all authorized end items of this MACR.

The dash number configuration created by incorporation of this Class I change. For a Class III change, enter the Top Assembly Drawing revision letter.

Short descriptive change title.

Enter pertinent remarks, i.e., “ECO13456 must be incorporated prior to incorporation of this change,” and number each note related to the line end item.






1. DRD Title2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No. PREDELIVERY ACCEPTANCE TEST PROCEDURE (PDA)1/27/97
219-BL3-08-703P4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)To ensure that the end item conforms to the requirements of the applicable end item specification / assembly drawing.5. DRD Category: (check one)xTechnicalAdministrativeSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)JSCM-5312, ISO 9001NFSD Part 18-52.245 and Alternate #18. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)
1 This Data Requirement Description (DRD) establishes the requirements for the preparation of a procedure covering the test and inspection of EMU hardware to ensure compliance with specification/assembly drawing requirements prior to delivery.

2 The contractor shall prepare and submit to NASA a detailed test procedure for each contractually identified end item and its related support equipment. The procedures shall outline the contractual test program concepts, providing the methods for implementing the level(s) and type(s) of test requirements applicable to a specific end item and its related support equipment.

3 The end item test procedures shall include the detailed description of contractor testing and checkout of the end item utilizing its related support equipment from post manufacturing checkout through checkout prior to shipment to the NASA site. Specifically, the end item test procedures shall provide the following detailed information:

a. Test program mission objectives and related test philosophy, including various test relationships.

b. Measuring and test equipment to be used specifying range, accuracy, and type (specify the particular scale, dial, or device to be observed; if recording type, indicate details of tape, film, or sensitized paper).

c. EMU hardware and related support equipment configuration.

d. Support equipment requirements and configuration, including part number, serial number, nomenclature, drawing number, etc.

e. Identification of all applicable detailed operating procedures, process specifications, program description documents, test and inspection procedures, etc., including document number, revision, and title, and operational checks or preliminary calibration of test setup.

f. Exact method of inspecting or measuring, including necessary manipulation of controls on the article involved and on the measuring and test equipment.

g. Conditions that must be maintained during inspection and test, including ambient or environmental conditions, and precautions to be observed to prevent damage to the articles or instruments involved.


h. Criteria for passing or failing test, or for determining conformance or rejection of the article, including reference to workmanship inspection standards.

i. Details for sampling plans to be used, if applicable.

4 References to other contractor documentation is permissible, providing the references are adequate and include such identification elements as title, number, applicable revision, etc. When a document to be referenced would only be applicable to a minor or limited extent, the contractor shall make every effort to include the applicable requirement(s) and avoid direct reference. All referenced documentation shall be readily available to the procuring activity upon request.



















1. DRD Title2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No. HAZARDOUS WASTE QUANTITY REPORT1/27/97229-BL3-08-7-03P4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)To be used for hazardous waste management to help comply with regulations, executive orders and NASA goals by reports and forecasts of hazardous waste quantities
5. DRD Category: (check one)Technical AdministrativexxSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)SOW 4.5.18. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)
1. SCOPE: The report shall cover the total waste management in all areas of the program.

CONTENT: The Hazardous Waste Quantity Report shall provide:

Hazardous waste quantities that were transferred to the Government for disposal. The contractor shall make special note of unused materials due to expired shelf life or incorrect procurement.
Forecast of hazardous waste materials that will be transferred to the Government for the next quarter.

3. FORMAT: Contractor format is acceptable with NASA approval.

4. MAINTENANCE: Changes shall be incorporated as required by change page or complete reissue.

1. DRD Title2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No.
NASA/GOVERNMENT INDUSTRY DATA EXCHANGE PROGRAM (GIDEP) ALERT SYSTEM DOCUMENTATION1/27/97239-BL3-08-7-03P4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)NASA/GIDEP distributed ALERTS identify hardware problems noted on other programs or projects and provide instructions for contractor investigation and response on usage on the Space Shuttle and International Space Station Programs with recommendations/corrective action information.
5. DRD Category: (check one)TechnicalAdministrativexSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)
6.18. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)
Documentation is to provide a controlled method for ALERT initiation, investigation, and response. The contractor shall be notified whenever an ALERT-reported part is identified within the EEE parts list submitted.

The contractor shall respond by summary status on the alert response form (attachment) to all NASA/GIDEP ALERT’s. Where use is identified investigate, resolve, and document parts and materials problem(s) dispositions by letter. Previously published ALERT’s shall be included in the investigation to assure that lots, batches, or groupings of hardware noted as suspected in the ALERT are not used.

When the contractor encounters a significant problem with a part or material which may adversely affect the equipment, the contractor shall initiate an ALERT and submits it to the NASA/JSC ALERT coordinator.

The contractor prepared ALERTS shall be submitted to NASA/JSC for formal approval and release on Department of Defense form DD-1938.

The ALERT system notifies all organizations of problems associated with flight hardware of GSE item which could cause loss of GSE, vehicle, or personnel.




1. DRD Title2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No. Space Shuttle GFE Safety Analysis Report (SAR) and Hazard Report (HR)
28 Nov 95249-BL3-08-7-03P4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)The SAR is used to document the safety analysis performed on a system. The HR is used to provide program management the change in risk.
5. DRD Category: (check one)TechnicalAdministrativexSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)See “Reference Documents” under item 8. below.S&MA-1, SMACAR8. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)
Reference Documents:
NHB 5300.4 (1D-2), “Safety, Reliability, Maintainability and Quality Provisions for the Space Shuttle Program”
b. NSTS 22254, “Methodology for Conduct of Space Shuttle Program Hazard Analyses"
c. JSC 17481A, "Safety Requirements Document for JSC Space Shuttle Flight Equipment"
d. NSTS 07700, vol. V, "Information Management"

SCOPE: A SAR and HR's are applicable to all Government-furnished equipment (GFE) classified flight hardware.

2. FORMAT: The format of the SAR and HR's shall be in accordance with NSTS 22254.

CONTENTS: The hardware provider shall provide the SAR and HR's for program management visibility.

SAR: A safety analysis shall be performed in accordance with NSTS 22254 and a SAR shall contain the following as a minimum:

(1) System, subsystem, assembly, or item identifier
(2) Event and mission phases considered.
(3) Page, date, and revision number.
(4) Identification of the preparer and approvals with signatures.
(5) Description of the type of hazard analysis performed.
Analysis of each generic hazard listed in JSC 17481A and unique hazards showing applicability or
inapplicability, controls, and verifications.
(7) Safety matrix relating equipment subsystems to generic hazards.
(8) Hazard list providing HR number, title, status, and classification for any baselined hazards.
(9) Summary of open HR's with actions required for closure.
(10) Summary of candidate accepted risks with acceptance rationale.

The SAR may be sufficed by a properly and completely filled out hazard analysis worksheet or S&MA Certification Approval Request (SMACAR) in situations where the system, subsystem, assembly, or item is non critical, low cost, and not complex in design.


b. HR's: If HR's are required based on the safety analysis performed, the HR's shall comply with the requirements of NSTS 07700, volume V and NSTS 22254. The HR's shall contain, by attachment, documentation of work performed to support closure.


1. DRD Title2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No. ACCIDENT, INCIDENT, AND SAFETY ACTIVITIES REPORT1/27/97259-BL3-08-7-03P4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)5. DRD Category: (check one)TechnicalAdministrativeXSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)8. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)
ACCIDENT / INCIDENT REPORTING

1. IMMEDIATE NOTIFICATION: The contractor shall report immediately (24 hours) by telephone to JSC Operations Safety Branch (Extension 5231 or 6208) all accidents, incidents, and/or exposure which result in:

a. All fatalities.

b. All serious (hospitalization required) lost-time occupational injury and/or illness to employees.

c. Property damage of $25,000 or more associated with his operations.

d. Near-miss incidents with a hazard potential of a serious or significant nature.

All fires shall be reported immediately by telephone to the JSC Fire Department (extension 3333).

2. MONTHLY REPORT: A monthly report of all accidents (including vehicle accidents), incidents, injuries, and fires shall be submitted to the JSC Operations Safety Branch. The enclosed form 288, titled "Accident/Incident Statistics", is representative of a format acceptable to, and contains the minimum information to be transmitted to the Operations Safety Branch. Negative reports, which include hours worked, are required monthly. A description of safety activities that have been accomplished during the past month should be described. Each major section of the safety plan should be discussed, with significant accomplishments highlighted. Follow-up actions and following months planned activities should be included in the final paragraph of the report.

3. QUARTERLY REPORT: Send a NASA Form 345, Accident Cause Analysis Report, on a quarterly basis to the JSC Operations Safety Branch.

4. SAFETY ASSESSMENT REPORT: An annual written self-evaluation and assessment report shall be submitted during first quarter of the new year to the JSC Operations Safety Branch. The report shall include:

a. The internal assessment of safety program effectiveness indicating areas of strength, weakness, goals, and objectives for the following report period.

Safety concerns and resolutions relating to JSC operations which may have been identified during the report period.

c. Unresolved safety concerns relating to JSC operations which the contractor feels merit attention of the JSC Operations Safety Branch.










1. DRD Title2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No. PRESSURE VESSEL HISTORICAL DATA1/27/97269-BL3-08070-3P4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)To provide information demonstrating that acceptance requirements have been satisfied for deliverable pressure vessels.
5. DRD Category: (check one) TechnicalAdministrativexSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)8. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)
1. SCOPE

The documentation shall be provided for flight or flight-type pressure vessels and pressure vessels installed in associated ground support equipment (GSE) which interfaces with flight hardware.

2. CONTENTS

a. First Article Pressure Vessel Data: The following documentation shall be provided indicating hardware effectivity:

(1) Manufacturing sequence of operations.

(2) Manufacturing and process specifications (includes chemical processes, cleaning, welding, heat treatment, etc.).

(3) Detail and assembly drawings, inspection methods and/or specifications.

(4) Fluid-to-fluid and fluid-to-materials compatibility.

(5) Design and qualification data.

b. Per Unit Pressure Vessel Data: The following documentation shall be provided for flight vehicle pressure vessels (with only Item (10) below applicable to GSE pressure vessels):

(1) Material composition and mechanical properties.

(2) Mechanical properties of forging and vessel.

(3) Heat treatment of forging and vessel.

(4) Fluid exposure and temperature during fabrication and testing.

(5) Cleaning materials used, sequence of use, pressure, if applicable.

(6) Welding, weld joint preparation, cover and backup gases and controls, repair procedures and controls, filler wire composition.

(7) Inspection results.

(8) Discrepancy and MR records.

(9) Pressurization Data Log delineating actual chronological tests and checkout history, including all proof, leak, and cycling data along with the magnitude of pressure, type of pressurant, and number of pressure cycles to which the vessel was subjected.

(10) All GSE pressure vessels which have been designed, fabricated, and tested to the requirements of the ASME Code for Unfired Pressure Vessels, Section VIII, will have a certification of compliance to design, fabrication, and testing in accordance with the ASME Code.

3. FORMAT

Documentation shall be provided in contractor or subcontractor format.

4. MAINTENANCE

To be maintained by page revision/total reissuance, as applicable to the individual information element.








1. DRD Title2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No. PRESSURE VESSEL/SYSTEM RECERTIFICATION1/27/97279-BL3-08-7-03P-b:3-08-7-03p4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)Data required to demonstrate implementation of NMI 1710.3 using the guidelines of NHB1700.6, to ensure that all ground-based pressure vessels and pressurized systems are certified safe to operate and are recertified periodically. 5. DRD Category: (check one) TechnicalAdministrativexSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional) 8. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)

1. Scope - The Pressure Vessel/System Recertification covers all ground-based pressure vessels and pressurized systems under the contractor’s responsibility.

2. Applicable Documents - NMI 1710.3 Safety Program for Pressure Vessels and Pressurized Systems
NHB 1700.6 Guide for in-service Inspection of Ground-Based Pressure Vessels and Systems

3. Contents - In accordance with guidelines in NHB 1700.6.

4. Format - Contractor format is acceptable.

5. Maintenance - Changes shall be incorporated by change page or complete reissue.

1. DRD Title2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No. Space Shuttle GFE Failure Modes and Effects Analysis (FMEA) and Critical Items List (CIL)[FMEA1]
28 Nov 95289-BL3-08-7-03P4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)To identify to program management the risk associated with design, use, and failure of systems.5. DRD Category: (check one)TechnicalAdministrativexSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)See “Reference Documents” under item 8. below.8. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)
Reference Documents:

a. NHB 5300.4 (1D-2), “Safety, Reliability, Maintainability and Quality Provisions for the Space Shuttle Program”

b. NSTS 22206, “Instructions for Preparation of Failure Modes and Effects Analysis FMEA) and Critical Items List (CIL)

SCOPE: The FMEA and CIL are applicable to all Government-furnished equipment classified as flight hardware.

FORMAT: Electronic delivery or through data keyed directly into the NASA application. (JSC will identify the available application.) The format of the FMEA and CIL shall be in accordance with NSTS 22206. A suggested format is provided, with the numbers in parentheses corresponding to the data elements in NSTS 22206, table 3.0 for FMEAs and table 4.0 for CILs. Other formats are acceptable provided all FMEA data elements are included.

CONTENTS: The hardware provider shall provide FMEAs and CILs for project and program management.

An FMEA shall be performed on every system, subsystem, assembly, or item to identify failure modes and the effects thereof for support of additional design action, safety analysis, hardware/software interface analysis, test planning, mission planning, preparation of mandatory inspection points, fault detection and isolation, maintainability analysis and planning, maintenance planning, and logistics planning.

The FMEA shall be conducted and prepared in accordance with NSTS 22206. The FMEA may be sufficed by a properly completed criticality worksheet alone if the system, subsystem, assembly, or item under analysis is noncritical.

The CIL is used to identify critical items which require special risk assessments to support the activities supported by the FMEA and waivers to program requirements. The CIL shall be conducted and prepared in accordance with NSTS 22206.


FAILURE MODE EFFECTS ANALYSIS/CRITICAL ITEMS LIST

FMEA NUMBER: ORIGINATOR PROJECT:
PART NAME: LRUPART NUMBER: QUANTITY:
PART NUMBER: LRU/ORU PART NAME: SYSTEM:
LSC CONTROL NO: DRAWING/REF DESIGNATOR: SUBSYSTEM:
ZONE/LOCATION: EFFECTIVITY/AFFECT STAGE:

CRITICALITY:
CRITICAL ITEM?


CRITICALITY CATEGORY____

REDUNDANCY SCREEN:

ORBITER/SPACE STATION


A -
B -
C -
D.-

FUNCTION:

FAILURE MODE CODE:
FAILURE MODE:

CAUSE:.


FAILURE DETECTION:
REMAINING PATHS: EFFECT/ MISSION PHASE:

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________CORRECTIVE ACTION:


-FAILURE EFFECTS-


END ITEM/LRU/ORU/ASSEMBLY:

SUBSYSTEM/NEXT ASSEMBLY/INTERFACE:

SYSTEM/END ITEM/MISSION:

CREW/VEHICLE :

FAILURE MODE EFFECTS ANALYSIS/CRITICAL ITEMS LIST

FMEA NUMBER: ORIGINATOR PROJECT:
PART NAME: LRUPART NUMBER: QUANTITY:
PART NUMBER: LRU/ORU PART NAME: SYSTEM:
LSC CONTROL NO: DRAWING/REF DESIGNATOR: SUBSYSTEM:
ZONE/LOCATION: EFFECTIVITY/AFFECT STAGE:
HAZARD INFORMATION:

HAZARD: YES___ NO__

HAZARD ORGANIZATION CODE:

HAZARD NUMBER:
TIME TO EFFECT:
TIME TO DETECT:
TIME TO CORRECT:
FAILURE DETECTION/FLIGHT:

REMARKS:



-RATIONALE FOR ACCEPTABILITY-

(A) DESIGN:

(B) TEST:

(C) INSPECTION:

(D) FAILURE HISTORY:

(E) OPERATIONAL USE:

(F) MAINTAINABILITY:

PREPARED BY: REVISION:

DATE: WAIVER NUMBER


1. DRD Title2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No. Reliability and Maintainability (R&M) Plan 14 Mar 96299-BL3-08-7-03P4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)Used to assure proper implementation of R&M quantitative requirements. Used by program management to verify predictions, allocations, etc., are consistent with program requirements.
5. DRD Category: (check one)TechnicalAdministrativexSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)NHB 5300.4 (1A-1), NHB 5300.4 (1E), NHB 5300.4 (1D-2)
8. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)
Scope: Formulate an R&M Plan to serve as a master planning, program definition, and control document to govern the R&M quantitative-related activities required for the project.

Format: Each quantitative requirement shall be addressed in narrative form and in sufficient detail to describe the philosophy and approach for implementation. Existing policies and procedures can be used if in total compliance with the requirements stated below.

Contents: The plan shall identify and define the following as a minimum:

a) The work to be accomplished for each applicable task.

b) The time phasing and staff loading involved.

The organizational element assigned responsibility and authority for implementing
the required task.

d) Lines of communication between the organizational element responsible for implementing the task and other interfacing organizational elements.

e) Appropriate NASA-contractor program milestone review points.

f) Method of control over subcontractor and vendor-related tasks.

g) The purpose and expected results of each task. Planned methods for monitoring, assessing, reporting, and taking appropriate action regarding status, accomplishments, and problems.

h) Specific techniques for allocating quantitative requirements to lower level functional elements of the system, subsystem, assembly, or components.

i) Specific techniques for making R&M predictions.

j) The method of data collection and analysis, and plan for ensuring an effective corrective action system.

k) Data base requirements.

l) Contents and submittal schedules of the prediction, allocation, assessment, and verification reports.

m) Means by which demonstration and verification will be accomplished.


SEE SA 285 FOR CHANGES TO THIS DRD
1. DRD Title2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No. EEE PART DATA REQUIREMENTS1/27/97309-BL3-08-7-03P4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)Define documentation requirements for controlling and qualifying EEE Parts.
5. DRD Category: (check one)TechnicalAdministrativeXSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)NHB 5300.4 (1D-2)8. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)
I. EEE PART SPECIFICATION

The specification shall completely describe performance, design, qualification, and quality assurance requirements for EEE parts specified in the end item design. EEE parts in the end item shall be purchased to a controlling specification. (Not required where existing JAN-TX and MIL-ER or other existing specifications satisfy NHB 5300.4 (1D-2) for this type documentation.)

The drawings/specifications shall delineate, as a minimum:

1. A complete identification of the part including generic equivalent, physical, environmental, and performance requirements; quality and reliability assurance requirements including inspections and tests for qualification, acceptance, and lot sampling where required; explicit requirements to be satisfied in accepting parts for use in the contract hardware including 100 percent screen and burn-in; packaging, storage, and handling requirements; traceability requirements; and data retention and submittal requirements.

2. Where a combination of specifications is used collectively to provide all the above requirements for a single part type, the detail specification (slash sheet, specification or source control drawing, etc.) for that part type shall provide detailed cross-reference to all other applicable specifications.

3. Each EEE parts drawing/specification shall be identified by a unique number and shall be subject to a formal system of change control.

4. Seller-originated requirements documents which are incorporated into the part specification by reference shall be submitted along with the part specification in order to facilitate review of the total requirements.

II. EEE PART QUALIFICATION TEST

The document will cover each new EEE part qualified by test to its specification. The test reports shall contain:

1. Reference to related qualification test plan/description of test.

2. Sample size, measurements taken, test procedure, sequence, equipment used and acceptance criteria.

3. Identification of measurements outside acceptable criteria, identification of all failures, failure analysis.

4. Statement as to successfulness of test, and qualification status of the part.

Reference to the controlling specification to which the qualification is applicable.

III. EEE PART QUALIFICATION TEST PLAN/ REQUEST

The EEE Part Qualification Test Request/Plan serves as the vehicle for coordinating approval for expenditure of funds to qualify a part. The request for part qualification shall include the following.

1. Part identification and manufacturer.

2. Application (black box).

3. Tests required.

4. Tests not required on the basis of existing data.

5. Schedule impact.

6. Part specification.

The Parts Qualification Test Plan shall as a minimum describe the following:

1. Completed Parts Procurement Drawing/Specification for each part covered by the plan as a separate document.

2. Detail description of the test. Where appropriate, refer to MIL-STRD-202, etc., for test methods used. Where appropriate, identify the facility or agency that will do the test, the equipment to be used, and whether the agency is certified by NASA or the buyer.

Show a detailed schedule of events and show how part qualification meets end item schedules.

IV. EEE PART APPLICATION AND STRESS ANALYSIS

These data are to verify appropriate departing and stress conditions of EEE parts in design applications

These data shall document the results of EEE parts application and stress analysis reviews as follows:

1. Determination of electrical upper thermal stresses experienced by parts in their equipment applications and verifications of compliance with derating requirements.

2. Consideration of functional adequacy and possible sensitivity of parts to specific applications.

V. EEE PART LISTS

1. The EEE parts list identifies EEE parts used in flight equipment and other contractor, subcontractor, and supplier equipment design applications. This list should be submitted a minimum of 3 times (PDR, CDR, and at hardware delivery) and should include as a minimum the requested data at the time of each submission.

2. The following information is to be submitted at PDR and amended as necessary during other requested submissions:

a. Identification of parts by generic part name, type, and common designator (e.g., diode, zener, 1N2970).

b. Specification control drawing numbers.

c. Manufacturer's name and production location. QPL parts also require the manufacturer's name.

d. Quantity used per application.

e. Component (black box) part number.

3. The information below with the exception of lot date code is to be submitted at CDR and again with any amendments at hardware delivery. The lot date code documenting the actual parts used in the hardware will be submitted at the time of hardware delivery.

a. Manufacturer's full part number or complete military part specification if the device is on the QPL.

b. Qualitication status. This is qualification at the part level, not the equipment level, and can be obtained by one of the following methods:

(1) Successful qualification testing of the part type to be used (parts listed in MIL-STD-975 or other MIL-SPEC parts procured from qualified product list sources meet this requirement).

(2) Documented similarity to a part that has been qualified by test. The similar part must include documents showing it was manufactured by the same supplier, on the same line, with the same processes and technology as the qualified part.

(3) Successful prior usage in a program with similar or higher reliability requirements. Available information should include program name, quantity used, estimate of part hours, and documented failure history.

c. IPAR/NSPAR number for irregular parts.

d. Any additional lot date code data on specific parts used is to be provided when available.

4. The following information on the LRU number and each specific serial number used shall be recorded and submitted as the as-built record upon hardware delivery:

a. Reference designator.
b. Part number.
c. Manufacturer's code.
d. Lot date code/serial number for the specific part installed.

VI. REQUEST APPROVAL FOR IRREGULAR EEE PARTS USAGE AND WTSC (WET TANTALUM SLUG CAPACITOR) APPLICATION(S)

DEFINITION

Irregular parts: A part which is deficient in or lacking one or more of the following controls:
1. Specification
2. Qualification test to the specification
3. Traceability
4. Screen and burn-in

CONTENTS

1. Irregular parts usage request shall, as a minimum, contain the following information:

a. Equipment name, function and criticality, component number and serial number, supplier/subcontractor and effectivity.

b. Subassembly name, number, and criticality.

c. Part name, type and common designator (closest commercial equivalent), specification part and part manufacturer or parts contained in the as-designed equipment.

d. Irregular part number, part manufacturer and specification number, part name, part type, common designation (closest commercial equivalent).

e. Salient differences including SCD reliability and quality requirements and screening and burn-in between design baseline and irregular parts.

f. Qualification status and basis of qualification of irregular part.

g. Limited life (yes, no).

h. Justification for use of the irregular part including technical adequacy.

Where a limited life item is affected, the contractor shall ensure that proper changes are made to limited life control lists.

2. The request to use WTSC parts shall as a minimum contain the following information:

a. Complete identification of proposed part.

b. The intended application of the part. For WTSC's a circuit diagram, and circuit analysis is required to demonstrate absence of adverse conditions on the WTSC such as reverse bias, ripple current, etc.

c. Part manufacturer(s).

d. Other type capacitors which could be used in lieu of the WTSC.

e. Justification for requiring the part.

f. Part specification.

g. Qualification status and schedule impact if qualification test is required.

FORMAT: Letter with enclosures as appropriate.

1. DRD Title2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No. QUALITY PROGRAM PLAN1/27/97319-BL3-08-7-03P4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)To describe how the contractor will ensure compliance with cited quality requirements defining the total quality program from the initial phase throughout the development, fabrication, and delivery of articles of required quality.5. DRD Category: (check one)xTechnicalAdministrativexSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)8. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)
SITE PLANS - Separate quality program plans, or plan having separate parts, shall be prepared for the contractor's activities at the plant site and at each remote site.

QUALITY PROGRAM PLAN CONTENTS

a. Charts and narrative statements describing each element of the contractor's organization (e.g., procurement, engineering, reliability, fabrication, test, safety and quality assurance) which implement the quality program and detailed statements of duties, functions, and responsibilities relating to each quality program task. The plan shall show the relationship of the individual managing the quality program with each element performing quality program tasks, including his authority to control and monitor cited tasks.

b. Narrative descriptions which describe the contractor's execution and management of each task. These shall be detailed in terms of when, by which organizations, and by which methods each task will be accomplished. Applicable contractor policies and procedures shall be referenced in the plan.

c. Identification of those elements of the planned program which will utilize the contractor's existing quality program documents and operations and identification of those requiring change. Proposed changes needed to meet cited requirements and the time schedule for implementing such changes shall be delineated.

d. Manufacturing flow charts indicating the flow of fabrication and assembly operations and related inspection and test points will be maintained at the contractor's facility available for customer representative review.

3.0 QUALITY PROGRAM PLAN FORMAT

The plan shall, as a minimum, encompass the following format with attendant discussions of:

a. Quality Program Management

1. Flow charts depicting the contractor's proposed operations
2. Contractor's organizational and functional charts
3. Quality status reporting
4. Relationship with the reliability program
5. Quality documentation change control
6. Quality training program

b. Design and Development Control

1. Establishment, identification, review, change control, and effectivity of technical documents such as specifications, procedures, drawings, fabrication and planning documents, and process sheets defining characteristics and design criteria necessary for procurement, fabrication (including assembly) and inspection and test operations.

2. Quality support to design review.

c. Identification and Data Retrieval

1. Identification control method for ensuring assignment of unique part, serial, and lot numbers in a consecutive manner.

2. Identification list development to ensure that records and the related articles may be readily located and retrieval in the event that verification of, or removal of articles or materials becomes necessary.

d. Procurement Controls

1. Selection of contractor procurement sources.

2. Procurement document review and control; control of supplier quality programs, including how basic technical and detailed quality requirements will be delineated to suppliers.

3. Contractor quality assurance personnel at source, if applicable.

4. Methods for coordinating with Government personnel for which the Government agency elects Government source inspection.

5. Receiving inspection system including receiving records, supplier rating systems, post-award surveys of supplier operations, coordination of contractor/supplier inspections and tests, and nonconformance information feedback.

e. Fabrication Controls

1. Fabrication operations controls.
2. Article and materials controls.
3. Cleanliness controls and procedures; contamination controls, as applicable.
4. Process controls and procedures.
5. Workmanship standards.

f. Inspection and Tests

1. Inspection and test planning
2. Test specifications
3. Inspection and test procedures (These procedures shall insure that Government quality
representatives are notified 48 hours in advance of the time articles or materials are planned
for inspection or test).
4. End item inspection and test specifications, procedures, and controls
5. Inspection and test performance controls
6. Qualification test article controls, requalification, qualification based on similarity, procedures, and controls
7. End item inspection and test reports; end item reinspection and retest
8. Inspection and test records and data
9. Contractor quality assurance verification actions prior to, during, and subsequent to testing
10. Nondestructive evaluation (NDE)
11. Quality program audits

g. Nonconforming Article and Material Control

1. Nonconforming documentation
2. Remedial and preventive action
3. Initial review dispositions
4. Material review board
5. Requests for NASA contracting officer approval
6. Supplier material review boards

h. Metrology Controls

1. Acceptance and evaluation
2. Article or material measurement processes
3. Calibration measurement processes
4. Traceability to NBS
5. Handling, storage, and transportation
6. Identification and labeling
7. Establishment of calibration intervals
8. Recall system
9. Calibration records
10. Environmental requirements
11. Remedial and preventive action

i. Inspection status stamp control

j. Handling, storage, preservation, marking, labeling, packaging, packing, shipping, and documentation package

k. Sampling plans, statistical planning and analysis

l. Government property control


1. DRD Title2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No. ACCEPTANCE DATA PACKAGE (ADP)1/27/97329-BL3-08-7-03P4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)The Acceptance Data Package (ADP) will provide complete documentation at the time of acceptance of the EMU hardware end item.
5. DRD Category: (check one)xTechnicalAdministrativeSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)See Block 8.8. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)
REFERENCE:

SN-S-008 Software Data Package Requirements Specification
SN-D-007 Acceptance Package Requirements
ISO 9001

ADP shall be prepared in accordance with the referenced documents as appropriate.

PURPOSE

The purpose of this instruction is to establish the minimum requirements for the ADP delivered with each procured end item, in order that a chronological history of the equipment configuration and quality status will be available at all times.

SCOPE

This instruction provides guidance in establishing ADP requirements for spaceflight and equipment. ADP will be delivered with each functional end item.

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A DD 250/1149 (or other Government recognized “shipper” document, such as JSC Form 290), with quality control validation, will be required for all shipments. The shipper document will indicate nomenclature, part number, serial number, and quantity of hardware shipped. Shipping documents will identify any end item shortages, and reference all the applicable waivers. The shipper will list the ADP as being part of the shipment.

A chronological log of the equipment’s configuration and quality status; along with the DD 250/1149, is the minimum acceptance data that will accompany any shipment of functional hardware. A JSC Form 772, Functional Equipment Historical Record, or equivalent, will be used for this purpose. HS Tag SSS0006 will be used for all nonfunctional Hardware or when JSC Form 772 is not required for functional hardware. This tag will contain, as a minimum, the following information:

Acceptable (for its intended use)
Identification by part number and serial number
Indication of Government acceptance
Cleanliness certification
Proof pressure loading certification (if applicable)
Material certification (if applicable)

SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS FOR FUNCTIONAL ITEMS

Each ADP will have, as a minimum, the following sections with data as applicable:

Index or Table of Contents

An index or inventory of the ADP contents, along with the brief description of each section. A negative statement at the beginning of a section is required if no entry is applicable. For example, if one of the following data requirements does not apply to a particular shipment, the section should be so noted.

Component/Equipment Historical Logs

During the acceptance testing and inspection, a log (JSC Form 772 Functional Equipment Historical Record, or equivalent) will be maintained to continuously document the history of the item or component. Each log will be chronologically maintained and will account for all periods of time, including idle time and movements of the item. Entries will be complete and self-explanatory and will reference the test and test results, configuration changes, special inspections, etc. The local Government Quality Assurance Representative will validate all entries.

C. Inventory of Serialized Components

A list of “field replaceable” serialized components will be included in the ADP. The list will contain the following:

1. Definitions - With respect to the succeeding paragraphs, the following definitions should be used:
a. End Item - An assemblage of nameplated, serialized components which has an acceptance data package meeting the requirements of the contract and which is shipped on a DD Form 250 to NASA/JSC. Spare parts and expendable components are not considered as end items for the purposes of this DRD.
b. Configuration - The end item as defined by a list of identified, part numbered, and serialized components.
c. Replacement - The process of component changeout, starting with removal of a named, part numbered, and serialized component. This may be followed by the replacement of either a different component after repair or refurbishment, for example. Replacement, as defined for purposes of this DRD, would not include changeout of expendable items such as batteries, lithium hydroxide cartridges, or other normally expended items. Replacement, as referred to in this DRD, would be appropriate for such situations as component failures, updating, or scheduled maintenance.
d. Component - A subassembly of the end item which bears a nameplate, part number, and serial number. Screws, washers, shims, lengths of tubing, and housings are examples of items not included as components for the purposes of this DRD.
e. Authority - The identifying title and number of the working document which is used to effect the actual replacement operation. Examples of such paperwork are engineering work orders, test preparation sheets, discrepancy records, and material review board actions.
Configuration Record - A form shall be originated which carries a title block at the top of the page which contains the following information:
a. A descriptive title containing the words “configuration record.”
b. Words to the effect that NASA/JSC is the end item recipient.
c. Contract number.
d. The name of the end item.
e. The end item drawing number
f. Serial number of the end item.
Named columns shall be provided within which the following information may be recorded: Component names, part numbers and serial numbers, and a series of boxed spaces (no less than six) horizontally across from each numbered, serialized component listing. The column overseeing the boxes shall be entitled with words to the effect that this is the replacement column and that the replacement records should be consulted. As originally filled out, then the configuration record will have entries for all components with appropriate part numbers and serial numbers listed but with no entries in the boxes of the replacement column. As components are replaced, sequential entries are made in the boxes each time any of the components are removed and replaced. The sequential numbering is not in any way related to the order of the components or to the number of replacements for any one component. The first replacement would be noted with a “1” in the first box of that component. Replacement of another component midway down the page, for example, would result in a “2” being placed in the first box for this latter component. A repeat replacement of the first component would result in a “3” being placed in the second box for that component, and so on.
3. Replacement Record - The replacement record form shall have a title block containing the same information as the configuration record. The columns, however, should be so arranged as to give the following information (horizontally): replacement number (i.e., corresponding to the entries in the replacement section of the configuration record), part number of the “old” part, serial number of the “old” part, part number of the “new” part, serial number of the “new” part, site where replacement is made, place for QC stamp, date of replacement record columns would be blank. Referring back to the pervious example, the first component to be replaced would result in filling in of the first horizontal spaces in the columns of the replacement record. Replacement of the next failed component would occupy the second series of spaces, and repeat replacement of the first component would occupy the third series of spaces, and so on.
4. Miscellaneous - Use of the replacement record would commence during in-plant end item acceptance testing. Both the forms should be printed on paper suitable for reproduction (i.e., not a blue-line). Spaces for entry should be generous to allow for legible printing, as all entries will probably be made by hand in an ADP.
D. Waivers/Deviations
A list of waivers/deviations will be provided, sequentially numbered or indexed, in order to determine the total number applicable to hardware. For Government-Furnished equipment, this information may be included in the JSC Form 772, System and Component Historical Record, or equivalent. Copies of the waivers/deviations will be included in the ADP.
E. Discrepancy Reports (DR’s)/Material Review Board (MRB) Actions
All MRB actions and open DR’s pertinent to EMU hardware or components being shipped will be provided in the same manner as E. above and included in the ADP.
F. Record Limited Life/Time and Cycle Requirements
A list of limited items will be included in the ADP and also a list of the critical time/cycle items, including the total time or cycles allowed and a record of the time or cycle used.

G. Nonflight or Temporary Installed Hardware
An itemized list of all nonflight or temporarily installed hardware will be provided. Such hardware will be suitably identified and logged to control the use and final removal. Serialized streamers will be attached to all nonflight items not requiring physical removal to complete flight installations except when the streamer might damage hardware.
H. Inspection and Test Procedures and Results
Identification of the final inspection and test procedures performed and a copy of the results thereto will be included in the ADP; i.e., predelivery acceptance (PDA), dimensional inspection, proof loading acceptance test or others, etc.
Acceptance test data sheets are included in acceptance test procedures as an attachment. One set of the acceptance test data sheets shall be filled out for each contract end item tested. The completed acceptance test data sheets for an end item shall become part of the acceptance data package of the part. Contractor to retain completed sheets for items using a Spacecraft Parts Tag (JSC Form 911) or equivalent.
The acceptance test data sheets shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
A heading with the document number, EMU hardware item nomenclature and providing space to record the date, part number, and serial number.
Reference the test procedure being accomplished along with acceptable values required.
Delineate each step of test inspection to be performed.
Columns for entries of initials or stamps, and dates, by the technician performing the step and by contractor quality representative and Government Quality Control (QC).
A column to record values experienced, and to indicate if the experienced values are accepted or rejected.
I. Certification of Compliance
The supplier will include in the ADP a certificate of compliance with the specifications and requirements of the contract.
J. The following items are normally shipped as part of EMU hardware end items; however, if it is necessary to ship them separately, they will be accompanied by the data specified in the listings below:
PLSS Components
Item 111 SV778895 Primary Oxygen Bottle - Limited Life Data, Pressure Vessel Data
Item 120 SV785844 Dual Mode Relief Valve - Limited Life Data
Item 122 SV767798 CO2 Sensor - Limited Life Data, Calibration Data
Item 127 SV778543 Pump Inlet Filter - Limited Life Data
Item 131 SV769592 Primary Water Tank - Limited Life Data
Item 136 SV769512 Feedwater Pressure Regulator - Limited Life Data
Item 139 SV767796 Temperature Sensor - Limited Life Data
or
SV792503
Item 140 SV783850 Sublimator - Limited Life Data
Item 141 SV784943 Gas Trap - Limited Life Data
Item 145 SV785860 Relief Valve and Orifice - Limited Life Data
Item 146 SV787036 Positive Pressure Relief Valve - Limited Life Data
Item 147 SV767704 Negative Pressure Relief Valve - Limited Life Data
or
SV785927
Item 150 SV785970 Caution and Warning System - Limited Life Data
Item 112 SV778528 Primary Oxygen Pressure Sensor - Limited Life Data
Item 113 SV778873 Primary Pressure Control Module - Batch Control Data
Item 114 SV767788 Differential Pressure Sensor - Limited Life Data
Item 138 SV767793 Feedwater Pressure Sensor - Limited Life Data

SOP Components
Item 210 SV778880 Oxygen Bottle - Limited Life Data, Pressure Vessel Data
Item 213 SV778475 Secondary Oxygen Pressure Control Module - Limited Life Data, Batch Control Data
Item 215 SV778973 Pressure Transducer - Limited Life Data

DCM Components
Item 330 SV778872 Multiple Connector - Batch Control Data
Item 384 SV771987 Thermal Cover - Limited Life Data

SCU Components
Item 410 SV778872 Multiple Connector - Batch Control Data
Item 420 SV778504 Oxygen Filter and Orifice - Batch Control Data
Item 424 SV784959 Potable Water Filter - Limited Life Data
Item 428 SV771749 SCU Sheath Assembly - Limited Life Data

EEH Components
SV76790 EEH Sheath Assembly - Limited Life Data

Battery Components
SV778526 Battery Relief Valve - Limited Life Data

The following components will require data packages containing the information noted:
Item 416 SV767709 Bacteria Cartridge
Functional Equipment Historical Record (JSC Form 772)
As-Built Parts list
Data of Filter Medium Charging and Lot No.
Shipping Paperwork
Material Review Documentation
Item 350 SV792291 Electronic Assembly - Full Data Package
Item 385 SV779301 Oxygen, Water Manifold Assembly - Full Data Package
Item 123 SV787994 Fan/Separator/Pump Assembly
Functional Equipment Historical Record (JSC Form 772)
As-built Parts List
Discrepancy Reports/MRB Actions
Limited Life Information
Test Procedures/Results
Waiver Deviation Approval Request

Item 115 SV778540 Shear Plate Assembly
Functional Equipment Historical Record (JSC Form 772)
As-built Parts List
Discrepancy Reports/MRB Actions
Limited Life Information
Test Procedures/Results
Batch Control Data
NOTE: These items are interchangeable items and, therefore, when shipped as part of the PLSS, an informational package for each will accompany the PLSS shipment.

1 DRD Title 2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No. AUTHORIZED CHANGE RECORD1/27/9733 9-BL3-08-7-03P4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)To provide a historical record of authorized changes and their incorporation into individual serialized end items or components.
5. DRD Category: (check one)xTechnicalAdministrativeSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)
8. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)
1. An ACR (Authorized Change Record) shall be prepared and maintained for each deliverable contract end item or separable component.

2. Applicable changes to each end item/component shall be entered in the ACR in columns D through H from data presented on a MACR (Master Authorized Change Record) and will be a running lists of all Class I and Class III changes authorized for the particular individual serial number end item/component. Changes shall be entered on the ACR as MACR’s are received by the organization charged with maintenance of the end item/component ADP (Acceptance Data Package) or manufacturing records (when no AO ADP is required).

3. Changes incorporated into the end item/component shall be entered into columns I through L by the accomplishing organization with verification being entered in columns M and N by the applicable Quality Assurance/Inspection Agency.

4. The ACR shall be completed as follows:

End item/component nomenclature from drawing.
End item/component serial number.
Original issue date.
Contract modification authorizing the change.
JSC CCBD (Configuration Change Board Decision) number authorizing the contract change.
The number of the contractor initiated or responding ECP (Engineering Change Proposal) describing the technical implementation of the change
The engineering release document number which incorporates the change into the drawing for the total change incorporation.
The new dash number generated by incorporation of this Class I change. For a Class III change enter the top assembly drawing revision letter.
The TPS (Test Preparation Sheet) (Ref. JSCM 5312) or contractor document number which directs implementation of the authorized change into the end item/component.
The initials of the technician (or configuration manager) performing the work.
The date of incorporation.
The latest dash number created by incorporation of the Class I change. For a Class III change, enter the top assembly drawing revision letter which reflects that configuration.







NOTE

Items “i” through “n” are completed against the related line entry and shall indicate
the latest “AS BUILT” configuration. The latest configuration will always be minus (with open engineering changes) or equal to the “AS DESIGN” configuration. An example is the incorporation of the fourth of four changes authorized but not incorporated against
a FACI baseline (-01), which, had all changes been incorporated sequentially would
make the item a “-05.” In the case above, the item would become a “-05” configuration with the understanding that this configuration is minus or has three open engineering changes.

The inspector’s stamp who verifies the change was properly and completely incorporated.

The date of verification (if different than block k).



1. DRD Title2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No. CRITICAL DESIGN REVIEW DATA PACKAGE1/27/9734BL3-08-7-03Pnb4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)To provide the documentation for review and analysis to establish a certification baseline of EMU hardware for a Critical Design Review.
5. DRD Category: (check one)xTechnicalAdministrativeSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)CSD-SH-021 Rev A8. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)
1. SCOPE: The contractor shall prepare and submit a data package, including a complete documentation list, presenting the specification and drawing requirements necessary in establishing a certification baseline during the Critical Design Review (CDR).

2. CONTENT: The data package listing shall include, but not be limited to, the documentation indicated below. This documentation shall be approximately 90% complete or as otherwise indicated.

Logic diagrams or block diagrams of the system.
Maintenance considerations.
Data establishing compatibility with end item design criteria and end item functional requirements.
Schedule for equipment, fabrication, test readiness review, and testing.
Handling and installation restrictions.
Drawings and associated lists.
Human factor considerations, including safety.
Manufacturing considerations relative to unusual tooling or tolerance requirements.
End item model specification (Part II) completed Specification/Assembly Drawing (S/AD).
Acceptance test plan for EMU Hardware specification items.
Reliability analysis, including math model if required.
Summary of required state-of-the-art improvements.
Test Plan for certification test for EMU Hardware specification items.
Support data requirements and schedules for such items as instruction manuals, maintenance manuals
Contractor shall provide a list of all parts used in particular end items and their qualification status in the following categories: Government and Industry Standard Parts, Vendor Parts, and Contractor Designed Parts. If a part has more than one identification number (contractor specification number and vendor part number), all numbers shall be listed and properly identified.
List of approved suppliers.
Status of JSCM 8080 Standards Matrix as presented for compliance. Rationale and waivers for noncompliance shall be a part of this package.

FORMAT: The packages and listing shall be formulated by the top number precedence of the hardware downward to the last detailed item as contractually applicable.




1. DRD Title2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No. MICROFILMING OF ENGINEERING DRAWINGS AND ASSOCIATED LISTS DOCUMENT 1/27/97359-BL3-08-7-03P4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)To establish the procedure for the microfilming of engineering drawings and associated lists provided by a contractor
5. DRD Category: (check one)xTechnicalAdministrativeSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)
8. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)
Prime Contractor Data: The contractor will provide a 35MM, Type I, Class I, silver halide first generation negative microfilm mounted in an aperture card for all engineering drawings, parts lists, specifications, and engineering changes in accordance with MIL-M-38761 and DOD-D1000B except as defined herein. A numerical index listing of all submitted aperture cards shall be provided. When more than one set of aperture cards is requested. Diazo type microfilm, Type II, Class 2, will be furnished for the quantities. Data shall be entered on NASA aperture cards by an automated keypunching system or manual typewriter in accordance with the following procedure:

Field One - Proprietary Designation (Column 1) - Do not use.

Field Two - Drawing Size (Column 2) - The drawing size designation letter as specified in standard MIL-STD-2 shall be used.

Field Three - Drawing Number (Columns 3-17) - Enter the documentation drawing number. When the drawing number is less than 15 digits, leave the columns to the right blank.

Field Four - Code Identification Number (Columns 18-22) - Enter the applicable manufacturer’s identification code number in accordance with federal handbook H4-1.

Field Five - Sheet Number (Columns 23-25) - Enter the documentation sheet number, right adjusted with zeros entered in the unused columns.

Field Six - Revision Letter (Columns 26-27) - Enter the documentation revision letter (or letter and number) of the sheet. When the revision is a single letter, it shall be entered in Column 27.

Field Seven - Number of Sheets (Columns 28-30) - Field seven is used only for the first sheet of documents. Enter the number of sheets of the document, right adjusted with zeros entered in the unused columns.

Field Eight - Frame Number (Columns 31-32) - Enter the microfilm frame number. A single frame document shall have frame number “01” entered in this field. The last digit of the frame number of a multi-frame document (a drawing whose complete recording requires more than one frame of microfilm) shall be entered in column 32, right adjusted with zeros entered in the unused columns.

Field Nine - Number of Frames (Columns 33-34) - Enter the number of frames in this field. Entries shall be made for only the first frame of multi-frame document (a drawing whose complete recording required more than one frame of microfilm) shall be entered in Column 34, right adjusted with zeros entered in the unused columns.

Field Ten - Camera and Roll Number (Columns 35-40) - Do not use.

Field Eleven - Frame Sequence Number (Column 41-43) - Do not use.

Field Twelve - Project (Columns 44-45) - enter EMU project code number - OE.

Field Thirteen - Blank (Columns 46-47) - Do not use.

Field Fourteen - Control Activity (Columns 48-49) - Do not use.

Field Fifteen - Card Code (Columns 50-51) - Enter the letter A in Column 51. Do not use Column 50.

Field Sixteen - Security Classification (Column 52) - Enter the applicable security classification code letter as follows:

N - None
C - Confidential
M - Confidential - Modified handling authorized
S - Secret
T - Top Secret
E - Confidential - Restricted data
F - Secret - Restricted data
G - Top Secret - Restricted data
H - Confidential - Formerly restricted data
J - Secret - Formerly restricted data
K - Top Secret - Formerly restricted data

Field Seventeen - Deck Code (Columns 78-80) - Do not use.

Vendor Data (All Tier Vendors): The prime contractor shall provide in purchase order(s) or contract(s) to vendors a requirement for preparation of engineering data for all vendor item(s) in specified format, except when the vendor designs or develops an item, as a result of the prime contractor’s purchase order or contract, in which case drawings shall be prepared in vendor format.

When standard commercial non-repairable items and hardware (such as hinges, locks, light bulbs, resistors, capacitors, tube sockets, hoses, nuts, bolts, and screws) not covered by Military Standards or Industrial Association Standards are used by the contractor exactly as procured from the supplier or manufacturer, Class I data need not be prepared for these parts provided they are described on the assembly drawing concisely with a commercial source. When the item is not described in accordance with this criteria, reference shall be made to the item, the supplier or manufacturer’s name, address, part number, and catalog number on the drawings, if the catalog defines the part in sufficient detail to enable the Government to identify and procure the item. If suitable catalog data is not available, or the manufacturer’s existent drawings does not comply with this requirement, a specification source control drawing shall be prepared for the item.

When the original drawings are to be furnished at the termination of the contract, or thirty (30) days prior to delivery of the last item unless otherwise stated on the NASA Form 2323, data Requirements List (DRL), none of the original drawings shall be folded, and they shall be shipped flat or rolled. They shall be shipped FOB (prime or vendor)/subcontractor) origin on U.S. Government Bills of Lading (GBL), commercial bills of lading, or when dimensions and cube size permit, by mailing indicia via U.S. Postal Service. Mailing indicia and U.S. GBL shall be obtained from the cognizant transportation officer. All modes of delivery are acceptable except regular railway freight.





1. DRD Title2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No. ENGINEERING CHANGE ORDER1/27/97369-BL3-08-7-03P4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)To establish the policies required for originating and processing ECO’s (Engineering Change Orders) which initiate and change drawings, lists of materials and changes other related released documents which define a product configuration.
5. DRD Category: (check one)xTechnicalAdministrativeSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)CSD-SH-021 Rev A8. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)
SCOPE:

The contractor shall prepare Engineering Change Orders which shall satisfy the requirements of CSD-SH-021.

CONTENT:

The contractor’s internal control procedures shall act to ensure the following:

Changes to engineering documentation defining a product configuration shall be accomplished only by a released ECO.
The use of marked drawings, specification/assembly drawings, and/or instructions for fabrication without an approved ECO is prohibited. Verbal requests for, or authorization of, engineering changes shall not be accepted or granted.
An ECO shall be used to effect authorized changes to existing documents and to document change proposals as an Engineering Change Proposal (ECP) to the customer.
No more than 10 ECO’s, Class I/II, shall accumulate against a released drawing without a revision incorporating the ECO’s. Class III ECO’s will not be accumulated. The drawings will be revised to incorporate each Class III ECO as it is approved.
Provide control of ECO’s through initiation and maintenance of an ECO log.
Sequential numbering system for ECO and revision control.
Documents submitted for changes to existing documents are authorized by an approved ECO, and the required signatures are contained on appropriate documents.

The contractor will determine if a change is Class I, II, or III in accordance with CSD-SH-021.

FORMAT: The format of the ECO to be used shall contain the following data:

Drawing title
ECO No.
Class of Change
Authorizing/affected documents
Drawing number
EMU hardware Number
Material disposition
Drawing revision

Effectivity - production/retrofit
Reason and nature of change
Technical description
ECP reference, if applicable
Customer representative signature and date

The contractor may include data that is required for in-house control.





1. DRD Title2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No. ENGINEERING AND ASSOCIATED LISTS DRAWINGS1/27/97379-BL3-07-703Pb4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)To establish the requirements for the preparation or revision of all (Type I) drawings and associated lists provided by a contractor (Type I drawings shall not be prepared for any end item not being developed by or for the Government).
5. DRD Category: (check one)xTechnicalAdministrativeSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)CSD-SH-021/Rev A, MIL-STD-100B & 1000A8. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)

1. Prime Contractor Data. The contractor shall prepare a complete set of original engineering drawings in accordance with MIL-D-1000, CSD-SH-021, MIL-STD-100, and as contractually required and specified herein for the end item(s) under contract. The preparation, change, and format shall be, as a minimum, as defined in the following paragraphs. Drawings will be designated by NASA as Type I or Type II.

2 Vendor Data (all tier vendors). The prime contractor shall provide in purchase order(s) or contract(s) to vendors a requirement for preparation of engineering data for all vendor item(s) in specified format, except when the vendor designs or develops an end item, as a result of the prime contractor's purchase order or contract, in which case drawings shall be prepared in vendor format.

3 Standard Commercial Parts. When standard commercial non-repairable end items and hardware (such as hinges, locks, light bulbs, resist capacitors, tube sockets, hoses, nuts, bolts, and screws) not covered by Military Standards or Industrial Association Standards are used by the contractor exactly as procured from the supplier or manufacturer, type I data need not be prepared for these parts provided they are described on the assembly drawing in concise and sufficient detail to enable the government to identify and procure from commercial sources. When the end item is not described in accordance with this criteria, reference shall be made to the end item, the supplier or manufacturer's name, address, part number, and catalog number on the drawings, if the catalog defines the part in sufficient detail to enable the government to identify and procure the end item. If suitable catalog data is not available, or the manufacturer's existent drawing does not comply with this requirement, a specification source control drawing shall be prepared for the end item.

4 Interchangeability Marking. Engineering drawings required to be furnished for component parts shall be marked to indicate the approved interchangeability or replaceability status. The engineering drawings to be marked shall be limited to those parts required by MIL-STD-100 to be listed in the interchangeability and replaceability working list (when contractually required). New part numbers shall be assigned to identify parts which change status; i.e., configuration of end item is improved to a higher degree of replaceability, or from replaceable to interchangeable.

5 Revisions to Government-Furnished type I Data. When Type I engineering data exists for the end items being procured, the government will furnish to the contractor either reproducible (microfilm aperture cards, roll microfilm, or paper), nonreproducibles,, stable material reproductions, or the originals on a loan basis. When the originals are retained by the Government, all of the revised drawing(s) will be forwarded to the prime contractor, if required. When the contractor or vendor determines revisions to type I data are required, the prime contractor shall immediately prepare an engineering change request describing the changes required, and forward it to the procuring activity for approval. If needed, in order to fully describe the change, a marked-up, non-reproducible drawing or sketch shall also be forwarded. After approval, the contractor shall, when requested, prepare any new or revised drawing that may be required or which results from engineering or manufacturing process changes. This also applies to those changes that are not covered by Engineering Change Proposal (ECP) action.

NOTE

When revisions are not required, the contractor shall provide
a certification that no deviations have been made from, or
modifications made to, the engineering drawings
furnished to the contractor. If illustrated parts breakdown,
technical manuals, or technical directives are changed to reflect
changes that affect engineering drawings, the above paragraph applies.

6 Drawing Number Assignments. Each contractor drawing shall be assigned a number by the contractor or vendor and should be recorded to prevent confusion, skipping, etc. A number once assigned shall never be reused for another assignment but shall be canceled when no longer required.

7 Federal Manufacturers Code. The code identification number data will be applied by the design activity responsible for the end item delineated on the drawing.

8 Application Information. Application and next higher assembly information shall be specified on all drawings in an appropriate block near or adjacent to the title block. Such information may, however, be recorded in list form. When in list form, it shall be cross-referenced to the applicable drawing. Top assembly drawings shall indicate "AS ALLOCATED" in the "NEXT ASSEMBLY" column of the application block.

10 Signature Approval. The signature of the draftsman, checker, and engineer shall be required to indicate the contractor(s) approval. The Government Design Activity's spaces shall provide NASA approval and authentication. Responsibility for NASA approval and authentication may be delegated to the NASA plant representative or DCMC.

11 The original drawings shall be furnished at the termination of the contract unless otherwise stated in the contract Data Requirement List (DRL).

a. Packing the originals shall be Level "C" in accordance with specification MIL-D-1000.

b. None of the original drawings shall be folded and shall be shipped flat or rolled. The drawings shall be shipped FOB from the prime or vendor/subcontractor plant on U.S. Government Bills of Lading (GBL), commercial bills of lading, or when dimensions and cube size permit, by mailing indicia via U.S. Postal Service. Mailing indicia and U.S. GBL's shall be obtained from cognizant transportation officer. All modes of delivery are acceptable except regular railway freight.

12 The effectivity of drawings and associated lists for vehicle(s), stages, and other hardware shall be indicated as required.

1 DRD Title 2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No. FRACTURE CONTROL PLAN1/27/97389-BL3-08-7-03P4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)Prevention of structural failure due to crack-like flaws on pressure vessels designated critical to crew or vehicle survival by application of fracture control.
5. DRD Category: (check one)XTechnicalAdministrativeSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)
8. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)
1. Pressure vessels are designated fracture critical. A pressure vessel is defined as a container for compressed fluid that would release more than 14.250 foot-pounds (0.01 pound equivalent of TNT) based on the adiabatic expansion of a perfect gas to ambient conditions. The equation to be used for this calculation is:


W = Po V Po 1- ( -1
-1 PF (


A Fracture Control Plan shall be prepared in accordance with SE-R-0006, paragraph 2.4, for all pressure vessels as defined in 1 above.

A Fracture Control Plan for composite pressure vessels metal liners with filament overwrap shall be prepared as follows:

a. Use the general requirements of SE-R-0006, paragraph 2.4.

In addition, composite pressure vessels shall be designed to have a leakage mode of failure in the liner at maximum operating pressure using fracture mechanics analyses.

1. DRD Title2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No. DEVELOPMENT TEST(S) PLAN1/27/97399-BL3-08-7-03P4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)To provide the basic outline for definition of tests to be performed on all new or modified EMU hardware necessary to undergo development test and evaluation to be designed by NASA.
5. DRD Category: (check one)xTechnicalAdministrativeSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)8. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)
SCOPE:

The contractor shall prepare and submit a development test(s) plan outlining the overall contractual program test planning, including a description of individual test programs, planning factors, objectives, and relative schedules. This plan shall be in response to development tests requested by NASA.

CONTENT:

The plan shall be submitted in two sections. The first section, the development test requirements section, include the following for all development testing:

a. Introduction
b. Purpose of document
c. Background (baseline information, prior tests, etc.)
d. Approach (development only, pre-declared certification, similarity, analysis, etc.)
e. Test objectives
f. Test article description
g. Facility requirements including special test equipment and instrumentation
h. Organizational responsibilities
i. Schedule

The second section, the implementation section, can be submitted for each test or collectively, and shall include the following:

a. Introduction (background, objectives, and product)
b. Test description (overview and approach, test article definition)
c. Test profile (environmental, etc.)
d. Instrumentation (accuracy, calibration, quantity, location)
e. Data processing (real-time, post-test)
f. Real-time support responsibilities
g. Analysis plan (pretest, real-time, post-test)
h. Identification of hardware
i. Materials lists
j. Pass/fail criteria

3. WAIVER STATEMENT: For specific low fidelity testing (such as breadboard DCM), the NASA technical monitor may waiver the requirement for the second section.

1. DRD Title2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No. MATERIALS CONTROL AND VERIFICATION PROGRAM PLAN / MATCO1/27/97409-BL3-08-703Pmmm4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)To define the objectives, procedures, logic, and management controls of the contractor’s material control and verification program, and the contractor’s interfaces with NASA necessary in the operation of the plan.
5. DRD Category: (check one)xTechnicalAdministrativeSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)SE-R-0006B NHB 8060.1B
Program Management Plan8. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)
1. Materials Control And Verification Plan

A document shall be provided which defines the objectives, logic procedures, required actions, responsibilities, and management controls the contractor shall use in establishing and maintaining a Materials Control and Verification Program. The plan shall describe the contractor’s activities involved in the identification, evaluation, documentation, and reporting usage of materials. It shall define the necessary interfaces with NASA in the operation of this plan. As a minimum, the plan shall cover the following:

Contractor’s Organization - Authority shall be assigned to an individual or group who shall be responsible for review and approval of all materials called out on all drawings prior to release and that these materials meet the requirements of the reference documents.

Materials Identification - Identification and documentation of material used, both in original design and in any change.

Usage Evaluation - Documentation of material uses and the comparison of test data to establish selection and test requirements.

Testing - Logic, procedures, and data documentation for any proposed test program to support materials screening and verification testing. Any material testing to be performed by the contractor will require prior NASA approval.

Hazard Removal - Procedure involved in the removal of identified hazards.

Deviation Procedures - Procedures involved in documenting and approving materials that do not meet the established requirements but are proposed for use in the spacecraft due to lack of replacement materials or other considerations.

As-Built Control - Procedures involved in assuring that no material hazards are introduced between initial design and operational phase completion.

Formal Review Procedures - Procedures used to summarize the status of materials to permit certification of acceptability of a given design or a given configuration at NASA designated hardware milestone reviews, such as PDR’s, CDR’s, CARR’s, FRR’s, etc. The contractor shall have available the following information in support of the end item milestone reviews as applicable: Standard Materials Worksheet packages, Materials Deviations Summary (Drawings and Drawing Tree), Material Test Data and Usage Rationale Summary, Materials Review Board Action Status, Preliminary Materials Lists, and Final Materials Lists.

New Technology - Identify areas of new test technology or technique improvement for consideration.

The contractor shall define in the control plan a systematic and continuing program to report and control material use, status, test, evaluation, substitution, and verification. The final control plan shall be approved by NASA.

2. Materials Analysis, Tracking And Control (MATCO)

The MATCO system shall provide materials identification, tracking, usage control, and information retrieval related to both as-designed and as-built configurations, including any materials added by process specifications, engineering orders, material review dispositions, or repair actions.

MATCO materials usage evaluation and analysis information submitted for material control verification shall include the following information”

Materials identification, including the contractor’s material index number, material manufacturer’s name, material designation, and material specification.

Materials usage information, including detailed drawing and dash numbers, next assembly drawing numbers, applicable material control requirements, vehicle effectivity, and end item usage quantities.

Materials information, including materials weight (non-metals), surface area (non-metals), flammability usage evaluation, offgassing evaluation, thermal vacuum stability evaluation, age/limited use life evaluation, stress corrosion evaluation, material/fluid compatibility evaluation, corrosion evaluation, materials supporting documentation, materials test documentation, and applicable materials waivers or deviations.




1. DRD Title2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No. PRELIMINARY DESIGN REVIEW AND CRITICAL DESIGN REVIEW REPORT1/31/97419-BL3-08-7-03P
4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)To provide a summary of agreement, action approvals conclusions, and identification design changes resulting from the design review
5. DRD Category: (check one)XTechnicalAdministrativeSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)CSD-SH-021, REV. A8. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)
CONTENT
a. The design review report shall contain, but not be limited to, the agenda, review topics, Review Item
Disposition (RID) log, a copy of each RID, and minutes of the review meeting. The report shall also contain summaries of all agreements for future actions, areas of major disagreements, identification of design changes, and conclusions reached during the review. The review report shall list all documents forming the basis for system criteria, definition of subsystem requirements, and the development of subsystem design. The conclusions of the review report shall be comprehensive and shall include the approvals issued by the design review board concerning the engineering effort.
The report shall document the rationale for the acceptance and rejection of the concepts considered during the review.
The Critical Design Review (CDR) report, in addition to the above, shall include as a minimum the following:

(1) Identify the item subjected to the CDR by drawing number, part number, and serial number.

The CDR report shall identify in detail the certification baseline of each EMU hardware component
subject to the CDR.
Identification of all approved engineering data (i.e., drawings, specifications, deviations, etc.) required to fabricate the item subjected to CDR. Any special provisions made during procurement of the item shall be identified.
Identification of the physical and functional interface relationship and the interface control document nomenclature (title and number).
Identification of the applicable EMU hardware or S/AD for the CDR item(s). This shall include title, revision letter and date, and any other information to exactly define the issue approved at CDR.
Date of the CDR and any other pertinent information related to the CDR that would prove of interest in evaluation of the CDR.
All approved and released Class I engineering changes shall be identified by ECP and ECO number.

2. APPROVAL: The design review report shall be concurred upon by the contractor approval authority.

3. FORMAT: The report may be submitted in an outlined narrative form.


1. DRD Title2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No. PRELIMINARY DESIGN REVIEW DATA PACKAGE1/27/97429-BL3-08-703P4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)To provide the preliminary design documentation for review and analysis of EMU hardware end item specification requirements.
5. DRD Category: (check one)xTechnicalAdministrativeSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)CSD-SH-021 Rev A8. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)
The contractor shall prepare and submit a data package, including a complete documentation list, presenting for the PDR (Preliminary Design Review), the specification requirements for EMU hardware end item.


2. The data package listing shall include, but not be limited to, the documentation indicated below. This documentation shall be approximately 10-20 design complete.

Prescribed Program Development Plan(s).
End Item Design Criteria
Preliminary Interface Control Documentation.
Model Specification Draft (Part II).
Preliminary Layouts.
Preliminary Schematics.
Preliminary Engineering Analyses.
End Item Functional Control.
Preliminary Diagrams.
Preliminary Charts.

The physical documents shall be in packages prepared in sufficient draft form and listed by the top number precedence of hardware downward to the last expectant component.

The document listing shall provide a contractor signature block to verify the contents and responsible area(s).



1. DRD Title2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No. SPECIFICATION/ASSEMBLY DRAWINGS (S/AD)1/27/9743 9-BL3-08-7-03P4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)To provide instructions for preparation of S/AD's as to format, organization of date, and approval requirements. S/AD's contain essentially the same data as EMU hardware end item specifications, but in a more condensed format, thereby reducing document preparation and maintenance.5. DRD Category: (check one)xTechnicalAdministrativeSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)NASA JSC 07700, Vol. IV and MIL-STD-1008. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)
1. S/AD's shall be prepared as depicted in the following paragraphs:

a. FORMAT

S/AD's shall be prepared on engineering drawing sheets described in MIL-STD-100. The first part of the S/AD will be the top assembly drawing. (If the data normally incorporated in the top assembly drawing extends to more than one sheet, all sheets must be the same size.) The second part of the S/AD will be the specification and may be of a different size. If the data in the specification part extends to more than one sheet, all these sheets must be the same size.

b. ORGANIZATION OF DATA

S/AD's shall conform in general to the drawing standard, except as described herein.

(1) Top Assembly Drawing

The top assembly drawing shall consist of the following (all references are to MIL-STD- 100):

(a) Title block (Fig. 7)

(b) Revision block (Fig. 9)

(c) Dimensional notes (Fig. 11)

(d) Application block (Fig. 12)

(e) Materials list providing configuration dash number, quantity per assembly of subordinate parts/materials, subordinate part numbers, materials standards, name and description, material types, and specification. When separate parts lists are used as part of the drawing system, this data shall be contained in the parts list and reference thereto made on the first sheet of the drawing.

(f) Flag notes applying to specific applications or parts indicated on the drawing, entered in numerical order.

(g) General notes applying in general to the assembly or specifying applicable documents, procedures, or specifications.

(h) A three view envelope drawing with all critical dimensions, interface points or other limits as may be required. This will indicate the ICD(s) affected should any parameter change. Should incorporation of the three view drawing on Sheet 1 require space allocated to items e, f, and g, the data of these items shall be incorporated on subsequent sheets.

(2) Specification

The format and requirements of the specification shall be as follows:

1.0 SCOPE

This S/AD establishes the requirements for design, performance, and testing of (enter official end item nomenclature). (Mandatory statement)

2.0 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS
Only those documents of the revision indicated hereon apply to the extent specified on the drawing. In case of conflict between the drawing and referenced documents, the approved drawing shall take precedence. (Mandatory statement)

3.0 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

This section shall have the following heading:

DESIGN DESIGN APPLICABLE TEST
NOTES REQUIREMENTS CERT PDA PIA

1. Design notes shall be in numerical order, provide the performance and design requirements as specified by NASA for the component/end item. Each parameter which must be verified during any of the specific tests indicated in the right hand column shall require a numerical entry. The requirements to be listed include, but are not limited to:
Operational performance
Pressures, flows, outputs (mechanical or electrical) or other requirements
Useful life (include: shelf, operational, limited life items)
Safety requirements
Natural and induced environments
Interface requirements
Reference specifications, documents, standards, etc., as applicable within specific requirements
Non-metallic materials, parts, and processes
Electromagnetic compatibility
Corrosion resistance
Riveting, fastening, or other critical assembly data
Identification and marking criteria
Weight

(NOTE)

Entries under the above need not duplicate items which are displayed on other sheets of the drawing unless verification is required as a part of one of the tests.

2. Enter the specific test requirements where the criteria is to be verified. Items indicated for certification test are normally those associated with first article verification of design and performance. Items indicated under PDA and PIA are normally those associated with verification of as-designed vs. As-built configurations, plus those requirements to be reverified, e.g., antenna gain, or output.

4.0 TEST REQUIREMENTS AND PLAN

All testing shall be conducted with 100 percent quality assurance inspection in accordance with the contractor's Quality Plan (add document number). Verification of data shall be recorded on Test Data sheets. (Mandatory statement)

This section shall have the following heading:

TEST TEST REQUIREMENT/ DESIGN NOTE PERFORM
NOTE PARAMETER VERIFIED AT

1. Indicate the test requirement/parameter/method to be used for verification of each design note of Section 3.C. List as many separate tests as may be required. Reference may be made to other approved test documentation if the test data verification is performed by that document, i.e., MIL-STD-810B, Method XXX. Provide quantitative data with tolerances, when applicable.

2. Provide the design note number of Section 3.0 to be verified and the test(s) at which it is performed. Test procedures shall be prepared with Test Data Sheets for PDA/PIA tests and ______________ for certification testing. These procedures shall provide the test performance steps, test setup, allow for insertion of observed data vs. Required data, serial numbers, part numbers, etc., and shall be cross referenced to this section. (Mandatory statement)

(NOTE)

Section 3.0 (Design Requirements) and Section 4.0 (Test Requirements and Plan) may be combined. When these sections are combined, the following heading/format for these two sections shall be used:






3.0/ 4.0 DESIGN DATA PACKAGE REQUIREMENTS
DESIGN DESIGN TEST REQUIREMENTS PERFORM
NOTES REQUIREMENTS AND PLAN AT

5.0 ACCEPTANCE DATA PACKAGE REQUIREMENTS

The ADP for each end item shall be initiated at completion of fabrication and shall contain: (list data specified by the contract). (Mandatory statement)

6.0 PROBLEM REPORTING
Problem reporting requirements are initiated at PDA and extend through end item useful life. Submit to: (Enter data specified in the contract). (Mandatory statement)

7.0 CHANGE CONTROL

Class I and II items are subject to formal change control.

8.0 PREPARATION FOR DELIVERY

CPPHSS (cleaning, preservation, packaging, handling, storage and shipping) requirements shall be indicated. Reference to a NASA approved CPPHSS Manual which includes the requirements for the end items may be made. Peculiar requirements should be included herein or provided as a separate portion of the CPPHSS Manual. These requirements may be the need for special containers, mounting fixtures, or procedures for transportation of dangerous or toxic items by commercial carriers.

9.0 CRITICALITY

State that the end item is a criticality I, II, or III item. In accordance with the contract or data requirements give the document number for the single point FMEA and critical items list, and the safety hazard analysis; if these are not required, then so state.

10. SR&QA REQUIREMENTS
State the SR&QA requirements briefly, individually or combined. Reference may be made to other approved documentation.

Following paragraph 10.0, additional data such as tables may be included to provide a clear picture of requirements. These may be vibration, natural vs. Induced environments, etc. Reference to the tables shall be made in the applicable portions of 3.0 through 10.0 above.

Following the last portion of the specification data, include provisions for approval block signatures as indicated below:


PDR

Contractor - one space
NASA - one space

CDR

Contractor - one space
NASA - a minimum of six spaces

The CDR approval block shall replace the PDR approval block and be the only approval block on the specification portion.

2 The "specification data" shall be approved in two steps as follows:

a. PDR - That data necessary for "design and performance" of the end item shall be approved by the contractor's Program Manager and NASA's PDR Board Chairman.

b. CDR - The complete specification portion shall be approved by the contractor's Program Manager, the NASA Technical Monitor, CDR Board Chairman, Reliability and Quality Engineering representatives, Configuration Manager, and Shuttle Program Office representative.

c. The NASA technical monitor shall sign all sheets of the drawing at CDR prior to release.

3 S/AD is a Type I drawing subject to formal change control upon approval.
























1. DRD Title2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No.STRUCTURAL STRESS ANALYSIS REPORT1/27/97 449-BL3-08-7-03P4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)The stress analysis report is intended to demonstrate that the structural integrity of the hardware meets the design and certification requirements
5. DRD Category: (check one)xTechnicalAdministrativeSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)ISO 90018. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)
The structural stress analysis report is a part of the certification process. The report is intended to demonstrate that the structural integrity of the hardware meets the design and certification requirements.
The report should be sufficiently detailed to show that the following have been complied with:
Proper loads, loading paths, and support locations have been used based on the hardware requirements.
That materials of construction have been adequately defined.
Structural attachments, fitting factors, fatigue conditions, fracture mechanics, and stress corrosion factors have been considered. Note: Fracture mechanics will be considered for analysis involving pressure vessels only.
The analytical approach used should be clearly defined, and it should identify all the assumptions made.
Sufficient sketches should be included to clearly identify the structure being analyzed.


1. DRD Title2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No. SYSTEM DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS DOCUMENT1/27/97459-BL3-08-7-03P-BL3-08-7-03P4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)The purpose of this document is to provide NASA with a current, integrated statement of the system design and performance requirements.
5. DRD Category: (check one)x TechnicalAdministrativeSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)8. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)
The System Design and Performance Requirements are set forth in this contract.
The initial iteration of this document will set forth the requirements now contained in this contract.
The contractor shall maintain this document through the contract period of performance in accordance engineering change orders.
This document is intended to provide NASA a current, integrated version of the System Design and Performance Requirements for use as a working tool. It is not intended to supersede, replace, or otherwise affect in a contractual manner the requirements set forth in the contract, or changes thereto made pursuant to the “changes” clause of the contract. Accordingly, in the event of any inconsistencies between this document and the contract or changes thereto, the latter shall control.




1. DRD Title2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No. CLEANING, PRESERVATION, PACKAGING, HANDLING, STORAGE, AND SHIPPING PROCEDURE1/27/97469-BL3-08-7-03P9-BL3-08-7-03P4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)To provide detailed procedures for cleaning, preserving, packing, handling, storing, and shipping all contract hardware end items
5. DRD Category: (check one)xTechnicalAdministrativeSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)ISO 9001 MIL-STD-129F
8. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)
1. The contractor shall prepare and submit a document containing detailed step-by-step procedures on cleaning, preservation, packaging, handling, and shipping all EMU hardware and related items.

2. The document shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
Acceptable cleaners and all other items necessary to perform functions of the document, such as cleaning pads, cleaning equipment, protective covers, bags, shipping containers, etc.
Locations to lift items and areas of precaution.
Cleaning requirements and method of verification.
Procedures of cleaning, including disassembly, cleaning, lubrication, and reassembly.
Method of packaging, including folding, protective covers, bags in which to place the equipment, and bag sealing methods.
Method of packing the bagged items in a carrying case.
Documentation to place in the carrying case of each item.
Method of marking in accordance with latest issue MIL-STD-129.



1DRD Title2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No.
MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR MANUAL/ ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST1/27/97 479-BL3-08-7-03P4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)To provide maintenance and repair instructions for contract end items.
5. DRD Category: (check one)xTechnicalAdministrativeSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)
8. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)
1. SCOPE: The contractor shall prepare and submit, to the NASA, a manual covering maintenance and repair of EMU hardware.

The manual shall include, but not be limited to the following:

A list of special tools, support and facilities equipment, and all other materials necessary to perform maintenance.

A schedule chart listing the time at which all maintenance is to be performed. This shall also include inspection for required repair, or maintenance or replacement of parts.

Conditions of environment in which maintenance is to be performed.

Detailed maintenance procedures which describe removal, disassembly, type of maintenance or repair, cleaning, reassemble, and reinstallation of all parts or subassemblies (also included shall be points of inspection and notes of caution).

Illustrated part breakdowns showing the details of the part being worked upon.

The contractor shall prepare and submit to NASA a document which has the complete parts breakdown with illustrations showing all parts included in EMU hardware.

2. CONTENT:: The document shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

a. Illustration of EMU hardware with attached list of all assembly part numbers and associated hardware.

Continued breakdown of EMU hardware until all parts are included. All screws, adhesives, threads, etc., shall be identified.


1. DRD Title:2. Current Version Date:3. DRL Line Item No.:RFP/Contract No.: SAFETY PLAN19 Mar 96489-BL3-08-7-03P4. Use: (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)Establishes system safety tasks and activities to identify, evaluate, and eliminate, or control hazards associated with flight hardware and operations.
5. DRD Category: (check one)TechnicalAdministrativeXSR&QA6. References: (Optional)7. Interrelationships: (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)See “Reference Documents” under item 8 below.SMACAR & HR 8. Preparation Information: (Include complete instructions for document preparation)
Reference Documents:
NHB 1700.1, Volume 1, as revised, "NASA Safety Policy and Requirements Document"
JSCM 1700.1, as revised, "JSC Safety Manual"
MIL-STD-882B,"System Safety Program for Systems and Associated Subsystems
and Equipment, General Requirements for"
NHB 5300.4, 1D-2,"Safety, Reliability, Maintainability, and Quality Provisions for the
Space Shuttle Program"
JSC 17773, as revised, "Instruction for Preparation of Hazard Analyses for JSC
Ground Operations"
JSC 17481, as revised, "Safety Requirements Document for Space Shuttle Flight
Equipment"
NSTS 22254, as revised, "Methodology for Conduct of Space Shuttle Program
Hazard Analyses"
NHB 1700.1 (V1-B & V2) “Guidelines for Mishap Investigation”

1. SCOPE:

The Safety Plan shall addresses safety policy, applicable documents, task descriptions, products, and processes during the design, development, test, production, and operational phases of flight hardware. The Safety Plan shall set forth safety tasks, products, and processes. It serves as a planning and management tool for ensuring safety tasks are performed as an integral part of the design, development, test, production, and operational phases of the end items. Implementation of the Safety Plan shall assure hazards and their consequences are identified, evaluated, and controlled throughout all phases of the program in accordance with NHB 1700.1 (V1-B), “NASA Safety Policy and Requirements Document,” paragraphs 104, 108, and 310. Safety Plans are to be tailored for individual safety engineering projects as integral parts of a formal, disciplined system safety program implemented by NASA and the contractor Safety Plan Requirements.

2. FORMAT and CONTENTS:

Introduction
2. General. The Safety Plan shall be documented in narrative format and shall:
2.a Describe the scope of the project for which the safety engineering activity is to be
tailored.
2.b Describe any interrelationships to other contract requirements, tasks and functional
elements
including appropriate cross references to minimize duplication.
2.c List the contractor and NASA documents which will be applied either as
directives or as guidance in
the conduct of the Safety Plan and related system safety tasks.
2.d Identify the system safety engineering requirements, tasks, and responsibilities on an
item-by-item basis in accordance with the schedule.

3.0 Safety Engineering Organization. The Safety Plan shall describe:
3.0.a The system safety organization or function within the organization of the contract
including charts
to show the organizational and functional relationships and lines of communication.
3.0.b The responsibility, authority, and accountability of system safety personnel and other contractor organizational elements (including subcontractors) involved in the system safety effort. Identify each organizational unit responsible for executing each task. Identify the authority in regard to resolution of all identified hazards. Include the title, address, and telephone number of the System Safety Program Manager.
3.0.c The staffing of the system safety organization for the duration of the project including
manpower
loading and qualifications of assigned key personnel.
3.0.d The procedures by which the contractor will integrate and coordinate the system safety
efforts.
Include methods of dissemination of system safety requirements to action organizations and subcontractors; coordination of subcontractors' system safety programs; integration of hazard analyses; management and engineering reviews; program status reporting; and the identities and charters of any system safety groups.
3.0.e. The process through which contractor management decisions will be made to include notification and subsequent actions for the following: critical and catastrophic hazards; corrective actions taken; mishaps or malfunctions; waivers to safety requirements; and program deviations.
3.0.f. The interfaces between the system safety organization and all other applicable disciplines such as Engineering, Occupational Safety and Health, Reliability, Quality Assurance, Medical Support, etc., at all levels of the project (NASA, contractor, and subcontractor.)

3.1 Safety Project Milestones. The Safety Plan shall:
3.1.a Identify safety milestones required to accomplish evaluations of the effectiveness of the system safety effort at critical safety checkpoints (such as design reviews, self-evaluations, operational readiness reviews, audits, etc.)
3.1.b Provide a contract schedule of safety tasks showing start and completion dates, reports, reviews, and manloading, in relationship to other contract milestones.
3.1.c To preclude duplication, identify integrated system activities (i.e., design analyses, test, demonstrations, etc.) applicable to the system safety program but specified within other engineering tasks. Include as part of this section the estimated system safety manpower loading required to accomplish these integrated tasks.

3.2 Safety Requirements. The Safety Plan shall:
3.2.a Describe or reference the methods that will be used to identify and apply hazard control requirements and criteria for the design and operation of equipment, software, and facilities, and for procedures covering all phases of acquisition specified in the schedule. List the safety standards and system specifications which are the sources of safety requirements with which the contractor either is required to comply or intends to adopt as a requirement.
3.2.b Describe the risk assessment procedures including the hazard severity categories, hazard probability (or frequency) levels, the precedence to be followed in satisfying safety requirements. State any qualitative or quantitative measures of system safety which the contractor is required to meet, including a description of the acceptable risk levels. Include system safety definitions which are in addition to those in JSC documents or are unique to the project covered by the Safety Plan.
3.2.c Describe the management controls that shall be used to ensure compliance or justify waivers and deviations with general design and operational safety criteria and the closed loop procedures to ensure hazard resolution and control.

3.3 Hazard Analyses. The Safety Plan shall describe:
3.3.a The analysis techniques and format that will be used in qualitative and quantitative analysis to identify hazards, their causes and effects, and recommended corrective actions.
3.3.b The depth to which each analysis technique will be used within the system, operation, or scenario being analyzed. This description will include identification of hazards associated with the system, subsystem, components, personnel, support equipment, government furnished equipment, facilities, and their interrelationships in the logistics support, training, maintenance, transportability, operational environments, and phase out or disposal.
3.3.c The integration of subcontractor hazard analyses and techniques within the overall
project
including contractor hazard analyses.
3.3.d The techniques to be used to establish a single closed loop tracking system.

3.4 Safety Data. The Safety Plan shall:
3.4.a Describe the approach for researching, disseminating, and analyzing pertinent
historical hazard or mishap data.
3.4.b Identify deliverable data and the level of approval required for customer acceptance.
Attach a copy of the appropriate sheets from the data requirements list (DRL) of the
schedule.
3.4.c Identify safety related non-deliverable data and describe the procedures for
accessibility by NASA and the retention of data.

3.5. Safety Verification and Audits. The plan shall describe:
3.5.a The verification and audit requirements and procedures for ensuring that the objectives
and requirements of the system safety program have been adequately demonstrated and implemented.
3.5.b The procedures for ensuring feedback of safety-pertinent information for management
and
engineering review and analysis.
3.5.c The review procedures established by the contractor's system safety organization to
ensure safe
conduct of hazardous tests with particular emphasis on those involving human test
subjects.

Training. Describe techniques and procedures to be used by the contractor to ensure that the objectives and requirements of the system safety program are implemented in training for engineers, test subjects, technicians, operators, and support (including maintenance) personnel.

4.0 Safety Review Process.
4.0.a The safety process shall be based on the hardware design and development schedule. Hardware and safety engineers will work all safety issues associated with the hardware. Safety analysis begins at the hardware’s concept phase and continues through the life cycle of the hardware.
4.0.b For Prime Contractor integrated hardware items, the safety process will include safety data deliveries to the Prime in support of the Safety Review Panel (SRP) and Incremental Design Review (IDR) flight group schedules. The Prime will perform the integrated safety analysis for this hardware and present the integrated safety analysis to the Safety Review Panel (SRP).
4.0.c For Non-Prime hardware items, phase safety data packages will be delivered 45 days
prior to a scheduled SRP meeting.

4.1 Phase 0 Safety Process
A Phase 0 Safety Review may be conducted after the Concept Design Review. The hardware and safety engineers will identify the applicable safety requirements and estimate the level and amount of documentation needed with a documentation deliverable schedule. A formal SRP presentation is not required, but may be beneficial for complex hardware items.

4.2 Phase I Safety Process
4.2.a Prior to the Phase I Safety Review and the Preliminary Design Review (PDR), the hardware and safety engineers will identify all potential inherent hazards, fault hazards, operational hazards and causes for hazards associated with the hardware. The hazards will then be assessed for severity and likelihood as defined in NSTS 22254 and SSP 30309. Low severity hazards (category III and lower) will result in documentation in the SAR. High severity hazards will be identified in the SAR with a formal hazard report written. Controls for hazards will be employed with preliminary methods identified to verify all hazard controls.
4.2.b At the PDR, when approximately 10% of the design is complete, all potential hazards, causes and effects will be documented. Review item discrepancies will be written when safety requirements have not been met or adequately controlled. The RID board will disposition the RIDs and determine if any design change solution is available.
4.2.c Once any changes from the RIDs and other comments have been incorporated, the SAR and HRs will be taken by the hardware engineer and the safety engineer to be reviewed by the ISS SRP or the Shuttle System Safety Review Panel (SSRP). The ISS SRP and the Shuttle SSRP have final signature authority for acceptance of the hazard reports for the Phase I level of maturity.
4.2.d The hardware engineer will continue with the design process for the hardware and perform the
necessary iterations of the hazard analysis as the design matures.
4.3 Phase II Safety Process
The Phase II Safety Review is conducted after the Critical Design Review (CDR) when
approximately 90% of the design is complete.
4.3.2 The SAR and HRs shall be completed so that:
4.3.2.a All system level, assembly, operational and interface hazards, and hazard causes have been
identified;
4.3.2.b A means for eliminating, reducing, or controlling the risk has been defined and implemented; and
4.3.2.c Specific verification methods have been finalized.
The hazard reports will be formally presented during the CDR presentation. Verification test
procedures related to hazard controls and retention rationale will be reviewed as well.
4.3.4 The RID board will disposition new RIDs and determine if any design change solution is available. Once any changes from the RIDs and other comments have been incorporated, the SAR and HRs will be taken by the hardware engineer and the safety engineer to be reviewed by the ISS SRP or the Shuttle SSRP.
The ISS SRP and the Shuttle SSRP have final signature authority for acceptance of the hazard reports for the Phase II level of maturity.

4.4 Phase III Safety Process
4.4.a The Phase III Safety Review is accomplished after the Design Certification Review (DCR). The safety analysis and safety verification activities should be complete for the hardware to allow safety certification and program management acceptance.
4.4.b The hardware engineer, safety engineer, and the appropriate review panel approves the hardware certification report, and signs off the completed safety documentation.
4.4.c The hardware engineer is responsible for the technical content, the S&MA engineer verifies the information is correct, and the review panel provides the management signature.

5.0 Appendices
5.1 Safety Analysis Report (SAR): See data requirements description on “SARs.”
5.2 Hazard Report (HR): See data requirements description on “HRs.”
Mishap and Investigation Reports: See data requirements description on “Mishap and Investigation Reports.”


1. DRD Title2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No. MATERIAL REVIEW BOARD RECORDS1/27/9749 9-BL3-08-7-03P4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)To establish minimum requirements for MRB records.
5. DRD Category: (check one)TechnicalAdministrativeXSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)8. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)
This Data Requirements Description establishes the type information recorded on MRB report and support documentation associated with the MRB decision.

1. The MRB shall contain, but not be limited to:
A unique and traceable number
The nomenclature and identification of the non-conforming article or material.
A description of the nonconformance and the required characteristic or design criteria
Cause or reason for the nonconformance.
Remedial actions taken or recommended.
Disposition reference Non-conforming Material Report.
Initial Nonconformance Report number, if applicable.
Signatures of authorized personnel.

2. The contractor shall maintain a record of all decisions and support documentation associated with the MRB decision.

3. The MRB Report shall be prepared and submitted as specified on NASA Form 1106.


1. DRD Title2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No. PRE-INSTALLATION TEST/ACCEPTANCE PLAN AND PROCEDURE (PIA)1/27/97509-BL3-08-7-03P4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)To define the plan and procedural requirements for pre-installation acceptance of items prior to flight or test.5. DRD Category: (check one)xxTechnicalAdministrativeSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)JSCM 5312 ISO 9001 8. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)1. This DRD establishes the requirements for the preparation of plans and procedures in a format acceptable to NASA which shall contain the inspection and test requirements to ensure that the equipment has not been degraded or damaged due to mishandling or excessive storage life.
The Plan shall provide:

Facility Requirements
Special tools and test equipment
Support Equipment
Test philosophy
Test objectives
Test requirements
Test methods
Retest requirements
Test sequence
Acceptance and rejection criteria
Failure notification criteria

3. The Procedure shall provide:

Test equipment validation
Safety precautions
Related operating procedures
Test criteria
Test setup
Test conduct
Test data sheets
Cleaning requirements
Packaging requirements
Packaging requirements


1. DRD Title2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No. TEST PERFORMANCE SHEET FOR TEST PROCEDURES1/27/97519-BL3-08-7-03P4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)To prepare test procedures on TPS forms5. DRD Category: (check one)xxTechnicalAdministrativeSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)8. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)
This DRD sets forth instructions for preparing test procedures by Test Performance Sheet (TPS), Form 1225 and TPS continuation sheet, Form 1225A (Rev Sep 76). NASA will furnish these forms to the contractor as required.

When a TPS is used in lieu of a formal test procedures document, the following shall be adhered to: the TPS must by self-sufficient in supplying detailed procedural instructions, test set-up requirements, special test equipment requirements, specifications, tolerances, drawings, sketches, recording of results, test constraint status, etc. All statements shall clear, brief and concise. At the conclusion of the test, an engineering evaluation sheet will be added, if required, to interpret the results.

The TPS is comprised of five (5) copies. Distribution will be as follows after test(s) completion and approval:

Copy (1) original Use for test report
Copy (2) green Originator
Copy (3) pink Field Support Engineering Data Center
Copy (4) blue Field Support Engineering Data Center
Copy (5) hard copy Hard copy contractor’s completed work copy

The procedures shall be typed on the forms. A black ball point pen or typewriter shall be used in making entries, and the writer must use sufficient pressure on the pen to ensure a clear impression on the hard copy of the form. All blocks on the form must have a specific entry or work “none” or “N/A”. Complete and legible entries are of paramount importance for accurate interpretation and are to be as follows:

Block Entry
1 N/A
2 Originating organizations will enter document number in order to maintain traceability. Document numbers will be controlled and assigned by one focal point.
3 N/A
4 Enter the page number and total number of pages.
5 Enter date required for completion of test.
6 When it is necessary to modify or change the original TPS, enter the number of the original TPS followed by M-1, M-2, etc. Blocks 2, 20, and 21 on the modification sheets shall be identical to the original as practicable. When modification sheets are written, the M-1, M-2, etc., shall be entered in Block 6 of original TPS.
7 Enter contract number as appropriate
8 Part Number and Nomenclature
9 Enter name of Test Procedure.
10 System and/or end item(s) serial number(s) will be entered.
11 N/A
12 System nomenclature or end item nomenclature.
13 The “short title” must by concise and descriptive. Add DRL line item is applicable.
14 See paragraph 2 above.
15 Each step will be initiated by the technician performing the test
16 This entry is completed by Contractor Inspection if appropriate and carries the imprint of the Inspector’s stamp and date of completion.
17 NASA JSC Quality Assurance or his designated representative stamps this block, signifying satisfactory completion and acceptance as applicable.

Block Entry
18 Enter name of person preparing the TPS and the date.
19 Requires NASA or DCMC and contractor final acceptance stamps.
20 Contractor Signatures of authorized contractor system engineer(s) and Program Manager.
21 NASA NASA authorization per telecon.

NOTE: All blocks of the TPS shall have an entry or the statement “N/A” (not applicable).




1. DRD Title2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No. TEST READINESS REVIEW (TRR) PACKAGE1/27/9752 9-BL3-08-7-03P4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)To provide documented certification that a certification test article is ready for test
5. DRD Category: (check one)xTechnicalAdministrativeSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)JSCM-5312
8. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)
1 This Data Requirement Description (DRD) establishes the requirements for the preparation of a data package that documents the readiness of the hardware for a certification test and all manned chamber tests.

2 The data package shall be prepared in format presenting the indicated data as follows:

1.0 EMU HARDWARE IDENTIFICATION

1.1 Name

1.2 Part Number (including dash number)

1.3 Serial Number

1.4 Configuration Description Summary

2.0 CHECKOUT SUMMARY

2.1 Checkout Anomalies

List information pertaining to all open checkout and/or inspection anomalies of the following hardware:

A. Test Hardware

B. Test Equipment and/or Setup

2.2 Checkout Waivers

List waivers and/or EMU hardware specification changes as a result of the checkout. List the change request documentation, describe change request, reason for change, and the anticipated effect of the change on EMU hardware performance.

3.0 TEST ARTICLES HISTORY

3.1 Hardware Changes

List any hardware configuration changes since delivery from the contractor. A brief narrative statement should be provided delineating the reason for the change and stating the verification status.

3.2 Critical Limited Life Items

List information pertaining to all critical limited life items when limited life does not exceed the accumulated time/cycle usage and the expected test usage by a factor of two, include rationale supporting the decision to change or not to change the hardware prior to test.

3.3 Hardware Time/Cycles

Estimate time by hours or cycles to date on the EMU hardware's and summarize any prior significant usage or exposure of the EMU hardware.

4.0 DVT/CERTIFICATION TEST STATUS
Summarize all testing of similarly configured and similar EMU hardware's emphasizing testing accomplished, significant problems, and corrective actions.

5.0 TEST PROCEDURE

Review the test procedure to determine the adequacy of the procedure and the provisions for data recording and verification.

6.0 STATEMENT OF TEST WORTHINESS

The report shall close with a statement of test readiness of the EMU hardware. It shall be attested by the signature of a representative of the following respective responsible organizations.

6.1 Test Requirements

The CSD Technical Monitor or his designated representative shall be responsible for the adequacy of the test requirements and for the provision of test items of the appropriate configuration.

6.2 Test Article Configuration

The CSD Configuration Management Office or its designated representative shall be responsible for verifying that the materials and parts are in accordance with NASA requirements and that the as-designed configuration shown is correct.

6.3 Discrepancy Reports

NASA Quality Control shall ensure that there are not open DR's on the test articles that constitute upon the test and that the total of incorporated and unincorporated changes equal the "as designed" configuration of the test article.

6.4 Waivers, Anomalies and Design Verification Tests

6.4.1 Waivers

Any waivers or specification requirement changes must be approved by NASA
Reliability prior to testing.

6.4.2 Anomalies and/or Failures

NASA Reliability and CSD Engineering shall be jointly responsible for closing any open anomalies, including failures on the test articles or like equipment prior to testing. NASA Reliability shall be responsible for determining that there are no open failures on the test hardware or other hardware which are constraints on the test.

6.4.3 Design Verification Tests

NASA Reliability shall ensure that adequate test article Design Verification Tests are completed prior to certification testing.

6.5 Test Procedure

NASA Quality Assurance shall ensure that any deviations from the test procedure are properly documented.

6.6 Test Equipment and Setup

The testing organization shall be responsible for providing the required test equipment, test setup, and operation.

NOTES

Usage of this format at facilities other than NASA/CSD:

a. DCMC shall be responsible for the generation and accounting of discrepancy reports (DR's)
(paragraph 6.3)
b. Contractor Quality Assurance shall be responsible for the adequacy of procedures. (paragraph 5.0)
The Contractor Test Organization shall be responsible for the proper operation of test equipment.
(paragraph 6.6)



1. DRD Title2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No. WAIVER/DEVIATION REQUEST1/27/97539-BL3-08-7-3Pbb4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)To submit written requests for acceptance of non-conformances5. DRD Category: (check one)xTechnicalAdministrativeSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)8. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)
Waiver/deviation requests shall be prepared and submitted to NASA/JSC for review and acceptance of non-conformances. A waiver is requested to authorize use or acceptance of hardware which does not meet specified requirements. A waiver is requested after the fact. A deviation is requested to authorize departure from particular requirements of specifications or related documents.

Each waiver/deviation request shall contain the following as a minimum:

Identification of the request as a waiver request or a deviation.
Equipment name, part number, applicable serial numbers, and function and criticality, and effectivity.
Identification of the requirement to be waived or deviated from.
If applicable, the name, part number, serial number, and function of affected components.
Salient differences between the design baseline and the requested configuration.
Technical justification, including impact, supporting approval of the request.
The contractor’s reliability evaluation of the request.

Affected processing, testing, acceptance, or shipment of applicable hardware shall not proceed until notification of approval of the waiver/deviation.



DRD Title
2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No. Geographical Workforce Distribution Report1/29/97
549-BL3-08-7-03P4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)The intent of this Data requirement is to capture total JSC employment associated with the EMU contract.
5. DRD Category: (check one)TechnicalXAdministrativeSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)NoneNonePreparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)

1. CONTENT

The Geographical Workforce Distribution Report shall provide the workforce (by Equivalent Person) by state and by program/activity associated with the EMU Contract. The Geographical Workforce Distribution Report consists of Format A (Total Workforce), Format B (On or Near Site Workforce), and Format C (Off Site Workforce). See attached formats.

The Geographical Workforce Distribution Report shall be delivered at the beginning of each Calendar Year. The data shall be based on a Fiscal Year with last year’s data based Fiscal Year (FY) actuals, current FY data reflecting the operating plan, and next FY data should reflect the POP request.

The units to be reported are equivalent workyears of employment. Account for all direct, indirect, first and subsequent tier subcontractors including vendors. The intent is to reflect total employment associated with the EMU Budget.





1. DRD Title2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No. SMALL BUSINESS, WOMEN-OWNED SMALL BUSINESS, AND SMALL DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS CONCERN PLAN / REPORTS1/27/97559-BL3-08-7-03P4. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)Provide NASA with records of the contractor’s mall business and small disadvantaged business concerns subcontracting.
5. DRD Category: (check one)TechnicalxXAdministrativeSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)8. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)
PLAN

The contractor shall submit a subcontracting plan which details the approach that the contractor will use in the attaiment of the manditory contract Small Businesses, Small Women-Owned Business, And Small Disadvantaged Business goals.

Small Socially And Economically Disadvantaged Business Concerns are defined as organizations owned or controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals, Historically Black Colleges and universities, and minority educational institutions. “Women-owned small business” shall be defined as a concern which at least 51 percent owned by one or more women, or in the case of any publicly owned business, at least 51 percent of the stock of which is owned by one or more women, and whose management and daily business operation are controlled by one or more women.

REPORT

Small Socially and Economically Disadvantaged Business Concerns reporting shall be submitted on Standard Forms [SF] 294 and 295) which will be prepared in accordance with the instructions on the reverse of the forms.

In addition the SF295 report shall be supplemnted with the following data:

State the total estimated dollar amount of subcontract awards in accordance with the contractor approved SB/WO/SDB plan.
Provide the total dollars awarded to SB/WO/SDB by the prime contractor.
Provide the total dollars awarded by small business subcontractors to SB/WO/SDB.
Provide the total dollars awarded by large business subcontractors to SB/WO/SDB.
Provide quarterly and cumulative total dollars awarded and percentage of accomplished objective for each category of reporting commencing with contract award. Add totals of b, c, and d above and divide by total award.
Provide a brief description of planned awards for the following quarter to SB/WO/SDB planned
objective dollar award.

The SF294 shall be submitted semi-annually as described on the reverse of the form, and SF295 shall be submitted quarterly by the 30th day of the month following the close of the reporting period.


1. DRD Title2. Current Version Date3. DRL Line Item No.RFP/Contract No. (Procurement completes)MATERIAL USAGE AGREEMENT (MUA)1/27/97569-BL3-08-03P-94. Use (Define need for, intended use of, and/or anticipated results of data)For NASA review and approval of all material usages and components which do not comply with contractual specification requirements.
5. DRD Category: (check one)xTechnicalAdministrativeSR&QA6. References (Optional)7. Interrelationships (e.g., with other DRDs) (Optional)See Block 8.
8. Preparation Information (Include complete instructions for document preparation)
APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS:

SE-R-0006B, “General Specification NASA JSC Requirements for Materials and Processes.”

MSFC-SPEC-522A, “Design Criteria for Controlling Stress Corrosion Cracking.”

NHB 8060.1B, “Flammability, Odor, and Offgassing Requirements and Test Procedures for Materials in Environments That Support Combustion.”

SP-R-0022A, “General Specification Vacuum Stability Requirements of Polymeric Material for Spacecraft Application.”

JSC-09604/MSFC-HDBK-527, “Materials Selection List for Space Hardware Systems.”

PREPARATION INFORMATION:

1. SCOPE: This DRD establishes content, format, maintenance, and submittal requirements for MUA’s

2. CONTENTS: The MUA’s shall contain the information required by the NASA approved form (see JSC Form 1466, August 87) applicable block completed. The form shall be dated and submitted to ES5 with the program/project contract manager’s signature entered in the Program Manager block. Detailed treatment of the material application, color photographs, sketches, and rationale for usage acceptability shall be submitted to the extent and necessary for evaluation.

3. FORMAT: JSC Form 1466 (August 87) is the acceptable format for submittal of MUA data.

4. MAINTENANCE: The contractor shall maintain such files as necessary for tracking, reporting status, and traceability of submittals and responses for the MUA provided to NASA. SECTION J-2
PROGRAM MANAGEMENT PLAN

TBD
SECTION J-3
CONTRACT METRICS

Metric Standard

Cost Performance Contract Baseline

Failure Rates TBD

RDR Closure Time (Days) 180

LSS POS =>90

SSA POS =>80

HUT POS =>90

Change Proposal Metric (Days)